93127 Catalog

: Pdf 93127-Catalog 93127-Catalog 074983 Batch6 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 210

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

CABLE TIES
Panduit offers the most complete selection of cable tie styles, sizes, materials and colors to meet our
customers’ needs. Panduit cable ties bundle, mount, and identify in countless indoor, outdoor, and harsh
environment applications. Panduit cable ties, wiring accessories, and installation tools allow our
customers to achieve the lowest total installed cost of managing wire and cable.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

• Panduit continues to provide innovative new
cable tie designs to meet our customers’
application challenges
• Panduit cable ties and wiring accessories can be
used in a variety of applications and environments,
providing the optimal wire management solution
• Panduit offers a large selection of ergonomic cable
tie installation tools – all with consistent, and
reliable performance

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Panduit leads the industry in the breadth and depth of available cable tie designs created from
customer feedback on their application requirements. As with all Panduit products, quality in design
and production along with customer service excellence are assured.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.1

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Selection Chart
Follow this step-by-step process to find the cable ties that best suit your application:

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Cable Tie Function
1) Select the main function of the cable tie you need:
Bundle = Standard Cable Ties
Re-use = Nylon Releasable Ties*
Identify = Marker and Flag Ties
Mount = Clamp Ties, Push Mount Ties, and Stud Mount Ties

Tensile @ Yield @ 73°F(psi)
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Bundle,
Re-use,
Identify,
Mount

Nylon 6.6

Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

—

Natural

Black

Impact
Modified
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black

—

No Suffix

0

0

30

39

300

ISO 527

12,000

12,000

9,700

12,000

12,000

12,000

1.2%

1.2%

1.2%

1.2%

1.2%

1.2%

Test
Method

Color
Part Number Suffix
(Material Designation)

Water Absorption (24 Hours) ASTM D570
Radiation Resistance (Rads)
Weathering Life Expectancy
(Years)/UV Resistance
Impact Resistance
Salts
Hydrocarbons
(Gas, Oil, Lubricants)
Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
Acids
Bases
Acid Rain

—
—

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.2

1x

105

1x

105

Bundle,
Re-use,
Mount

1x

105

Bundle,
Re-use,
Mount

Bundle

Bundle

Heat
Heat
Heat
Stabilized
Stabilized Stabilized Weather
Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Black
Natural
Black

1x

105

1x

105

1–2

7–9

7–9

4–5

1–2

1 x 105
7–9

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Max. Continuous Use
Temperature (Note 1)

UL 746B

185°F
85°C

185°F
85°C

185°F
85°C

239°F
115°C

239°F
115°C

Min. Application
Use Temperature

EN 50146

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

212°F
100°C
(Note 2)
-76°F
-60°C

UL 94

V-2

V-2

HB

V-2

V-2

V-2

Low Smoke

ASTM E662

PASS

PASS

PASS

PASS

PASS

PASS

Oxygen Index

BS ISO 4589

28

28

—

28

28

28

Halogen-Free

Flammability Rating (Note 4)

IEC 60754-2

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Burning Fume Toxicity

BSS-7239

PASS

PASS

PASS

PASS

PASS

PASS

Heat Deflection
Temperature @ 1.8 Mpa
Relative Price

ASTM D648
ISO 75 -1/-2
—

158°F
70°C
Low

158°F
70°C
Low

145°F
63°C
Low

158°F
70°C
Low

158°F
70°C
Low

158°F
70°C
Med

✓

✓

✓

✓

Cross Sections

Product Line
Pan-Ty (B1.6 - Note 5)

✓

SM, M, I, S

LH, H, EH

✓

Super-Grip (B1.38)

✓

M, I, S, LH

H

✓

Dome-Top Barb Ty (B1.43)

✓

M, I, S

LH

✓

✓

M, I, S, HS

LH

Sta-Strap (B1. 65)

✓

M, I, S, LH, H

Specialty Ties (B1.73)

✓

®

®

®

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Cable Tie Family
3) Select the cable tie family that
meets your overall needs

Bundle,
Re-use,
Identify,
Mount

Cable Tie Function
Material

Material Properties
2) Determine the appropriate
material for your application:
Mechanical
Chemical
Thermal

Dura-Ty

™

(B1.53)

Parallel-Entry (B1.56)
®

✓
✓

H

✓

Check mark indicates material availability in that product line.
Cross Sections: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy.
*For information on re-usable Hook and Loop Cable Ties, see page B1.85.

✓

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Highest

High

Acceptable

Low

Lowest

B1.
Cable Ties

Recommendation Legend

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Bundle

Bundle,
Identify

Flame
Retardant
Nylon 6.6

Flame
Retardant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Natural Ivory

Black

Green

60

69

120

11,000

11,000

1.1%

1.1%

1x

105

1–2

1x

105

1–2

Bundle

Bundle

Bundle,
Re-use

Bundle

Bundle

Bundle

TEFZEL■

HALAR▲

PEEK

Black

Aqua Blue

Maroon

Brown

Blue

Blue

Black

109

100

76

702Y

71

86

186

N/A

6,700

4,100

4,100

7,500

7,000

15,200

—

—

6,500

0.3%

0.1%

0.1%

<0.03%

<0.05%

0.5%

1.2%

0.1%

<0.45%

108

108

Weather
Weather
Resistant Polypropylene
Resistant
Nylon 12
Polypropylene

3.5 x

106

12 – 15

1x

106

1

1x

106

7–9

2x

>15

2x

>15

1x

109

—

Bundle

Bundle

Bundle

Metal
Metal
Weather
Detectable
Detectable
Resistant
Nylon 6.6 Polypropylene Acetal

—
—

1x

106

1

6x

105

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

>20
C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

212°F
100°C

212°F
100°C

194°F
90°C

239°F
115°C

239°F
115°C

338°F
170°C

302°F
150°C

-40°F
-40°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

500°F
260°C
(Note 3)
-76°F
-60°C

V-0

V-0

HB

HB

HB

V-0

V-0

PASS

PASS

—

—

—

—

—

185°F
85°C

239°F
115°C

185°F
85°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

-76°F
-60°C

V-0

HB

HB

HB

PASS

—

—

PASS

34

34

—

—

—

30

52

35

—

—

—

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

No

No

Yes

Yes

Yes

Yes

—

PASS

PASS

—

—

—

154°F
68°C
Med

154°F
68°C
Med

122°F
50°C
Med

122°F
50°C
Med

122°F
50°C
Med

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

—

—

—

—

High

149°F
65°C
High

313°F
156°C
High

145°F
63°C
Low

122°F
50°C
Med

239°F
115°C
Med

✓

✓

✓

✓

✓

—

✓
✓

Note 2: Estimated
Note 3: Based on the UL RTI
for electrical properties

■ TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

✓

Note 1: Also known as Relative
Thermal Index (RTI), see
Temperature (page B1.103)

D2.
Power
Connectors

Note 4: See Table B (page B1.102)
Note 5: Also available in 00 material
(meets Mil Spec)

▲ HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.3

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Cable Tie Styles Overview
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties

Pages B1.6 – B1.37
• Designed for use in numerous applications
to meet a variety of needs in the OEM,
MRO, and construction markets

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Largest selection of styles, materials,
and sizes
• One-piece construction for consistent
performance and reliability

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

• Lowest threading force of any one-piece
cable tie in the industry

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Super-Grip ® Cable Ties

Pages B1.38 – B1.42
• Designed for the strength requirements
of the MRO and construction markets

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

• Thin, wide strap body – flexible,
conforms to bundles
• Strong – withstands rough
installation practices

C4.
Cable
Management

• Grips wires tightly and resists
lateral movement

D1.
Terminals

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Cable Ties
D2.
Power
Connectors

Pages B1.43 – B1.55
• Approved for the demanding MRO and
construction requirements as typified in the
oil and gas markets

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

• Stainless steel barb provides consistent
performance and reliability
• Infinitely adjustable for tight bundles
throughout entire bundle range

E1.
Labeling
Systems

• Dome-top head features unique patented
design with smooth, round edges

E2.
Labels

Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.4

Pages B1.56 – B1.64
• Designed for use in the OEM and
transportation markets
• All parallel-entry ties provide a low profile
head which avoids snags and reduces
overall bundle size
• No protrusion of tie cut-off – protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Contour-Ty ® Cable Ties have outside teeth
and smooth, round edges to protect cable
jacket – perfect for high vibration applications

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties

Pages B1.65 – B1.72

B1.
Cable Ties

• Convenient and easy to use in OEM
manual assembly operations
• Exclusive, two-piece design provides
lowest threading force in the industry
• Use for normal bundling and
through-panel applications
• Releasable prior to final tensioning
and cut-off

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Network Cable Ties

Pages B1.85 – B1.92
• Ideal for the telecommunications, financial,
education, and government markets
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable
• No risk of over-tensioning or damaging high
performance network cables
• Variety of styles, sizes, and colors

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Manual Cable Tie Installation Tools

Pages B1.109 – B1.114
• Used in production, maintenance, and
construction applications
• Designed for ease of use and to reduce
repetitive stress injuries
• Full line of lightweight, ergonomic hand
tools – Panduit leads the industry in
reliability and performance
• Flush cut-off of cable tie limits exposure
to sharp edges

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Automatic Cable Tie Installation Tools

Pages B1.115 – B1.122
• An efficient solution for high volume OEM
harness, assembly, fastening and
packaging applications
• High-speed tools lower installed cost
and reduce operator fatigue
• Wrap, tension, and cut-off cable ties
in less than a second
• Reel-fed systems for miniature and
standard cross section cable ties

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.5

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Features and Benefits – Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties
One-piece design for consistent performance and reliability.
Available in lengths from 2.8 to 43.3 inches and a variety of styles, materials, and colors for specific applications.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

One-piece locking wedge provides
consistent, reliable performance

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Low threading force
reduces operator fatigue
and improves productivity
Curved tip threads easily
and installs faster

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Finger grip ensures positive
grip during threading of tie

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.6

Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.

Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Pan-Ty Cable Ties
®

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

▲ HALAR

Material, Color (Suffix)

Style/Function

Part Number Prefix

Catalog Page

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Releasable Ties/Re-usable
Clamp Ties/Mount
Push Mount Ties/Mount
Marker Ties/Identify

PLT
PRT
PLC
PLWP, PRWP, PLUP, PLP
PLF, PLM

B1.8,9
B1.22
B1.26
B1.28, 30,33
B1.34

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Releasable Ties/Re-usable
Clamp Ties/Mount
Push Mount Ties/Mount
Marker Ties/Identify

PLT
PRT
PLC
PLWP, PRWP, PLUP, PLP
PLF, PLM

B1.10,11
B1.23,24
B1.27
B1.29 – B1.33
B1.34

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Releasable Ties/Re-usable
Clamp Ties/Mount
Push Mount Ties/Mount

PLT
PRT
PLC
PLWP, PRLWP, PRWP, PLUP, PLP

B1.12
B1.23,24
B1.27
B1.29 – B1.33

Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.13

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Natural (39)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.12

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6,
Black (60)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.14

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6,
Ivory (69)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Marker Ties/Identify

PLT
PLF, PLM

B1.14
B1.34

Weather Resistant Nylon 12,
Black (120)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.15

Polypropylene, Green (109)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.16

Weather Resistant
Polypropylene, Black (100)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Releasable Ties/Re-usable

PLT
PRT

B1.17
B1.25

HALAR ▲, Maroon (702)
TEFZEL■, Aqua Blue (76)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.18,19

PEEK, Translucent Brown (71)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.20

Metal Detectable, Blue (86, 186)

Locking Ties/Bundle

PLT

B1.21

■ TEFZEL

is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

Part Number System for Pan-Ty Cable Ties
PLT
2
S
®

Type
PLT
=
PRT
=
PLC
=
PLF
=
PLM
=
PLP
=
PLWP =
PRLWP =
PRWP =
PLUP =

Size
Locking Tie
Approx.
Releasable Tie
Maximum
Locking Clamp
Bundle
Locking Flag
Dia. (In.)
Locking Marker
Locking Push Mount
Locking Wing Push Mount
Releasable Ladder Wing Push Mount
Releasable Wing Push Mount
Locking Umbrella Push Mount

Cross Section
SM = Subminiature
M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
LH = Light-Heavy
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy

—
Screw Hole Size
(Clamp Ties Only)
-S4 = #4 (M2.5)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S8 = #8 (M4)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4 (M6)

C
Package Size
Material/Color
Q
= 25
See Page B1.35
L
= 50
C
= 100
TL = 250
D
= 500
M
= 1000
VMR = 2 reels/2500 ea.
XMR = 2 reels/5000 ea.

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.7

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• A variety of materials and colors available for specific applications
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC except
PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H/13H

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Length
Part Number

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

2.8

71

.070

1.8

.030

.8

.60

15

8

36

GTS, GTSL, PTS

100

1000

.032
.043
.043
.043

.8
1.1
1.1
1.1

.68
.87
1.25
2.00

17
22
32
51

18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

100
100

1000
1000

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

100
100

1000
1000

100
100
100

1000
1000
500

50
50
50
50
50
50

500
500
500
500
500
500

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
PLT.7M-C
PLT1M-C
PLT1.5M-C
PLT2M-C

3.1
3.9
5.6
8.0

79
99
142
203

.090
.098
.098
.098

2.3
2.5
2.5
2.5

Intermediate Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
PLT1.5I-C
PLT2I-C
PLT2.5I-C
PLT3I-C
PLT4I-C

5.6
8.0

142
203

.142
.142

3.6
3.6

.045
.045

1.1
1.1

1.38
2.00

35
51

40
40

178
178

9.7
11.4
14.5

246
290
368

.145
.145
.145

3.7
3.7
3.7

.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3

2.50
3.00
4.00

64
76
102

40
40
40

178
178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
PLT1S-C

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

mm

Thickness

Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-C

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

In.

Max.
Bundle Dia.

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Width

4.8
6.2
7.4

122
157
188

.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3

1.00
1.50
1.88

25
38
48

50
50
50

222
222
222

PLT3S-C

9.8
11.5

249
292

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.052
.052

1.3
1.3

2.50
3.00

64
76

50
50

222
222

PLT4S-C
PLT4.5S-C
PLT5S-C

14.5
15.5
17.5

368
394
445

.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3

4.00
4.50
5.00

102
114
127

50
50
50

222
222
222

PLT1.5S-C
PLT2S-C
PLT2.5S-C

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PPTS, PTH,
STS2, STH2

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) – Plenum-Rated
E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.8

PLT2H-L
PLT2.5H-L
PLT3H-L
PLT4H-L
PLT6LH-L
PLT7LH-L
PLT8LH-L
PLT9LH-L*
PLT10LH-L*

8.1
9.8
11.4
14.5
21.9
24.7

206
251
290
368
556
627

.300
.300
.300
.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

.075
.075
.075
.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
6.00
7.00

51
64
76
102
152
178

120
120
120
120
120
120

534
534
534
534
534
534

27.6
30.5
34.3

701
775
871

.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6

.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9

8.00
9.00
10.31

203
229
262

120
120
120

534
534
534

50
50
50

500
500
1000

8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9

.078
.078
.078
.078

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0

5.00
6.00
9.00
13.00

127
152
229
330

175
175
175
175

778
778
778
778

50
50
50
25

500
500
500
500

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT5H-L*
PLT6H-L*
PLT8H-L*
PLT13H-Q*

17.7
20.9
30.6
43.3

450
530
779
1100

.350
.350
.350
.350

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

*UL Listed – meets the requirements of UL 181B-C, for securing UL Listed non-metallic air ducts and air connectors.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Lashing Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Typically used for heavy duty applications

• Strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PLT2EH-C
PLT5EH-Q
PLT6EH-Q
PLT8EH-C
PLT10EH-C
PLT12EH-C

9.0
20.1
22.2
28.3
34.2
40.1

229
511
564
719
869
1019

.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

.075
.075
.075
.085
.085
.085

1.9
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.2

2.00
5.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00

51
127
152
203
254
305

250
250
250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112

GS4EH, ST3EH

100
25
25
100
100
100

1000
250
250
1000
500
500

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.9

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor
or outdoor use
• Versatile cable ties can be used in countless applications
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability

• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C4.
Cable
Management

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

71

.070

1.8

.030

.8

.60

15

8

36

GTS, GTSL, PTS

79
99
142
203

.090
.098
.098
.098

2.3
2.5
2.5
2.5

.032
.043
.043
.043

.8
1.1
1.1
1.1

.68
.87
1.25
2.00

17
22
32
51

18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 50000
100 1000
100 1000
100 1000

142
203
246
290
368

.142
.142
.145
.145
.145

3.6
3.6
3.7
3.7
3.7

.045
.045
.052
.052
.052

1.1
1.1
1.3
1.3
1.3

1.38
2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00

35
51
64
76
102

40
40
40
40
40

178
178
178
178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100
100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

122
157
188
249
292
368
394
445

.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052
.052
.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

1.00
1.50
1.88
2.50
3.00
4.00
4.50
5.00

25
38
48
64
76
102
114
127

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500

7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6
7.6

.075
.075
.075
.075
.075
.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
2.50
3.00
4.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00

51
64
76
102
152
178
203
229

120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

50
50
50

500
500
500

25

500

mm

Width

Thickness

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100

1000

Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-C0

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

In.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Length
Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

2.8

Miniature Cross Section
PLT.7M-M0
PLT1M-C0
PLT1.5M-C0
PLT2M-C0

3.1
3.9
5.6
8.0

Intermediate Cross Section
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

PLT1.5I-C0
PLT2I-C0
PLT2.5I-C0
PLT3I-C0
PLT4I-C0

Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-C0

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PLT1.5S-C0
PLT2S-C0
PLT2.5S-C0
PLT3S-C0
PLT4S-C0
PLT4.5S-C0
PLT5S-C0

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.10

5.6
8.0
9.7
11.4
14.5
4.8
6.2
7.4
9.8
11.5
14.5
15.5
17.5

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-L0
PLT2.5H-L0
PLT3H-L0
PLT4H-L0
PLT6LH-L0
PLT7LH-L0
PLT8LH-L0
PLT9LH-L0

8.1
9.8
11.4
14.5
21.9
24.7
27.6
30.5

206
251
290
368
556
627
701
775

.300
.300
.300
.300
.300
.300
.300
.300

Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT5H-L0
PLT6H-L0
PLT8H-L0
PLT13H-Q0

17.7
20.9
30.6

450
530
779

.350
.350
.350

8.9
8.9
8.9

.078
.078
.078

2.0
2.0
2.0

5.00
6.00
9.00

127
152
229

175
175
175

778
778
778

43.3

1100

.350

8.9

.078

2.0

13.00

330

175

778

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

Note: UL Listed and UL Recognized except PLT.6SM and PLT2H/2.5H/3H/4H/5H/6H/8H/13H; CSA Certified except LH and H cross sections.

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Lashing Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Typically used for heavy duty applications

• Strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, shown below

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

No Buckle Design

Lashing Tie

Part Number

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

1.9
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.2

2.00
5.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00

51
127
152
203
254
305

250
250
250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112

1.9
1.9
1.9

3.30
5.00
6.00

84
127
152

250
250
250

1112
1112
1112

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GS4EH, ST3EH

25
25
25
25
25
25

250
250
250
250
250
250

GS4EH, ST3EH

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PLT2EH-Q0
PLT5EH-Q0
PLT6EH-Q0
PLT8EH-Q0
PLT10EH-Q0
PLT12EH-Q0

9.0
20.1
22.2
28.3
34.2
40.1

229
511
564
719
869
1019

.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

.075
.075
.075
.085
.085
.085

Extra-Heavy Cross Section (No Buckle Design)
PLT3EH-NB-C0
PLT5EH-NB-C0
PLT6EH-NB-C0

12.2
19.8
21.8

310
503
554

.500
.500
.500

12.7
12.7
12.7

.075
.075
.075

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Lashing Tie Mounting Clip – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Converts Panduit lashing ties into clamps

C2.
Surface
Raceway

E1.
Labeling
Systems

• Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
• Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.22,
B1.24 and B1.25

E2.
Labels

C
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

B
A

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number
MCEH-S25-C0

Height
A
In.
mm
.13
3.3

Width
B
In.
mm
.67
17.0

Length
C
In.
mm
1.38
35

Mounting
Method
1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead)

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.11

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability

• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

C4.
Cable
Management

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL, PTS

1000 50000

Subminiature Cross Section
PLT.6SM-M30

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Length
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

2.8

71

.070

1.8

.030

.8

.60

15

8

36

Miniature Cross Section
PLT.7M-M30
PLT1M-C30

3.1
3.9

79
99

.090
.098

2.3
2.5

.032
.043

.8
1.1

.68
.87

17
22

18
18

80
80

PLT1.5M-M30
PLT2M-M30

5.6
8.0

142
203

.098
.098

2.5
2.5

.043
.043

1.1
1.1

1.25
2.00

32
51

18
18

80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 50000
100 1000
1000 50000
1000 25000

Intermediate Cross Section
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PLT1.5I-C30
PLT2I-C30

5.6
8.0

142
203

.142
.142

3.6
3.6

.045
.045

1.1
1.1

1.38
2.00

35
51

40
40

178
178

PLT3I-M30
PLT4I-M30

11.4
14.5

290
368

.145
.145

3.7
3.7

.052
.052

1.3
1.3

3.00
4.00

76
102

40
40

178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100
100

1000
1000

1000 10000
1000 10000

Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-M30
PLT1.5S-M30
PLT2S-C30
PLT2S-M39*
PLT2.5S-M30
PLT3S-C30

4.8
6.2
7.4
7.4
9.8
11.5

122
157
188
188
249
292

.190
.190
.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

1.00
1.50
1.88
1.88
2.50
3.00

25
38
48
48
64
76

50
50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222
222

1000
1000
100
1000
1000
100

10000
10000
1000
10000
10000
1000

PLT4S-C30
PLT5S-M30

14.5
17.5

368
445

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.052
.052

1.3
1.3

4.00
5.00

102
127

50
50

222
222

100
1000

1000
5000

250
250
250

2500
2500
2500

100
100

2000
1000

100

2000

100
100

2000
1500

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

PLT2H-TL30
PLT3H-TL30
PLT4H-TL30
PLT7LH-C30
PLT9LH-C30

8.1
11.4
14.5

206
290
368

.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6

.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

120
120
120

534
534
534

24.7
30.5

627
775

.300
.300

7.6
7.6

.075
.075

1.9
1.9

7.00
9.00

178
229

120
120

534
534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT5H-C30
PLT6H-C30
PLT8H-C30

17.7

450

.350

8.9

.078

2.0

5.00

127

175

778

20.9
30.6

530
779

.350
.350

8.9
8.9

.078
.078

2.0
2.0

6.00
9.00

152
229

175
175

778
778

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

*Natural heat stabilized material (39).
Note: UL Listed except PLT.6SM and PLT5H/6H/8H.

F.
Index

B1.12

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light and for
high temperature applications up to 212°F (100°C) – indoor
or outdoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability

• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Straight Tip

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Curved Tip

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M300

3.9

99

.098

2.5

.035

.9

.87

22

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 50000
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M300
PLT2I-M300

5.6
8.0

142
203

.142
.142

3.6
3.6

.045
.045

1.1
1.1

1.38
2.00

35
51

40
40

178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 25000
1000 25000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000

Standard Cross Section
PLT1S-M300

4.8

122

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.00

25

50

222

PLT2S-M300

7.4

188

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.88

48

50

222

PLT4S-M300

14.5

368

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

8.4

213

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

2.00

51

120

534

PLT4H-TL300

14.5

368

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

C4.
Cable
Management

1000 10000
1000

5000

250

2500

250

2500

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL300

C2.
Surface
Raceway

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.13

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability

• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Miniature Cross Section
C2.
Surface
Raceway

PLT1M-M60*

4.0

102

.098

2.5

.043

1.1

.87

22

18

80

PLT1M-M69
PLT2M-M69

4.0
8.0

102
203

.098
.098

2.5
2.5

.043
.043

1.1
1.1

.87
2.00

22
51

18
18

80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 25000
1000 25000

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Intermediate Cross Section
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

5.6

142

.142

3.6

.044

1.1

1.38

35

40

178

8.0

203

.142

3.6

.044

1.1

2.00

51

40

178

7.4

188

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.88

48

50

222

PLT2S-M69

7.4

188

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.88

48

50

222

PLT4S-M69

14.5

368

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

.075

1.9

4.00

102

120

534

PLT1.5I-M69
PLT2I-M69

1000 25000

1000 25000

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M60*

1000 10000
1000

5000

250

2500

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT4H-TL69

14.6

371

.300

7.6

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

*Black flame retardant material (60).
Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except 60 material.

Cable Tie Mounts – Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability
for the cable bundle

• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.14

Part Number
TM1S4-M69
TM1S6-M69
TM2S6-M69
TM2S8-M69
TM3S8-C69
TM3S10-M69

Used with
Cable Ties*
M
M, I, S
M, I, S, LH

Length
A
In.
mm
0.51
0.51
0.63
0.63
0.86
0.86

13.0
13.0
16.0
16.0
21.9
21.9

Width
B
In.
mm
0.32
0.32
0.43
0.43
0.61
0.61

8.0
8.0
10.8
10.8
15.5
15.8

Height
C
In.
mm
0.23
0.23
0.28
0.28
0.37
0.37

5.8
5.8
7.0
7.0
9.4
9.4

Counterbore
Diameter
In.
mm
0.23
0.28
0.29
0.33
0.32
0.38

5.7
7.0
7.1
8.4
8.1
9.7

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

#4 (M2.5) Screw
#6 (M3) Screw
#6 (M3) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#10 (M5) Screw

1000
1000
1000
1000
100
1000

5000
5000
5000
5000
500
5000

*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 12
• For high moisture, corrosive (zinc chloride and dilute acids), and
low temperature indoor or outdoor applications
• Cable tie of choice for making attachments to galvanized surfaces
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability

• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

Length
Part Number

In.

mm

Width

Thickness

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

.142

3.6

.045

1.1

1.38

35

25

111

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M120

5.6

142

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000
1000

5000

GTH, GTSL, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

100

2000

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M120

7.4

188

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.88

48

40

178

PLT4S-M120

14.5

368

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

40

178

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT4H-TL120

14.5

368

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

4.00

102

90

400

PLT8LH-C120

27.6

701

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

8.00

203

90

400

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.15

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Polypropylene – Distinctive Green Color
• For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength
is not required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid,
salts, and bases
• For indoor use
• Material requires lowering the tool setting (see table below)

• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

Straight Tip

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

.043

1.1

.87

22

11

49

.142

3.6

.045

1.1

1.38

35

18

80

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.88

48

30

133

Width
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Tool
Setting

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

3.9

99

.098

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

2

1000

50000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

3

1000

25000

1000

10000

1000

10000

1000

5000

250
250
250

2500
2500
2500

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M109

C4.
Cable
Management

2.5

Length
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M109

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

5.6

142

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M109

7.4

188

133

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

5 (GTS,
GS2B,
PTS,
PPTS)
2 (GTH,
GS4H)

222
222
222

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

5
5
5

PLT3S-M109

11.5

292

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

3.00

76

30

133

PLT4S-M109

14.5

368

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

30

1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

50
50
50

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL109
PLT3H-TL109
PLT4H-TL109

8.1
11.4
14.5

206
290
368

.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6

.075
.075
.075

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.16

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Polypropylene
• For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not
required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts,
and bases
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use

•
•
•
•

Material requires lowering the tool setting (see table below)
One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Tool
Setting

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-M100

3.9

99

.098

2.5

.043

1.1

.87

22

11

49

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

2

1000

50000

.142

3.6

.045

1.1

1.38

35

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

3

1000

25000

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

1.88

48

30

133

1000

10000

1000

10000

1000

5000

250
250
250

2500
2500
2500

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT1.5I-M100

5.6

142

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-M100

7.4

188

133

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTS, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

5 (GTS,
GS2B,
PTS,
PPTS)
2 (GTH,
GS4H)

222
222
222

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

5
5
5

PLT3S-M100

11.5

292

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

3.00

76

30

133

PLT4S-M100

14.5

368

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

30

.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

50
50
50

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT2H-TL100
PLT3H-TL100
PLT4H-TL100

8.1
11.4
14.5

206
290
368

.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.17

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – HALAR▲ – Distinctive Maroon Color
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC,
Section 300-22 (C) and (D)
• Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating of UL 94V-0
• Commonly accepted solution for bundling qualified cable
without conduit in air handling space applications

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

PLT1M-C702Y

4.0

102

.098

2.5

.043

1.1

.87

22

18

80

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

PLT2S-C702Y

7.4

188

.190

4.8

.055

1.4

1.88

48

50

222

PLT3S-C702Y

11.6

295

.190

4.8

.055

1.4

3.00

76

50

222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

▲

HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.18

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

■

Pan-Ty Cable Ties – TEFZEL – Distinctive Aqua Blue Color
®

• Ideal for applications requiring resistance to environmental
stresses such as chemical attack, gamma radiation, ultraviolet
radiation and extreme high and low temperatures
• Ideal for use in nuclear power facilities and chemical processing
plants and meets the requirements of IEEE 383
• Low smoke density and excellent flammability rating of UL 94V-0

• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• For indoor or outdoor use

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Length
Part Number

In.

mm

Width

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Thickness

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

.098

2.5

.043

1.1

.87

22

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100

1000

203

.135

3.4

.045

1.1

2.00

51

25

111

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100

1000

48

50

222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

50

500

Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C76

4.0

102

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C76

8.0

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C76

7.4

188

.190

4.8

.055

1.4

1.88

PLT3S-C76

11.6

295

.190

4.8

.059

1.5

3.00

76

50

222

PLT4S-C76

14.6

371

.190

4.8

.059

1.5

4.00

102

50

222

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L76

11.5

292

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

3.00

78

120

534

PLT4H-L76

14.6

371

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

4.00

102

120

534

■

TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Cable Tie Mounts – TEFZEL■
• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 – indoor use
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the
cable bundle

D2.
Power
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Part Number
TM2S8-C76
TM3S8-C76
TM3S10-C76

Used with
Cable Ties*
M, I, S
S, LH

Length
A
In.
mm

Width
B
In.
mm

Height
C
In.
mm

.63
.86
.86

.43
.62
.62

.28
.38
.38

16.0
21.7
21.7

10.8
15.5
15.8

7.0
9.5
9.5

Counterbore
Diameter
In.
mm
.30
.37
.37

7.6
9.4
9.4

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

#8 (M4) screw
#8 (M4) screw
#10 (M5) screw

100
100
100

500
500
500

*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy.
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E. I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

■

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.19

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties – PEEK (Polyetheretherketone)
• Ideal for harsh environments where a cable tie material
is required to hold up to chemical or radiation exposure
• Non-conductive material that is excellent for high temperature
applications up to 500°F (260°C)
• High strength properties over a wide range of temperatures

• Flammability rating of UL 94V-0 with low smoke and toxicity;
halogen-free
• PEEK material meets MIL specification MIL-P-46183,
and is approved for use by the Department of Defense
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C71

3.9

99

0.098

2.5

0.048

1.2

0.87

22

35

156

GTS, GTSL, PTS

100

1000

PLT1.5M-C71

5.8

147

0.098

2.5

0.048

1.2

1.38

35

35

156

GTS, GTSL, PTS

100

1000

188

0.190

4.8

0.055

1.4

1.88

48

150

668

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS, STS2,
STH2

100

1000

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C71

7.4

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Cable Tie Mounts – (Polyetheretherketone)
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle

• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface where
overhead space is limited

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number
TM2S8-C71

Used with
Cable Ties
Min.,
Std.

A
Length
In.
(mm)
.636
(16.2)

B
Width
In.
(mm)
.427
(10.8)

C
Height
In.
(mm)
.278
(7.1)

Counterbore
Diameter
In.
(mm)
.335
(8.5)

Mounting
Method
#8 (M4)
screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500

F.
Index

B1.20

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Pan-Ty

®

A.
System
Overview

Cable Ties – Metal Detectable Nylon 6.6 and Polypropylene

• Metal impregnated material allows identification by metal detectors
or x-ray inspection equipment to help meet food, beverage, and
pharmaceutical safety standards, to help reduce product
contamination, loss, and recall
• Nylon material for general purpose maintenance and repair
applications; ideal for use in control panels and overhead cable runs

• Polypropylene material provides excellent chemical resistance for
use in processing and packaging areas where aggressive acid and
alkaline chemicals are use to clean the equipment
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Lowest threading force of any one-piece cable tie in the industry
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

Curved Tip

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

.044

.87

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Material

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2

Nylon 6.6

100

1000

Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLT1M-C86

3.9

100

.098

2.5

1.1

22

18

80

8.0

203

.135

3.4

.047

1.2

2.00

51

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2

Nylon 6.6

100

1000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H,
STS2, STH2

Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

100
100

1000
1000

Nylon 6.6

100

1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, STH2,
ST3EH

Nylon 6.6

50

500

Nylon 6.6

50

500

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2

Polypropylene

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C86
PLT3S-C86

7.3
11.5

186
291

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.057
.057

1.4
1.4

1.85
3.00

47
76

50
50

222
222

PLT4S-C86

14.4

366

.190

4.8

.057

1.4

4.00

102

50

222

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L86

11.1

282

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

3.00

76

120

120

PLT4H-L86

14.4

366

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

4.00

102

120

120

Miniature Cross Section
3.9

100

0.098

2.5

0.044

1.1

0.87

22

15

67

100

8.0

203

.135

3.4

.047

1.2

2.00

51

24

107

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, STS2

Polypropylene

100

1000

.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8

.057
.057
.057

1.4
1.4
1.4

1.85
3.00
4.00

47
76
102

30
30
30

133
133
133

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H,
STS2, STH2

Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Polypropylene

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, STH2,
ST3EH

Polypropylene

50

500

Polypropylene

50

500

Standard Cross Section
PLT2S-C186
PLT3S-C186
PLT4S-C186

7.3
11.5
14.4

186
291
366

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT3H-L186

11.1

282

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

3.00

76

60

267

PLT4H-L186

14.4

366

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

4.00

102

60

267

Part Number

Material

Used
with
Cable
Ties

A
B
C
Length Width Height Counterbore
In.
In.
In.
Diameter
(mm) (mm) (mm)
In. (mm)

Mounting
Method

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

Cable Tie Mounts
TM2S8-C86

Min., Int.,
Std.
Nylon 6.6
TM3S8-C86
Std.,
Lt. Hvy.
TM3S10-C86
TM2S8-C186
Min., Int.,
Std.
Polypropylene
TM3S8-C186
Std.,
Lt. Hvy.
TM3S10-C186

.630
(16.0)
.867
(22.0)
.630
(16.0)
.867
(22.0)

.422
(10.7)
.614
(15.6)
.422
(10.7)
.614
(15.6)

.275
(7.0)
.373
(9.5)
.275
(7.0)
.373
(9.5)

.325 (8.3)
.325 (8.3)
.325 (8.3)
.325 (8.3)

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

1000

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C186

C2.
Surface
Raceway

D2.
Power
Connectors

Polypropylene
PLT1M-C186

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Intermediate Cross Section
PLT2I-C86

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

B1.
Cable Ties

#8 (M4) screw

100 500

#8 (M4) screw 100 500
#10 (M5) screw 100 500
100 500
#8 (M4) screw
#8 (M4) screw 100 500
#10 (M5) screw 100 500

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.21

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Releasable Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
changes are anticipated during development, production, or
servicing in the field

• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
except PR2H/3H/4H

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Straight Tip

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Curved Tip

To release, grasp the head of the
cable tie, deflect release tab, and pull
the cable tie away from the bundle.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Hand install only

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

100
100

1000
1000

50
50
50

500
500
500

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

PRT1S-C
PRT1.5S-C
PRT2S-C
PRT3S-C
PRT4S-C

4.8
6.3
7.4

122
160
188

.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3

1.00
1.50
1.88

25
38
48

50
50
50

222
222
222

11.5
14.5

292
368

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.052
.052

1.3
1.3

3.00
4.00

76
102

50
50

222
222

.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

80
80
80

356
356
356

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)

D1.
Terminals

PRT2H-L
PRT3H-L
PRT4H-L

8.4
11.4
14.5

213
290
368

.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6

D2.
Power
Connectors

Pan-Ty ® Releasable Lashing Ties – Nylon 6.6

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

• For indoor use
• Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes are
anticipated during development, production, or servicing in the field

Hand install only

• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Length
Part Number

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.22

In.

mm

Width

Thickness

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-C

9.0

229

.500

12.7

.075

1.9

2.00

51

250

1112

100

1000

PRT5EH-Q

20.1

511

.500

12.7

.075

1.9

5.00

127

250

1112

25

250

PRT6EH-Q

22.2

564

.500

12.7

.075

1.9

6.00

152

250

1112

25

250

PRT8EH-C

28.3

719

.500

12.7

.085

2.2

8.00

203

250

1112

100

1000

PRT10EH-C

34.2

869

.500

12.7

.085

2.2

10.00

254

250

1112

100

500

PRT12EH-C

40.1

1019

.500

12.7

.085

2.2

12.00

305

250

1112

100

500

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Hand install only

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Releasable Cable Ties – Weather Resistant and
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use

• Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
changes are anticipated during development, production,
or servicing in the field
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

Straight Tip

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct

To release, grasp the head of the
cable tie, deflect release tab, and pull
the cable tie away from the bundle.

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.

mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.

N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Standard Cross Section
PRT1S-C0
PRT1.5S-C0
PRT2S-C0
PRT3S-C0
PRT4S-C0

4.8
6.3
7.4
11.5
14.5

122
160
188
292
368

.190
.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

1.00
1.50
1.88
3.00
4.00

25
38
48
76
102

50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222

Hand install only

100
100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

7.6
7.6
7.6

.075
.075
.075

1.9
1.9
1.9

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

80
80
80

356
356
356

Hand install only

50
50
50

500
500
500

4.8

.052

1.3

1.50

38

50

222

Hand install only

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PRT2H-L0
PRT3H-L0
PRT4H-L0

8.4
11.4
14.5

213
290
368

.300
.300
.300

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Standard Cross Section
PRT1.5S-M30

6.3

160

.190

1000 10000

Note: UL Listed, UL Recognized, and CSA Certified, except PRT2H/3H/4H.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.23

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Releasable Lashing Ties – Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications up to
239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes are
anticipated during development, production, or servicing in the field

• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Strongest Pan-Ty ® Cable Tie available
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip shown below

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Length
Part Number

In.

mm

Width
In.

mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Thickness

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

250
250
250
250
250
250

1000

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.075
0.075
0.075
0.085
0.085
0.085

1.9
1.9
1.9
2.2
2.2
2.2

2.00
5.00
6.00
8.00
10.00
12.00

51
127
152
203
254
305

250
250
250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112

Hand install only

25
25
25
25
25
25

12.7

0.075

1.9

5.00

127

250

1112

Hand install only

100

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-Q0
PRT5EH-Q0
PRT6EH-Q0
PRT8EH-Q0
PRT10EH-Q0
PRT12EH-Q0

9.0
20.1
22.2
28.3
34.2
40.1

229
511
564
719
869
1019

0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500
0.500

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Extra-Heavy Cross Section

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PRT5EH-C30

20.1

511

0.500

Lashing Tie Mounting Clip – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Converts Panduit lashing ties into clamps

• Easily snaps in place for a secure clamp
• Use with lashing ties shown on pages B1.9, B1.11, B1.22, B1.24
and B1.25

E2.
Labels

C
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

B
A

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number
MCEH-S25-C0

Height
A
In.
mm
.13
3.3

Width
B
In.
mm
.67
17.0

Length
C
In.
mm
1.38
35

Mounting
Method
1/4" (M6) screw (not flathead)

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000

F.
Index

B1.24

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Releasable Lashing Ties – Weather Resistant Polypropylene
• For chemical resistance where high loop tensile strength is not
required especially in the presence of hydrochloric acid, salts,
and bases
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use

• Release tab permits easy release and re-use where changes
are anticipated during development, production, or servicing
in the field
• Typically used for heavy duty applications
• Can be used with MCEH mounting clip, see page B1.24

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100
100

1000
1000

100
100

1000
1000

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PRT2EH-C100
PRT5EH-C100
PRT6EH-C100
PRT8EH-C100

9.0
20.1

229
511

.500
.500

12.7
12.7

.075
.075

1.9
1.9

2.00
5.00

51
127

90
90

400
400

22.2
28.3

564
719

.500
.500

12.7
12.7

.075
.085

1.9
2.2

6.00
8.00

152
203

90
90

400
400

Hand install only

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.25

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Clamp Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a control
panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place

• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Length
Part Number

In.

mm

Width
In.

mm

Thickness
In.

Nominal
Hole
Dia.

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Metric
Screw Screw
mm Size Size

In.

mm

Min.
Loop
Recommended Std. Std.
Tensile Str.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool
Qty. Qty.
Lbs.
N

mm

In.

1.1

.122

3.1

#4

M2.5

.75

19

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100 1000

1.1

.174

4.4

#8

M4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100 1000

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.3

.148
.200
.200
.200

3.8
5.1
5.1
5.1

#6
#10
#10
#10

M3
M5
M5
M5

1.84
1.84
3.00
4.00

47
47
76
102

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

50

500

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
PLC1M-S4-C

4.3

109 .100

2.5

.045

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Intermediate Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
C4.
Cable
Management

PLC1.5I-S8-C

6.1

155 .135

3.4

.045

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

PLC2S-S6-C
PLC2S-S10-C
PLC3S-S10-C
PLC4S-S10-C

7.9
7.9
12.0
15.0

201
201
305
381

.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.047
.047
.047
.052

Light-Heavy Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
PLC2H-S25-L

9.0

229 .300

7.6

.075

1.9

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

2.00

51

120

534

PLC4H-S25-L

15.1 384 .300

7.6

.075

1.9

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

4.00

102

120

534

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.26

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Clamp Ties – Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a
control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling

• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Min.
Hole
Loop
Metric Bundle
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
Screw Screw
Tool
Qty.
In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
1000

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

1000

C4.
Cable
Management

Miniature Cross Section
PLC1M-S4-C0

4.3

109 .100 2.5 .045

1.1

.122

3.1

#4

M2.5

.75

19

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100

Intermediate Cross Section
PLC1.5I-S8-C0

6.1

155 .135 3.4 .045

1.1

.174

4.4

#8

M4

1.25

32

40

178

Standard Cross Section
PLC2S-S6-C0
PLC2S-S10-C0
PLC3S-S10-C0
PLC4S-S10-C0

7.9
7.9
12.0
15.0

201
201
305
381

.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.047
.047
.052
.052

1.2
1.2
1.3
1.3

.148
.200
.200
.200

3.8
5.1
5.1
5.1

#6
#10
#10
#10

M3
M5
M5
M5

1.84 47
1.84 47
3.00 76
4.00 102

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

C2.
Surface
Raceway

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

250

2500

50

500

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-TL0

9.0

229 .300 7.6 .075

1.9

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

2.00

51

120

534

PLC4H-S25-L0

15.1 384 .300 7.6 .075

1.9

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

4.00 102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLC1M-S4-M30

4.3

109 .100 2.5 .045

1.1

.122

3.1

#4

M2.5

.75

19

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 50000

6.1

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Intermediate Cross Section
PLC1.5I-S8-M30

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

155 .135 3.4 .045

1.1

.174

4.4

#8

M4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000

Standard Cross Section
PLC2S-S10-M30

7.9

201 .190 4.8 .047

1.2

.200

5.1

#10

M5

1.84

47

50

222

PLC4S-S10-M30

15.0 381 .190 4.8 .052

1.3

.200

5.1

#10

M5

4.00 102

50

222

1000

5000

250

2500

250

2500

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLC2H-S25-TL30

9.0

229 .300 7.6 .075

1.9

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

2.00

51

120

534

PLC4H-S25-TL30

15.1 384 .300 7.6 .075

1.9

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

4.00 102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLC2H/4H in Weather Resistant material (0).

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.27

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Wing Push Mount Ties – Nylon 6.6
•
•
•
•

For indoor use
Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place

• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

PLWP_SA
Head Design

C2.
Surface
Raceway

PLWP_SB
Head Design

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

PLWP_H
Head Design
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.28

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Hole
Dia.
In. mm

Max.
Panel
Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str.
Installation
Pkg.
In.
mm Lbs.
N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Miniature Cross Section
PLWP1M-C

4.3

109 .098

2.5

.044

1.1

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

.87

22

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100

1000

3.4

.045

1.2

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100

1000

100
500
500
500

1000
5000
5000
5000

500
100
500
500

5000
1000
5000
5000

250

2500

250

2500

Intermediate Cross Section
PLWP1.5I-C

6.0

152 .135

Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-C
PLWP1SA-D
PLWP1SB-D
PLWP1.5S-D
PLWP1.5SA-D
PLWP2S-C
PLWP2SA-D
PLWP2SB-D

5.2
5.1
5.2
6.8

132
130
132
173

.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

.250
.187
.187
.250

6.4
4.7
4.7
6.4

.105
.093
.157
.105

2.7
2.4
4.0
2.7

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.50

25
25
25
38

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

6.7
7.8
7.7
7.8

170
198
196
198

.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

.187
.250
.187
.187

4.7
6.4
4.7
4.7

.093
.105
.093
.157

2.4
2.7
2.4
4.0

1.50
1.75
1.75
1.75

38
45
45
45

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLWP2H-TL

8.9

226 .300

7.6

.075

1.9

.266

6.8

.105

2.7

2.00

51

120

534

PLWP3H-TL

12.0 305 .300

7.6

.075

1.9

.266

6.8

.105

2.7

3.00

76

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLWP2H/3H.

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Wing Push Mount Ties – Weather Resistant and
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel

• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

PLWP_H
Head Design
C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLWP1M-D0

4.3

109

.098

2.5

.044

1.1

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

.87

22

18

80

5000

5.2

132

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.00

25

50

222

PLWP2S-C0

7.8

198

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.75

45

50

222

C4.
Cable
Management

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

500

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

100

1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

250

2500

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

5000

E1.
Labeling
Systems

D1.
Terminals

Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-C0

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

D2.
Power
Connectors

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLWP2H-TL0

8.9

226

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

.266

6.8

.105

2.7

2.00

51

120

534

PLWP3H-TL0

12.0

305

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

.266

6.8

.105

2.7

3.00

76

120

534

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLWP1M-D30

4.3

109

.098

2.5

.044

1.1

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

.87

22

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

500

Intermediate Cross Section
PLWP1.5I-D30

6.0

152

.135

3.4

.045

1.2

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

500

5000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500

5000

500

5000

500

5000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

Standard Cross Section
PLWP1S-D30

5.2

132

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.00

25

50

222

PLWP1.5S-D30 6.8

173

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.50

38

50

222

7.8

198

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.75

45

50

222

7.6

.075

1.9

.266

6.8

.105

2.7

2.00

51

120

534

PLWP2S-D30

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLWP2H-TL30

8.9

226

.300

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLWP2H/3H.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.29

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Releasable Wing Push Mount Ties
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel

• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Extended release tab permits easy release and re-use where
changes are anticipated during development, production,
or servicing in the field
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

PRWP2S-D

PRWP_SA
Head Design

PRWP2S-D0

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

PRWP_SB
Head Design

C4.
Cable
Management

PRWP_H
Head Design

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

PRWP1S-C
PRWP1SA-D
PRWP1SB-D
PRWP1.5S-D
PRWP2S-D

5.2
5.1
5.2
6.8

132
130
132
173

.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

.250
.187
.187
.250

6.4
4.7
4.7
6.4

.105
.093
.157
.105

2.7
2.4
4.0
2.7

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.50

25
25
25
38

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

7.8

198

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.75

45

50

222

7.6

.075

1.9

.266

6.8

.105

2.7

2.00

51

120

534

.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3

.250
.250
.250

6.4
6.4
6.4

.105
.105
.105

2.7
2.7
2.7

1.00
1.50
1.75

25
38
45

50
50
50

222
222
222

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.105

2.7

1.50

38

50

222

Hand install
only

100
500
500
500

1000
5000
5000
5000

500

5000

250

2500

500
500
500

5000
5000
5000

500

5000

Light-Heavy Cross Section
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

PRWP2H-TL

8.9

226

.300

Hand install
only

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.30

PRWP1S-D0
PRWP1.5S-D0
PRWP2S-D0

5.2
6.8
7.8

132
173
198

.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8

Hand install
only

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PRWP1.5S-D30

6.8

173

.190

4.8

Hand install
only

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PRWP2H.

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Pan-Ty ® Center Mounted Wing Push Mount Ties – Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Used to center the bundle over the mount on all bundle diameters
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place

• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Bundle diameters
from .12" to 1.97"
(3mm to 50mm)

PLWP-SC – Designed for normal
wire bundles.
PLWP-SD – Designed for corrugated
loom tubing. Bump prevents lateral
and axial movement.

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Standard Cross Section
PLWP30SC-D30
PLWP40SC-D30

5.8
7.0
PLWP40SD-D30 7.0
PLWP50SC-D30 8.2
PLWP50SE-D30 8.2

147
178
178
208
208

.190
.190
.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8
4.8

.050
.050
.050
.050
.050

1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3
1.3

.266
.266
.266
.266
.266

6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8
6.8

.118
.118
.118
.118
.118

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0

1.18
1.58
1.58
1.97
1.97

30
40
40
50
50

50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

PLWP-SE – Designed for corrugated
loom tubing, see page C3.11.
Bump prevents lateral movement.

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

C1.
Wiring
Duct

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500
500
500
500
500

5000
5000
5000
5000
5000

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.31

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Ladder Style Releasable Wing Push Mount Ties –
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Unique releasable ladder design eliminates the need
for multiple clamp sizes
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part

• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Standard Cross Section
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

PRLWP30S-D30 4.7
PRLWP50S-D30 7.1

119
180

.380
.380

9.7
9.7

.050
.050

1.3
1.3

.266
.266

6.8
6.8

.118
.118

3.0
3.0

1.43
2.18

36
55

35
35

156
156

Hand install
only

500
500

5000
5000

Pan-Ty ® Umbrella Wing Push Mount Ties – Nylon and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Quick, secure way to fasten to clearance holes in panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole in a light
gauge metal or plastic and locks in place

• Umbrella shaped disk provides constant tension for a stable,
secure, and rattle-free installation
• Disk forms a dust-tight and semi-liquid tight seal to the
panel surface
• PLUP40SE style is for use with corrugated loom tubing,
see page C3.11
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PLUP40SE
Head Design

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Standard Cross Section
PLUP40S-D30* 7.0

177

.190

4.8

.047

1.2

.266

6.8

.050

1.3

1.57

40

50

222

PLUP40SE-D

7.0

177

.190

4.8

.047

1.2

.266

6.8

.050

1.3

1.57

40

50

222

PLUP40SE-D30*

7.0

177

.190

4.8

.047

1.2

.266

6.8

.050

1.3

1.57

40

50

222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500

5000

500

5000

500

5000

*Heat stabilized material (30).

F.
Index

B1.32

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Push Mount Ties
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Economical push mount ties are used to attach bundles to another
surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Wingless design allows tie to be used in confined spaces

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

PLP1.5I
Head Design

PLP2S-C

Part Number

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

PLP2S-M0

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

1000

C4.
Cable
Management

Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-C

6.1

156

.135

3.4

.045

1.1

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000

Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M

5.3

135

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.00

25

50

222

PLP1.5S-M

6.7

170

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.50

38

50

222

PLP2S-C

7.9

200

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.75

45

50

222

D1.
Terminals

1000 10000
100

1000

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

D2.
Power
Connectors

Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-M0

6.1

156

.135

3.4

.045

1.1

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M0

5.3

135

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.00

25

50

222

PLP2S-M0

7.9

200

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.75

45

50

222

1000 10000
E2.
Labels

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Intermediate Cross Section
PLP1.5I-M30

6.1

156

.135

3.4

.045

1.1

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

1.25

32

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000

Standard Cross Section
PLP1S-M30

5.3

135

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.00

25

50

222

PLP2S-M30

7.9

200

.180

4.6

.050

1.3

.250

6.4

.125

3.2

1.75

45

50

222

1000 10000

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.33

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Marker and Flag Ties
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL 94V-0 –
for indoor use
• Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
• One-piece construction for consistent performance and reliability

• Can be marked with Panduit marker pens on page B1.51
or computer printable labels
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Part
Number

Marker
Type

Length
In. mm

Width Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Marker
Write-On
Area
In.
mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-C
PLF1MA-C
PLF1MB-C
PLF1MC-M
PLM1M-C
PLM2M-C

Flag
Flag
Flag
Flag
Wrap
Wrap

4.3
5.1
4.0
4.3
3.9
8.0

109
130
101
109
99
203

.098
.098
.098
.098
.098
.098

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

.045
.045
.045
.045
.035
.035

1.1 .31 x .75 7.9 x 19.1
.87
1.1 .76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 .87
1.1 .31 x .92 7.9 x 23.4
.75
1.1 .29 x .32
7.4 x 8.0
.87
.9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1
.75
.9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00

22
22
19
22
19
51

18
18
18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100 1000
100 1000
100 1000
1000 25000
100 1000
100 1000

188
371
188
188

.185
.185
.185
.185

4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7

.052
.052
.052
.052

1.3 .44 x .87
1.3 .44 x 2.00
1.3 .87 x 1.07
1.3 .87 x 1.79

1.75
4.00
1.75
1.75

45
102
45
45

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100
100
50
50

Standard Cross Section
PLM2S-C
PLM4S-C
PL2M2S-L
PL3M2S-L

Wrap
Wrap
Wrap
Wrap

7.4
14.6
7.4
7.4

11.1
11.1
22.1
22.1

x
x
x
x

22.1
50.8
27.2
45.5

1000
1000
500
500

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-C0
PLF1MA-M0
PLM1M-C0
PLM2M-M0

Flag
Flag
Wrap
Wrap

4.3
5.1
3.9
8.0

109
130
99
203

.098
.098
.098
.098

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

.045 1.1 .31 x .75 7.9 x 19.1
.87
.045 1.1 .76 x 1.04 19.1 x 26.4 .87
.035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1
.75
.035 .9 .26 x .95 6.6 x 24.1 2.00

22
22
19
51

18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100 1000
1000 10000
100 1000
1000 25000

188
371
188
188

.185
.185
.185
.185

4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7

.052
.052
.052
.052

Standard Cross Section
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

PLM2S-C0
PLM4S-D0
PL2M2S-L0
PL3M2S-D0

7.4
14.6
7.4
7.4

1.3 .44 x .87
1.3 .44 x 2.00
1.3 .87 x 1.07
1.3 .87 x 1.79

11.1
11.1
22.1
22.1

x
x
x
x

22.1
50.8
27.2
45.5

1.75
4.00
1.75
1.75

45
102
45
45

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100
500
50
500

1000
5000
500
2500

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
PLF1M-M69

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Wrap
Wrap
Wrap
Wrap

Flag

4.3

109 .098

2.5 .045 1.1

.31 x .75

7.9 x 19.1

.87

22

18

80

PLM1M-M69 Wrap

3.9

99

2.5 .035

.26 x .95

6.6 x 24.1

.75

19

18

80

.098

.9

1000 25000

F.
Index

B1.34

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty Cable Ties
®

B1.
Cable Ties

Material and Color Chart
Panduit

Material

Color

Suffix

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(meets Mil. Spec.)
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black
Black

✓
0

Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
Telephone Gray
Black
Black

00
1
2
3
4Y
5
6
7
8
10
14
20
30

Panduit

Material

Color

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
PEEK (Polyetheretherketone)
TEFZEL■
Metal Detectable, Nylon
Metal Detectable, Polypropylene
Weather Resistant Polypropylene
Polypropylene
Nylon 12
Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6
HALAR▲

Natural
Fluorescent Orange
Fluorescent Yellow
Fluorescent Green
Fluorescent Pink
Black
Natural (Ivory)
Translucent Brown
Aqua Blue
Blue
Blue
Black
Green
Black
Black
Maroon

Suffix
39
53
54
55
59
60
69
71
76
86
186
100
109
120
300

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

702Y
C4.
Cable
Management

✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number Availability List
Standard Packaging
Part Number
PLC1M-S4-C
PLC1.5I-S8-C
PLC2S-S6-C
PLC2S-S10-C
PLC3S-S10-C
PLC4S-S10-C
PLC2H-S25-L
PLC4H-S25-L
PLF1M-C
PLF1MA-C
PLF1MB-C
PLM1M-C
PLM2M-C
PLM2S-C
PLM4S-C

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color Suffix
0
0
0
0,14
0
0
0
0
3,4Y

0
0,4Y

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
PLC1M-S4-M
PLC1.5I-S8-M
PLC2S-S6-M
PLC2S-S10-M
PLC3S-S10-M
PLC4S-S10-M
PLC2H-S25-TL
PLC4H-S25-TL
PLF1M-M
PLF1MA-M
PLF1MB-M
PLF1MC-M
PLM1M-M
PLM2M-M
PLM2S-D
PLM4S-D

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color Suffix
0,30
0,30
0
0,20,30
0
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,2,3,4Y,6,10,69
0,2,3,4Y,5,6,10
3
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,69
0,4Y,6
0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8
0,2,4Y,6
List continues on page B1.36

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.35

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties (continued)
Standard Packaging

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Part Number
PL2M2S-L
PL3M2S-L
PLP1.5I-C

PLP2S-C
PLT.6SM-C
PLT.7M-C
PLT1M-C

Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
✓
0
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓

0
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,30,
71,76,86,186,702Y

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.36

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
PL2M2S-D
PL3M2S-D
PLP1.5I-M
PLP1S-M
PLP1.5S-M
PLP2S-M
PLT.6SM-M
PLT.7M-M
PLT1M-M

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

PLT1M-XMR

✓

0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30

✓
✓
✓
✓

0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30
0,00,30
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,69,100,109,
120,300

Material/Color Suffix
0,4Y,10
0,4Y
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,55,
59,60,69,76,100,109,300,702Y

PLT1.5M-C

✓

0

PLT2M-C
PLT1.5I-C

✓
✓

0
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30

PLT1.5M-M
PLT1.5M-XMR
PLT2M-M
PLT1.5I-M

PLT2I-C

✓

0,14,30,76,86,186

PLT2I-M

✓

0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,53,54,55,
59,69,76,300

PLT2.5I-C
PLT3I-C
PLT4I-C
PLT1S-C
PLT1.5S-C
PLT2S-C

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0
0,14
0,14
0
0
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,
71,76,86,186,702Y

PLT2.5I-M
PLT3I-M
PLT4I-M
PLT1S-M
PLT1.5S-M
PLT2S-M

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0,20
0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,10,14,20,30
0,2,5,6,14,20,30
0,30,38,300
0,30
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,38,39,53,54,
55,59,60,69,71,76,100,109,120,300,702Y

PLT2.5S-C
PLT3S-C

✓
✓

0
0,00,2,20,30,76,86,186,702Y

PLT2S-VMR
PLT2.5S-M
PLT3S-M

✓
✓
✓

0,30
0,30
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,53,54,55,59,
76,100,109,702Y

PLT4S-C

✓

0,00,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,20,30,76,86,
186

PLT4S-M

✓

0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,14,20,30,69,76,
100,109,120,300

PLT4.5S-C
PLT5S-C
PLT6LH-L
PLT7LH-L
PLT8LH-L
PLT8LH-Q
PLT9LH-L
PLT10LH-L
PLT2H-L
PLT2.5H-L
PLT3H-L
PLT4H-L

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0
0
0
0
0
0
0

PLT4.5S-M
PLT5S-M
PLT6LH-C
PLT7LH-C
PLT8LH-C

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0
0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,30
0
0,30
0,120

PLT9LH-C
PLT10LH-C
PLT2H-TL
PLT2.5H-TL
PLT3H-TL
PLT4H-TL

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0,30

PLT4H-C
PLT5H-L
PLT6H-L
PLT8H-L
PLT8H-L
PLT13H-Q

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

PLT5H-C
PLT6H-C
PLT8H-C

✓
✓
✓

0,30
0,30
0,00,30

PLT13H-C

✓

0,3

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0
0
0,76,86,186
0,00,76,86,186
0
0
0
0
0
0

0,2,4Y,6,30,100,109,300
0
0,30,76,100,109
0,00,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,10,20,30,69,76,100,109,
120,300

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Standard Packaging
Part Number
PLT2EH-Q

Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
0

PLT5EH-Q

✓

0

PLT6EH-Q

✓

0

PLT8EH-Q
PLT10EH-Q
PLT12EH-Q

0
0
0

PLWP1M-C
PLWP1.5I-C
PLWP1S-C

✓
✓
✓

0

PLWP2S-C

✓

0

PRT1S-C
PRT1.5S-C
PRT2S-C
PRT3S-C
PRT4S-C
PRT2H-L
PRT3H-L
PRT4H-L
PRT2EH-Q
PRT5EH-Q
PRT6EH-Q
PRT8EH-Q
PRT10EH-Q
PRT12EH-Q
PRWP1S-C

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
PLT2EH-C
PLT3EH-NB-C
PLT5EH-C
PLT5EH-NB-C
PLT6EH-C
PLT6EH-NB-C
PLT8EH-C
PLT10EH-C
PLT12EH-C
PLUP40S-D
PLUP40SE-D
PLWP1M-D
PLWP1.5I-D
PLWP1S-D
PLWP1SA-D
PLWP1SB-D
PLWP1.5S-D
PLWP1.5SA-D
PLWP2S-D
PLWP2SA-D
PLWP2SB-D
PLWP2H-TL
PLWP3H-TL
PLWP30SC-D
PLWP40SC-D
PLWP40SD-D
PLWP50SC-D
PLWP50SE-D
PRLWP30S-D
PRLWP50S-D
PRT1S-M
PRT1.5S-M
PRT2S-M
PRT3S-M
PRT4S-M
PRT2H-TL
PRT3H-TL
PRT4H-TL
PRT2EH-C
PRT5EH-C
PRT6EH-C
PRT8EH-C
PRT10EH-C
PRT12EH-C
PRWP1S-D
PRWP1SA-D
PRWP1SB-D
PRWP1.5S-D
PRWP2S-D
PRWP2H-TL

Natural
Nylon 6.6 Material/Color Suffix
✓
0
0
✓
0
0
✓
0
0
✓
0
✓
0
✓
0
30
✓
30
✓
0,30
✓
30
✓
0,20,30
✓
✓
✓
30
✓
✓
0,30
✓
✓
✓
0,30
✓
0
30
30
30
30
30
30
30
✓
0
✓
0,30
✓
0,2,3,4Y,6,7
✓
0
✓
0,2,3,4Y,6
✓
0
✓
0
✓
0
✓
0,100
✓
0,100
✓
0,100
✓
0,100
✓
0
✓
0
✓
0
✓
✓
✓
0,20,30
✓
0
✓

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.37

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Features and Benefits – Super-Grip ® Cable Ties
One-piece design with a thin, wide strap body for improved flexibility.

B1.
Cable Ties

Dome shaped head and smooth,
round strap body protect the
cable insulation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

One-piece locking wedge provides
consistent, reliable performance
Strong locking wedge improves
strength and allows for
rough handling

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Thin, wide strap body provides
increased flexibility while
maintaining loop tensile strength

High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards

Thin, flared neck tolerates rough
installation practices and improves
small bundle performance

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Curved, tapered tip threads
easily and installs faster

E2.
Labels

Aggressive grips allow temporary
threading of tie before the strap
teeth are engaged

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.38

Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.107 – B1.112.

Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.7, B2.11,
B2.13, B2.21.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Super-Grip ® Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Material, Color (Suffix)

Part Number Prefix

Style/Function

Catalog Page

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)

Locking Ties/Bundle

SG

B1.40

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle

SG

B1.41

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

Locking Ties/Bundle

SG

B1.41

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number System for Super-Grip ® Cable Ties

D1.
Terminals

SG

200

S

Type

Length

Cross Section

Package Size

Material/Color

SG = Locking Tie

Approx.
Length
(mm)

M
I
S
LH
H

L
C
TL
M

See Page B1.42

=
=
=
=
=

Miniature
Intermediate
Standard
Light-Heavy
Heavy

C

—

=
=
=
=

50
100
250
1000

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.39

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Super-Grip ® Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral movement of the
tie once installed
• High strength allows the tie to withstand rough installation practices
that occur in MRO and construction environments
• Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to conform to
bundle while maintaining tensile strength

• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
• Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.7, B2.11, B2.13
and B2.21

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
SG100M-C

4.2

106

.118

3.0

.038

1.0

.90

23

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100

1000

.040

1.0

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100

1000

100

1000

100
100

1000
1000

100

1000

Intermediate Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
SG150I-C

6.2

157

.168

4.3

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
D1.
Terminals

SG200S-C
SG250S-C
SG300S-C
SG370S-C

8.3

211

.225

5.7

.046

1.2

2.00

51

50

222

10.4
12.4

264
315

.225
.225

5.7
5.7

.050
.050

1.3
1.3

2.60
3.20

66
81

75
75

334
334

15.3

389

.225

5.7

.052

1.3

4.20

107

75

334

8.4

.064

1.6

4.13

105

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

9.7

.068

1.7

5.20

132

175

778

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

D2.
Power
Connectors

Light-Heavy Cross Section – Plenum-Rated

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Heavy Cross Section – Plenum-Rated

SG350LH-L

SG450H-L

15.3

18.6

389

471

.330

.380

E1.
Labeling
Systems

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.40

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Super-Grip ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant and Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications up to
239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Designed to grip the bundle tightly to resist lateral movement of the
tie once installed

• High strength allows the tie to withstand rough installation
practices that occur in MRO and construction environments
• Thin, wide strap body provides flexibility enabling it to conform to
bundle while maintaining tensile strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• Complementary mounts available, see pages B2.7, B2.11, B2.13
and B2.21

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100

1000

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
SG100M-C0

4.2

106

.118

3.0

.038

1.0

.90

23

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

6.2

157

.168

4.3

.040

1.0

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Intermediate Cross Section
SG150I-C0

C2.
Surface
Raceway

100

1000
D1.
Terminals

Standard Cross Section
SG200S-C0

8.3

211

.225

5.7

.046

1.2

2.00

51

50

222

SG250S-C0

10.4

264

.225

5.7

.050

1.3

2.60

66

75

334

SG300S-C0
SG370S-C0

12.4
15.3

315
389

.225
.225

5.7
5.7

.050
.052

1.3
1.3

3.20
4.20

81
107

75
75

334
334

.330

8.4

.064

1.6

4.13

105

120

534

100
GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000

100

1000

100
100

1000
1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SG350LH-L0

15.3

389

18.6

471

.380

9.7

.068

1.7

5.20

132

175

778

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Heavy Cross Section
SG450H-L0

D2.
Power
Connectors

500
E2.
Labels

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SG200S-M30

8.3

211

.225

5.7

.046

1.2

2.00

51

50

222

SG300S-M30

12.4

315

.225

5.7

.050

1.3

3.20

81

70

311

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000 10000
1000 10000

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SG350LH-TL30

15.3

389

.330

8.4

.064

1.6

4.13

105

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

250

2500

Note: UL Listed and CSA Certified except SG450H-L0 and heat stabilized material (30).

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.41

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Super-Grip ® Cable Ties and Mounts

B1.
Cable Ties

Material and Color Chart
Panduit

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.42

Color

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black
Black

Suffix
✓
0
30

✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Material

Part Number Availability List
Standard Packaging
Part Number
SG100M-C
SG150I-C
SG200S-C
SG250S-C
SG300S-C
SG370S-C
SG350LH-L
SG450H-L

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color Suffix
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
SG100M-M
SG150I-M
SG200S-M

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓

SG300S-M
SG370S-M
SG350LH-TL
SG450H-C

✓
✓

✓

✓

Material/Color Suffix
0
0
0,30
0,30
0
0,30
0

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Features and Benefits – Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Cable Ties
Two-piece design incorporates a stainless steel locking barb in a nylon cable tie.

B1.
Cable Ties

Dome-top head features unique
patented design with round,
smooth edges

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Stainless steel locking barb provides
infinite adjustability through entire
bundle range

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards

Patented low thread force design
reduces operator fatigue and
improves productivity

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Ribbed and stippled strap body
prevents lateral movement on
the bundle

Curved tip threads easily
and installs faster
E2.
Labels

Finger grip ensures positive
grip during threading of tie

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.

Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing.

E4.
Permanent
Identification

See pages B2.1 – B2.29.
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.43

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Dome-Top ® Barb Ty and Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Material, Color (Suffix)

Style/Function

Part Number Prefix

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Clamp Ties/Mount
Push Mount Ties/Mount
Marker Ties/Identify

BT
BC
BW
BF, BM, B2M, B3M, B4M

B1.45
B1.48
B1.50
B1.52

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Clamp Ties/Mount
Push Mount Ties/Mount
Marker Ties/Identify

BT
BC
BW, BP
BF, BM, B2M, B3M, B4M

B1.46
B1.49
B1.50,51
B1.52

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Clamp Ties/Mount

BT
BC

B1.47
B1.49

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Natural (39)

Locking Ties/Bundle

BT

B1.47

Weather Resistant
Acetal, Black

Locking Ties/Bundle

DT

B1.53

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty
Cable Ties

Catalog Page

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Dura-Ty ™
Cable
Ties,
Strapping,
and Kits

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.44

Part Number System for Dome-Top ® Barb Ty and Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties
BT

2

S

Type

Size

Cross Section

Screw Hole Size

Package Size

Material/Color

BT = Locking Tie
BC = Clamp Tie
BF = Flag Tie
BM = Marker Tie
BP = Push Mount Tie
BW = Wing Push Mount Tie
DT = Locking Tie

Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)

M =
I =
S =
LH =
H =
EH =

(Clamp Ties Only)
-S4 = #4 (M2.5)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S8 = #8 (M4)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4 (M6)

Q
L
C
TL
D
M
LR

See Page B1.54

Miniature
Intermediate
Standard
Light-Heavy
Heavy
Extra-Heavy

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

C

—

=
=
=
=
=
=
=

25
50
100
250
500
1000
50' Reel

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Dome-top head features unique patented design with round,
smooth edges
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range

• High strength and low thread force
• A variety of materials and colors are available for
specific applications
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC

Straight Tip

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Curved Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
BT1M-C
BT1.5M-C
BT2M-C
BT4M-C

4.0
6.3
7.9
14.2

102
160
201
361

.095
.095
.095
.095

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4

.036
.046
.046
.046

.9
1.2
1.2
1.2

.90
1.50
2.00
4.00

23
38
51
102

18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

.041
.041
.049
.049

1.0
1.0
1.2
1.2

1.50
2.00
3.00
4.00

38
51
76
102

40
40
40
40

178
178
178
178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

Intermediate Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
BT1.5I-C
BT2I-C
BT3I-C
BT4I-C

6.1
8.0
11.3
14.3

155
203
287
363

.141
.141
.141
.141

3.6
3.6
3.6
3.6

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
BT2S-C

8.0

203

.185

4.7

.045

1.1

2.00

51

50

222

BT3S-C

12.0

305

.185

4.7

.052

1.3

3.00

76

50

222

BT4S-C

15.1

384

.185

4.7

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) – Plenum-Rated
BT2LH-L
BT3LH-L
BT4LH-L
BT5LH-L
BT6LH-L
BT7LH-L
BT8LH-L
BT9LH-L

8.7
11.8
14.9
18.1
21.2
24.4
27.5
30.7

221
300
378
460
538
620
699
780

.275
.275
.275
.275
.275
.275
.275
.275

7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0

.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065

1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7

2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00

51
76
102
127
152
178
203
229

120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.45

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Dome-top head features unique patented design with round,
smooth edges

• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• High strength and low thread force
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100

1000

100
100

1000
1000

100

1000

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

Miniature Cross Section
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

BT1M-C0
BT1.5M-C0
BT2M-C0
BT4M-C0

4.0

102

.095

2.4

.036

.9

.90

23

18

80

6.3
7.9

160
201

.095
.095

2.4
2.4

.046
.046

1.2
1.2

1.50
2.00

38
51

18
18

80
80

14.2

361

.095

2.4

.046

1.2

4.00

102

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

Intermediate Cross Section
BT1.5I-C0
BT2I-C0
BT3I-C0
BT4I-C0

6.1
8.0
11.3

155
203
287

.141
.141
.141

3.6
3.6
3.6

.041
.041
.049

1.0
1.0
1.2

1.50
2.00
3.00

38
51
76

40
40
40

178
178
178

14.3

363

.141

3.6

.049

1.2

4.00

102

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

Standard Cross Section
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

BT2S-C0

8.0

203

.185

4.7

.045

1.1

2.00

51

50

222

BT3S-C0

12.0

305

.185

4.7

.052

1.3

3.00

76

50

222

BT4S-C0

15.1

384

.185

4.7

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065

1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7

2.00
3.00
4.00
5.00
6.00
7.00
8.00
9.00

51
76
102
127
152
178
203
229

120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120

534
534
534
534
534
534
534
534

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BT2LH-L0
BT3LH-L0
BT4LH-L0
BT5LH-L0
BT6LH-L0
BT7LH-L0
BT8LH-L0
BT9LH-L0

8.7
11.8
14.9
18.1
21.2
24.4
27.5
30.7

221
300
378
460
538
620
699
780

.275
.275
.275
.275
.275
.275
.275
.275

7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

Note: UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except LH cross section.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.46

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Dome-top head features unique patented design with round,
smooth edges

• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

Part Number

C1.
Wiring
Duct

BT2S-M39

BT2S-M30

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 – Black
Miniature Cross Section
BT1M-C30
BT1.5M-M30
BT2M-M30

4.0
6.3
7.9

102
160
201

.095
.095
.095

2.4
2.4
2.4

.036
.046
.046

.9
1.2
1.2

.90
1.50
2.00

23
38
51

18
18
18

80
80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100
1000
1000

1000
50000
25000

155
203
287

.141
.141
.141

3.6
3.6
3.6

.041
.041
.049

1.0
1.0
1.2

1.50
2.00
3.00

38
51
76

40
40
40

178
178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000
1000
1000

25000
25000
10000

203
305
384

.185
.185
.185

4.7
4.7
4.7

.045
.052
.052

1.1
1.3
1.3

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

50
50
50

222
222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTS, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000
1000
1000

10000
10000
5000

.065

1.7

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

Intermediate Cross Section
BT1.5I-M30
BT2I-M30
BT3I-M30

6.1
8.0
11.3

Standard Cross Section
BT2S-M30
BT3S-M30
BT4S-M30

8.0
12.0
15.1

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BT4LH-TL30

14.9

378

.275

7.0

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 – Natural
Miniature Cross Section
BT1M-M39

4.0

102

E1.
Labeling
Systems

.095

2.4

.036

.9

.90

23

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000

50000

155

.141

3.6

.041

1.0

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000

25000

203
305
384

.185
.185
.185

4.7
4.7
4.7

.045
.052
.052

1.1
1.3
1.3

2.00
3.00
4.00

51
76
102

50
50
50

222
222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTS, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000
1000
1000

10000
10000
5000

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

.065

1.7

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Intermediate Cross Section
BT1.5I-M39

6.1

E2.
Labels

Standard Cross Section
BT2S-M39
BT3S-M39
BT4S-M39

8.0
12.0
15.1

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BT4LH-TL39

14.9

378

.275

7.0

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.47

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Clamp Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as a
control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp
in place

• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows
faster initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
Curved Tip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Hole
Dia.

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

In.

Metric
Screw Screw
mm Size
Size

Min.
Loop
Recommended
Tensile Str.
Installation
mm Lbs. N
Tool

In.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
BC1M-S4-M

4.6

117 .095

2.4

.046

1.2

.122

3.1

#4

M2.5

.90

23

18

80

BC2M-S4-M

8.3

211 .095

2.4

.046

1.2

.122

3.1

#4

M2.5

2.00

51

18

80

.174

4.4

#8

M4

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

500

5000

100

1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 50000
1000 25000

Intermediate Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
BC1.5I-S8-M

6.6

168 .141

3.6

.041

1.0

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
216 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.200

5.1

#10

M5

2.00

51

50

222

BC3S-S10-D 12.5 318 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.200

5.1

#10

M5

3.00

76

50

222

BC4S-S10-C

4.7

.052

1.3

.200

5.1

#10

M5

4.00 102

50

222

M6

4.00 102

120

534

BC2S-S10-C

8.5

15.6 396 .185

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip) – Plenum-Rated
BC4LH-S25-L 15.5 394 .275

7.0

.065

1.7

.260

6.6

1/4

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.48

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Clamp Ties – Weather Resistant and
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• Weather Resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such as
a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling

• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Straight Tip
C1.
Wiring
Duct

Curved Tip

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Nominal
Hole
Metric
Width Thickness
Dia.
Screw Screw
In. mm In. mm In. mm Size
Size

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str.
Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Miniature Cross Section
BC1M-S4-M0

4.6

117 .095

2.4

.046 1.2 .122 3.1

#4

M2.5

.90

23

18

80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 50000

BC2M-S4-M0

8.3

211 .095

2.4

.046 1.2 .122 3.1

#4

M2.5

2.00

51

18

80

3.6

.041 1.0 .174 4.4

#8

M4

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000 25000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

500

5000

100

1000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STH2, STS2

500

1000 25000

C4.
Cable
Management

Intermediate Cross Section
BC1.5I-S8-M0

6.6

168 .141

Standard Cross Section
BC2S-S10-C0

8.5

216 .185

4.7

.052 1.3 .200 5.1

#10

M5

2.00

51

50

222

BC3S-S10-D0

12.5 318 .185

4.7

.052 1.3 .200 5.1

#10

M5

3.00

76

50

222

BC4S-S10-C0

15.6 396 .185

4.7

.052 1.3 .200 5.1

#10

M5

4.00

102

50

222

1/4

M6

4.00

102

120

534

Light-Heavy Cross Section (Straight Tip)
BC4LH-S25-L0

15.5 394 .275

7.0

.065 1.7 .260 6.6

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
BC4S-S10-D30

15.6 396 .185

4.7

.052 1.3 .200 5.1

#10

M5

4.00

102

50

222

5000

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except BC4LH-S25-L0.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.49

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Wing Push Mount Ties – Nylon and
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Combine cable tie, mount, and fastener into a single part
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place

• Wings provide constant tension for a stable, secure, and
rattle-free installation
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

BW2S-D

BW2S-D0
BW2S
Head Design

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Dia.
Tensile Str.
In. mm Lbs. N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

Nylon 6.6
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Intermediate Cross Section
BW1.5I-D

6.6

168 .141

3.6

.041

1.0

.187

4.7

.093

2.4

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

500

5000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500

5000

500

5000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500

5000

500

5000

Standard Cross Section
BW2S-D

8.5

216 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.156

4.0

2.00

51

50

222

BW3S-D

12.5 318 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.156

4.0

3.00

76

50

222

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
BW2S-D0

8.5

216 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.156

4.0

2.00

51

50

222

BW3S-D0

12.5 318 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.250

6.4

.156

4.0

3.00

76

50

222

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.50

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Push Mount Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Used to attach bundles to another surface such as a flat panel
• Cable tie, mount, and fastener in a single part
• Anchor is easily pressed into a pre-formed hole and locks in place

• Wingless design allows tie to be used in confined spaces
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Hole
Panel
Dia.
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Dia.
Tensile Str.
In. mm Lbs. N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

Standard Cross Section
BP2S-D0

8.5

216 .185

4.7

.052

1.3

.255

6.5

.125

3.2

2.00

51

50

222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500

5000

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Permanent Marking Pens

D1.
Terminals

• Fast drying, permanent ink for identification on marker ties (pages
B1.34, B1.52, and B1.71), marker plates (page B2.29), or cable
marker straps (page B1.80)

• May be used with any label shown in the catalog when a printer
is not available
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

PX-0
PX-2

Part Number
PX-0
PX-2
PFX-0
PFX-2
PX-10

PFX-0
PFX-2

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PX-10
Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
12

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
144

Color
Black

Description
Permanent marking pen – regular tip.

Red
Black

Permanent marking pen – regular tip.
Permanent marking pen – fine tip.

12
12

144
144

Red
White

Permanent marking pen – fine tip.
Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts – regular tip.

12
12

144
300

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.51

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Marker and Flag Ties
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
• Stainless steel locking barb provides consistent performance,
reliability, and infinite adjustability through entire bundle range

• Can be marked with Panduit marker pens on the previous page
or computer printable labels
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Part
Number

Marker
Type

Length
In. mm

Width Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Marker
Write-On
Area
In.
mm

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Pkg.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section
BF1M-C
BF2M-C
BM1M-C
BM2M-C

Flag
Flag
Wrap
Wrap

4.6
8.3
4.2
7.9

117
211
107
201

.095
.095
.095
.095

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4

.046
.046
.046
.046

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

.36 x .81
.36 x .81
.29 x 1.09
.29 x 1.09

9.1
9.1
7.4
7.4

x
x
x
x

20.6
20.6
27.7
27.7

.90
2.00
.90
2.00

23
51
23
51

18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

203
384
203
203
203

.185
.185
.185
.185
.185

4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7

.045
.052
.045
.045
.045

1.2
1.3
1.2
1.2
1.2

.49 x .91
.50 x 2.13
1.15 x .91
1.81 x .91
2.47 x .91

12.4
12.7
29.2
46.0
62.7

x
x
x
x
x

23.1
54.1
23.1
23.1
23.1

2.00 51
4.00 102
2.00 51
2.00 51
2.00 51

50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100
100
500
250
250

1000
1000
2500
2500
2500

Standard Cross Section
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

BM2S-C
BM4S-C
B2M2S-D
B3M2S-TL
B4M2S-TL

Wrap
Wrap
Wrap
Wrap
Wrap

8.0
15.1
8.0
8.0
8.0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Miniature Cross Section

E1.
Labeling
Systems

BF1M-M0
BF2M-M0
BM1M-M0
BM2M-M0

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Flag
Flag
Wrap
Wrap

4.6
8.3
4.2
7.9

117
211
107
201

.095
.095
.095
.095

2.4
2.4
2.4
2.4

.046
.046
.046
.046

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

.36 x .81
.36 x .81
.29 x 1.09
.29 x 1.09

9.1
9.1
7.4
7.4

x
x
x
x

20.6
20.6
27.7
27.7

.90
2.00
.90
2.00

23
51
23
51

18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, PTS,
PPTS, STS2

1000
1000
1000
1000

25000
25000
25000
25000

203
384
203
203
203

.185
.185
.185
.185
.185

4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7
4.7

.045
.052
.045
.045
.045

1.2
1.3
1.2
1.2
1.2

.49 x .91
.50 x 2.13
1.15 x .91
1.81 x .91
2.47 x .91

12.4
12.7
29.2
46.0
62.7

x
x
x
x
x

23.1
54.1
23.1
23.1
23.1

2.00 51
4.00 102
2.00 51
2.00 51
2.00 51

50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500
500
500
250
250

10000
5000
2500
2500
2500

Standard Cross Section
BM2S-D0
BM4S-D0
B2M2S-D0
B3M2S-TL0
B4M2S-TL0

Wrap
Wrap
Wrap
Wrap
Wrap

8.0
15.1
8.0
8.0
8.0

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.52

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Acetal – Heavy Cross Section
• Black acetal strap and head material provide 20+ years outdoor
life and high impact resistance
• Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and moisture resistance

Part Number

Strap
Length
Ft.
m

Description

Strap
Width
In.
mm

• Double stainless steel locking barbs provide consistent
and predictable holding values
• Textured strap provides better gripping surface to prevent tie
from moving laterally along the length of the bundle for tight,
consistent bundles
• Robust head design allows tie to be tightened over a wide range
of angles
• Convenient reel dispenser pack allows installer to cut-to-size
for customized field applications; recyclable box has through-hole
for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag of heads
• Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications
• May be used with stackable aerial cable spacer on the next page
Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Head
Height
In.
mm

Head
Width
In.
mm

Recommended Std. Std.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool
Qty Qty.

Strapping, Heads, and Kit – Allows user to customize strap length
DTRH-LR0

50' reel of
strapping.

50.0

15.2

.331

8.40

200

890

—

—

—

—

DTHH-Q0
DTKH-0

25 cable tie heads.
Kit: Strapping (50'),
Heads (25)

—
50.0

—
15.2

—
.331

—
8.40

—
200

—
890

.393
.393

9.98
9.98

.557
.557

14.15
14.15

GTH, GS4EH,
STH2, STHV,
ST3EH
—
GTH, GS4EH,
STH2, STHV,
ST3EH

1

20

25
1

500
20

• Convenient reel dispenser pack allows installer to cut-to-size
for customized field applications; recyclable box has through-hole
for attaching to belt, plus storage area for bag of heads
• Several pre-cut sizes have lead-in style angled tips on
pre-assembled straps for easy installation, even with gloved
hands, to speed installation
• May be used with stackable aerial cable spacer on the next page

Diameter (inches) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches
Diameter (mm) x 3.14 + 114mm

Part Number

Description

Strap
Width
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Head
Height
In.
mm

Head
Width
In.
mm

DTHEH-Q0
DTKEH-0

Part Number

50' reel of strapping.
25 cable tie heads.
Kit: Strapping (50'),
Heads (25)

Length
In.
mm

50.0
—
50.0

Width
In.
mm

15.2
—
15.2

.500 12.70
—
—
.500 12.70

Thickness
In. mm

250
—
250

Head
Height
In.
mm

1112
—
1112

—
—
—
—
.490 12.45 .718 18.24
.490 12.45 .718 18.24

Head
Width
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

GS4EH, ST3EH
—
GS4EH, ST3EH

1
25
1

20
500
20

Min. Loop
Tensile
Recommended Std. Std.
Strength
Installation Pkg. Ctn.
Lbs.
N
Tool
Qty. Qty.

Discrete Lengths – Speed installation
DT4EH-L0
DT8EH-Q0
DT14EH-L0
DT15EH-L0
DT28EH-C0
DT44EH-C0

13.5
27.0
48.0
53.0
96.0
144.0

343
686
1219
1346
2438
3658

.500
.500
.500
.500
.500
.500

12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70
12.70

.059
.059
.059
.059
.059
.059

1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50
1.50

.490
.490
.490
.490
.490
.490

12.45
12.45
12.45
12.45
12.45
12.45

.718
.718
.718
.718
.718
.718

18.24
18.24
18.24
18.24
18.24
18.24

3.8
98
8.0
203
14.0 355
15.0 381
28.0 711
44.0 1117

250
250
250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Strapping, Heads, and Kit – Allows user to customize strap length
DTREH-LR0

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Formula to determine amount
of strapping required:

Strap
Length
Ft.
m

B2.
Cable
Accessories

C4.
Cable
Management

Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Acetal – Extra-Heavy Cross Section
• Black acetal strap and head material provide 20+ years outdoor
life and high impact resistance
• Excellent ultraviolet light, chemical, and moisture resistance
• Double stainless steel locking barbs provide consistent
and predictable holding values
• Ideal for securing cables in outdoor messenger strand applications
• Meets Telcordia TR-TSY-000789 industry guidelines for lashed
cable supports

B1.
Cable Ties

GS4EH,
ST3EH

50 1000
25 500
50 250
50 250
100
—
100
—

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.53

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Stackable Aerial Cable Spacer – Weather Resistant Polypropylene
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights
by 1/2" increments

• Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
• For use with Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties shown on the previous page

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C
C1.
Wiring
Duct

A

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Length
A

Width
B

Height
C

Part Number

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Used
with
Cable Ties*

SACS50-T100

2.08

52.8

1.16

29.5

0.71

18.0

LH, H, EH

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

200

2000

*Cable tie cross section sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy.

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Dome-Top ® Barb Ty and Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.54

Material and Color Chart
Panduit

Material

Color

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue

✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).
*Denotes Dura-Ty ™ Weather Resistant Acetal material (no suffix).

Suffix
✓
0
1
2
3
4Y
5
6

Panduit

Material

Color

Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Acetal

Purple
Gray
White
Telephone Gray
Black
Black
Natural
Natural (Ivory)
Black

Suffix
7
8
10
14
20
30
39
69
*

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Part Number Availability List
Standard Packaging
Part Number

BC2S-S10-C

Natural
Nylon 6.6

✓

Material/Color Suffix

0

BC4S-S10-C
BC4LH-S25-L
BF1M-C
BF2M-C
BM1M-C
BM2M-C
BM2S-C
BM4S-C

✓

BT1M-C

✓

BT1.5M-C

✓

0

BT2M-C
BT4M-C
BT1.5I-C
BT2I-C
BT3I-C
BT4I-C
BT2S-C
BT3S-C
BT4S-C
BT2LH-L
BT3LH-L
BT4LH-L
BT5LH-L
BT6LH-L
BT7LH-L
BT8LH-L
BT9LH-L

✓

0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0,2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0

✓

0
0

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0,30

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
BC1M-S4-M
BC2M-S4-M
BC1.5I-S8-M
BC2S-S10-D
BC3S-S10-D
BC4S-S10-D
BC4LH-S25-TL
BF1M-M
BF2M-M
BM1M-M
BM2M-M
BM2S-D
BM4S-D
BP2S-D
BT1M-M
BT1M-XMR
BT1.5M-M
BT1.5M-XMR
BT2M-M
BT4M-M
BT1.5I-M
BT2I-M
BT3I-M
BT4I-M
BT2S-M
BT3S-M
BT4S-M
BT2LH-TL
BT3LH-TL
BT4LH-TL
BT5LH-C
BT6LH-C
BT7LH-C
BT8LH-C
BT9LH-C
BW1.5I-D
BW2S-D
BW3S-D
B2M2S-D
B3M2S-TL
B4M2S-TL

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color Suffix
0
0
0
0
0
0,30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30,39
0,30
0,30
0,30,69
0,2,3,4Y,5,6,8,30
0
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30,39
0,30
0,14,30
0,14
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,20,30,39
0,30,39
0,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10,30,39
0
0
0,30,39
0
0
0
0
0

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0
0
0
0
0

™

Dura-Ty Cable Ties and Strapping
DTHEH-Q0, DTHH-Q0
DTKEH-0, DTKH-0
DTREH-LR0
DTRH-LR0
DT4EH-L0
DT8EH-Q0
DT14EH-L0
DT15EH-L0
DT28EH-C0
DT44EH-C0

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

E4.
Permanent
Identification

DT14EH-C0

*

*Denotes Dura-Ty ™ Weather Resistant Acetal material (no suffix).

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.55

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Features and Benefits – Parallel-Entry Cable Ties
Parallel-entry cable ties limit exposure to sharp edges and protect workers’ arms/hands. The ties are designed with a low
profile head to avoid snags and reduce overall bundle size.

Contour-Ty ® Cable Ties

Hyper-V ™ Cable Ties

Fully enclosed head
for consistent strength

Design provides for
an optional threading
position that
allows releasable,
temporary bundling

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Fully rounded edges
on head and strap
C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Fixed and
flexible 2-wedge
locking design

Outside teeth and
smooth round edges
protect cable jacket –
ideal for high vibration
applications

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Curved tip
threads easily
and installs faster

Tip bending serrations
and threading hole
facilitate installations
in confined spaces

Rounded tip and
aggressive grip for
faster initial threading

IN-LINE Cable Ties

Belt-Ty ™ In-Line Cable Ties

Outside teeth
protect cable jacket
and wire insulation

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

“Finger grip” shaped
head assures positive grip
while threading tie

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Parallel-entry limits
exposure to sharp edges
and protects workers’
arms/hands

“Finger grip” shaped
head with serrations
assures positive grip
while threading tie

Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.

Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.56

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Parallel-Entry Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Material, Color (Suffix)

Style/Function

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)

Locking Ties/Bundle

CBR

B1.58

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle

CBR

B1.59

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)

Locking Ties/Bundle

CBR

B1.60

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural (39)

Locking Ties/Bundle

CBR

B1.60

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69)

Locking Ties/Bundle

CBR

B1.60

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)

Locking Ties/Bundle

ILT

B1.61

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle

ILT

B1.61

Hyper-V ™
Cable Ties

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle

HV

B1.62

IN-LINE
Cable Ties

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0 and colors)

Locking Ties/Bundle

IT

B1.63

Contour-Ty ®
Cable Ties

Belt-Ty ™
In-Line
Cable Ties

Part Number Prefix

Catalog Page

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Part Number System for Contour-Ty ® and Belt-Ty ™ Cable Ties
E1.
Labeling
Systems

CBR

2

S

M

Type

Size

Cross Section

Package Size

Material/Color

CBR = Locking Tie
ILT = Locking Tie

Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)

M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
HS = Heavy-Standard
LH = Light-Heavy

C
TL
D
M

See page
B1.64

—

=
=
=
=

100
250
500
1000

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Part Number System for Hyper-V ™ and IN-LINE Cable Ties
HV

9

100

Type

Width

Size

Package Size

HV= Locking Tie
IT = Locking Tie

Approx.
Width (mm)

Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (mm)

C = 100

—

E4.
Permanent
Identification

C
Material/Color
See page
B1.64

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.57

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Contour-Ty ® Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
•
•
•
•

For indoor use
Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket – ideal
for high vibration applications
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Fully enclosed head for consistent strength

• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC
Note: Nylon 6.6 cable ties in natural and colors meet the
testing requirements of the U.S. Military Aerospace
Standard SAE-AS23190A and the dimensional
requirements of Aerospace Standard SAE-AS33671

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

1000

50000

1000
1000

50000
25000

1000
1000

25000
10000

1000

10000

1000
1000

10000
5000

1000

5000

Miniature Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
CBR1M-M
CBR1.5M-M
CBR2M-M

4.1

104

.098

2.5

.038

1.0

1.00

25

18

80

5.6
7.2

142
183

.098
.098

2.5
2.5

.042
.042

1.1
1.1

1.50
2.00

38
51

18
18

80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

Intermediate Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
CBR1.5I-M
D1.
Terminals

CBR3I-M
CBR4I-M

5.9
10.4

150
264

.140
.140

3.6
3.6

.040
.052

1.0
1.3

1.50
3.00

38
76

40
40

178
178

13.6

345

.140

3.6

.052

1.3

4.00

102

40

178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

CBR2S-M
CBR3S-M
CBR4S-M

7.6
10.8

193
274

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.044
.052

1.1
1.3

2.00
3.00

51
76

50
50

222
222

14.0

356

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

.058

1.4

2.00

51

85

378

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

500

5000

.070
.070

1.8
1.8

4.00
6.00

102
152

120
120

534
534

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

250
100

2500
2000

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2, STH2

Heavy-Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
CBR2HS-D

8.0

203

.250

6.4

Light-Heavy Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
E1.
Labeling
Systems

CBR4LH-TL
CBR6LH-C

14.6
20.9

371
531

.300
.300

7.6
7.6

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.58

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Contour-Ty ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
• Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket –
ideal for high vibration applications

• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

1000

50000

1000
1000

50000
25000

Miniature Cross Section
CBR1M-M0
CBR1.5M-M0
CBR2M-M0

4.1

104

.098

2.5

.038

1.0

1.00

25

18

80

5.6
7.2

142
183

.098
.098

2.5
2.5

.042
.042

1.1
1.1

1.50
2.00

38
51

18
18

80
80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

Intermediate Cross Section
CBR1.5I-M0
CBR3I-M0
CBR4I-M0

5.9
10.4
13.6

150
264
345

.140
.140
.140

3.6
3.6
3.6

.040
.052
.052

1.0
1.3
1.3

1.50
3.00
4.00

38
76
102

40
40
40

178
178
178

7.6
10.8

193
274

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.044
.052

1.1
1.3

2.00
3.00

51
76

50
50

222
222

14.0

356

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

.250

6.4

.058

1.4

2.00

51

85

378

1000
1000
1000

25000
10000
10000

1000
1000

10000
5000

1000

5000

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

500

5000

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

250
100

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

Standard Cross Section
CBR2S-M0
CBR3S-M0
CBR4S-M0

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2, STH2

Heavy-Standard Cross Section
CBR2HS-D0

8.0

203

Light-Heavy Cross Section
CBR4LH-TL0
CBR6LH-C0

14.6
20.9

371
531

.300
.300

7.6
7.6

.070
.070

1.8
1.8

4.00
6.00

102
152

120
120

534
534

2500
2000

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.59

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Contour-Ty ® Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized and
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Flame retardant material has a flammability rating of UL 94V-0 –
indoor use
• Unique design prevents wire and cable damage
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size

• Outside teeth and smooth round edges protect cable jacket –
ideal for high vibration applications
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers’
arms/hands
• Fully enclosed head for consistent strength
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

CBR2S-M30

Part Number

CBR2S-M39

Length
In.
mm.

CBR3S-M69

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 – Black
C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Miniature Cross Section
CBR1M-M30

4.1

104

.098

2.5

.038

1.0

1.00

25

18

80

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000

50000

150

.140

3.6

.040

1.0

1.50

38

40

178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000

25000

1000

10000

1000

5000

1000

5000

250

2500

100

2000

1000

10000

1000

5000

Intermediate Cross Section
CBR1.5I-M30

5.9

Standard Cross Section
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

CBR2S-M30

7.6

193

.190

4.8

.044

1.1

2.00

51

50

222

CBR3S-M30

10.8

274

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

3.00

76

50

222

CBR4S-M30

14.0

356

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

Light-Heavy Cross Section
CBR4LH-TL30

14.6

371

.300

7.6

.070

1.8

4.00

102

120

534

CBR6LH-C30

20.9

531

.300

7.6

.070

1.8

6.00

152

120

534

1.1

2.00

51

50

222

3.00

76

50

222

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 – Natural
Standard Cross Section
CBR2S-M39

7.6

193

.190

4.8

.044

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 – Natural Ivory
Standard Cross Section
CBR3S-M69

10.8

274

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

E4.
Permanent
Identification

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Note: UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except CBR3S-M69.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.60

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Belt-Ty ™ In-Line Cable Ties – Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180° entry)
• Low profile head avoids snags and reduces overall bundle size
• 35% lower head height than conventional 90° ties

• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects workers’
arms/hands
• Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation
• Nylon 6.6 cable ties are UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling
spaces per NEC

A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

ILT2S-C

ILT2S-C0

Length
Part Number

In.

mm

Width
In.

mm

Thickness

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100
100

1000
1000

100

1000

250
100

2500
2000

Nylon 6.6

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Standard Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
ILT2S-C
ILT3S-C
ILT4S-C

8.3
11.5

211
292

.190
.190

4.8
4.8

.052
.052

1.3
1.3

1.88
3.00

48
76

50
50

222
222

14.7

373

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

4.00

102

50

222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS, STS2,
STH2

.075
.075

1.9
1.9

4.00
6.00

102
152

120
120

534
534

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

Light-Heavy Cross Section – Plenum-Rated
ILT4LH-TL
ILT6LH-C

14.8
21.2

376
538

.300
.300

7.6
7.6

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
ILT2S-C0
ILT3S-C0
ILT4S-C0

8.3
11.5
14.7

211
292
373

.190
.190
.190

4.8
4.8
4.8

.052
.052
.052

1.3
1.3
1.3

1.88
3.00
4.00

48
76
102

50
50
50

222
222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

100

2000

Light-Heavy Cross Section
ILT4LH-TL0

14.8

376

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

4.00

102

120

534

ILT6LH-C0

21.2

538

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

6.00

152

120

534

Weather resistant nylon 6.6 cable ties are UL Recognized, UL Listed, and CSA Certified, except ILT4LH/6LH.

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.61

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Hyper-V ™ In-Line Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Fixed and flexible two-wedge locking design provides
a low threading force
• Teeth on both sides of cable tie body provide additional locking
strength and improved flexibility to conform to irregular bundle
shapes such as securing cables to cable tray systems
• Releasable head position for temporary bundling of cables prior
to final locking; no need to replace ties when adding cables/wires
to the bundle
• Teeth on full length of body support a wide range
of bundle diameters

• Bending serrations on the tip of the tie allow the tip to be easily
formed into an arc, enabling installer to “fish” the tie around the
bundle in a confined space
• Threading hole in the tip of the tie allows an installer to hook
the tip with a simple device to pull the tie through spaces with
limited access
• In-Line tie design for parallel-entry of the tie into head resulting
in a lower profile on cable bundles
• Complementary mounts shown below

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number
HV965-C0
HV9100-C0
HV9150-C0
HV9250-C0

Length
In.
mm
10.4
265
14.4
367
20.7
525
33.1
841

Width
In.
mm
.350
8.9
.350
8.9
.350
8.9
.350
8.9

Thickness
In.
mm
.076
1.9
.076
1.9
.076
1.9
.076
1.9

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm
2.60
65
3.90
100
5.90
150
9.80
250

Min. Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N
160
710
160
710
160
710
160
710

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
GTH, GS4H,
100
GS4EH, PTH, STH2,
100
ST3EH, STHV
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
1000
1000
1000

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Hyper-V ™ Cable Tie Mounts
• Tie mount has retaining tab within window to hold cable tie
in position when pre-installed in the mount; low profile design
keeps bundle close to mounting surface

• Masonry mounts are used to secure wire, cable, or tubing
to masonry surfaces
• For outdoor use

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

HVTM
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number

Mounting Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Material

Color

HVTM3S10-C0 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

Black

#10 (6mm) screw

100

500

Black

Tree barb for .31" (7.9mm) hole diameter

100

500

Tie Mounts
Masonry Mounts
HVMPM32-C0

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

HVMPM

Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

Note: UL Recognized except HVTM mount.

F.
Index

B1.62

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

IN-LINE Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Parallel-entry cable tie that threads like a belt (180° entry)
• Wide tie body provides high tensile strength
• 50% lower head height than conventional 90° ties
• Parallel-entry limits exposure to sharp edges and protects
workers’ arms/hands
• Outside teeth protect cable jacket and wire insulation

• “Finger grip” shaped head with serrations assures positive
grip while threading tie
• Install by hand or use Panduit GTH installation tool,
see page B1.111
• Flexible – easy to handle and install
• Available in UV weather resistant colors for color coordination
and UV stability

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Color

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Std.
Pkg.
Qty

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Black Cable Ties
IT940-C0
IT965-C0
IT9100-C0
IT9115-C0

UV Black
UV Black
UV Black

6.8
10.1
14.1

173
257
358

.350
.350
.350

8.9
8.9
8.9

.065
.065
.065

1.7
1.7
1.7

1.57
2.56
3.94

40
65
100

124
124
124

552
552
552

100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

UV Black

15.3

389

.350

8.9

.065

1.7

4.53

115

124

552

100

1000

14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
14.1
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3
15.3

358
358
358
358
358
358
358
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389
389

.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350
.350

8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9
8.9

.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065
.065

1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7
1.7

3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
3.94
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53
4.53

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115
115

124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124
124

552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552
552

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Colored Cable Ties
IT9100-CUV2
IT9100-CUV4Y
IT9100-CUV6
IT9100-CUV6A
IT9100-CUV7A
IT9100-CUV8
IT9100-CUV16B
IT9115-CUV2
IT9115-CUV2A
IT9115-CUV4Y
IT9115-CUV4A
IT9115-CUV5A
IT9115-CUV5B
IT9115-CUV6
IT9115-CUV6A
IT9115-CUV6B
IT9115-CUV7A
IT9115-CUV8
IT9115-CUV11
IT9115-CUV16B
IT9115-CUV18

UV Red
UV Yellow
UV Dark Blue
UV Light Blue
UV Purple
UV Silver
UV Magenta
UV Red
UV Bright Red
UV Yellow
UV Butterscotch
UV Green
UV Hunter Green
UV Dark Blue
UV Light Blue
UV Cobalt Blue
UV Purple
UV Gray
UV Teal
UV Magenta
UV Tan

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.63

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Parallel-Entry Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

Material and Color Chart
B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Panduit

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
Black
Natural
Natural (Ivory)

Standard Packaging
Natural
Nylon 6.6

Material/Color (Suffix)

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.64

Color
Suffix
Ultraviolet Red
UV2
Ultraviolet Bright Red
UV2A
Ultraviolet Yellow
UV4Y
Ultraviolet Butterscotch
UV4A
Ultraviolet Green
UV5A
Ultraviolet Hunter Green UV5B
Ultraviolet Dark Blue
UV6
Ultraviolet Light Blue
UV6A
Ultraviolet Cobalt Blue
UV6B
Ultraviolet Purple
UV7A
Ultraviolet Gray
UV8
Ultraviolet Teal
UV11
Ultraviolet Magenta
UV16B
Ultraviolet Tan
UV18

Part Number Availability List

Part Number

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Panduit

Material
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).

C4.
Cable
Management

E2.
Labels

Suffix
✓
0
1
2
3
4Y
5
6
7
8
10
30
39
69

ILT2S-C
ILT3S-C
ILT4S-C

✓
✓
✓

0
0
0

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
CBR1M-M
CBR1.5M-M
CBR2M-M
CBR1.5I-M
CBR3I-M
CBR4I-M
CBR2S-M
CBR3S-M
CBR4S-M
CBR2HS-D
CBR4LH-TL
CBR6LH-C
HV965-C
HV9100-C
HV9150-C
HV9250-C
ILT2S-M
ILT3S-M
ILT4S-M
ILT4LH-TL
ILT6LH-C
IT940-C
IT965-C
IT9100-C
IT9115-C

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color (Suffix)
0,30
0
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7
0,30
0,1,2,3,4Y,5,6,7,8,10
0
0,30,39
0,30,69
0,30
0
0,30
0,30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0,UV2,UV4Y,UV6,UV6A,UV7A,
UV8,UV16B
0,UV2,UV2A,UV4Y,UV4A,UV5A,
UV5B,UV6,UV6A,UV6B,UV7A,
UV8,UV11,UV16B,UV18

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Features and Benefits – Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties
Two-piece design incorporates a separate nylon head and strap.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Free floating head design results
in tight bundles and low installed
head height

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

High loop tensile strength
exceeds industry standards
Two-piece design results in
extremely low thread force

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Thin tapered tip for
easy installation
E2.
Labels

Design may be released
prior to final tensioning

Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.

Cable tie accessories are used to
speed and simplify the mounting of
wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.65

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Material, Color (Suffix)

Style/Function

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Clamp Ties/Mount
Marker Ties/Identify

SST
SSC
SSM

B1.67
B1.70
B1.71

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Clamp Ties/Mount
Marker Ties/Identify

SST
SSC
SSM

B1.68
B1.70
B1.71

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Clamp Ties/Mount

SST
SSC

B1.69
B1.70

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number Prefix

Catalog Page

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Part Number System for Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.66

SST

1

M

C

Type

Size

Cross Section

Screw Hole Size

Package Size

SST = Locking Tie
SSC = Clamp Tie
SSM = Marker Tie

Approx.
Maximum
Bundle
Dia. (In.)

M = Miniature
I = Intermediate
S = Standard
H = Heavy
HH = Heavy Head

(Clamp Ties Only)
-S6 = #6 (M3)
-S10 = #10 (M5)
-S25 = 1/4 (M6)

L
C
D
M

—

=
=
=
=

50
100
500
1000

Material/Color
See Page B1.72

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use
• Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications
• Small head height allows more efficient use of space in
compact areas

• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Length
Part Number

In.

mm

Width

Thickness

In.

mm

In.

mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100

1000

100

1000

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-C
SST1.5M-C

4.0

102

.095

2.4

.035

.9

.78

20

18

80

5.5

140

.095

2.4

.037

.9

1.25

32

18

80

137
206
279
375

.135
.135
.135
.135

3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4

.037
.040
.040
.040

.9
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00

32
51
76
102

40
40
40
40

178
178
178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

146
172
279
381

.180
.180
.180
.180

4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6

.045
.045
.048
.048

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

1.25
1.75
3.00
4.00

32
45
76
102

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000
100
100
100

25000
1000
1000
1000

500
50

5000
500

50

500

Intermediate Cross Section
SST1.5I-C
SST2I-C
SST3I-C
SST4I-C

5.3
8.1
11.0
14.7

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Standard Cross Section
SST1.5S-M
SST2S-C
SST3S-C
SST4S-C

5.7
6.7
11.0
15.0

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST2H-D
SST4H-L
SST8H-L

8.0
14.8

203
376

.300
.300

7.6
7.6

.062
.067

1.6
1.7

2.00
4.00

51
102

120
120

534
534

27.5

699

.300

7.6

.067

1.7

8.00

203

120

534

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.67

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications
• Small head height allows more efficient use of space in
compact areas

• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number

C4.
Cable
Management

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

100
1000

1000
50000
25000
25000
1000
10000

Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-C0

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Length
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

SST1.5M-M0

4.0
5.5

102
140

.095
.095

2.4
2.4

.035
.037

.9
.9

.78
1.25

20
32

18
18

80
80

137
206
279
375

.135
.135
.135
.135

3.4
3.4
3.4
3.4

.037
.040
.040
.040

.9
1.0
1.0
1.0

1.25
2.00
3.00
4.00

32
51
76
102

40
40
40
40

178
178
178
178

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000
1000
100
1000

146
172
279
381

.180
.180
.180
.180

4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6

.045
.045
.048
.048

1.2
1.2
1.2
1.2

1.25
1.75
3.00
4.00

32
45
76
102

50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000
100
100
100

25000
1000
1000
1000

.300
.300
.300

7.6
7.6
7.6

.062
.067
.067

1.6
1.7
1.7

2.00
4.00
8.00

51
102
203

120
120
120

534
534
534

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

500
50
50

5000
500
500

Intermediate Cross Section
SST1.5I-M0
SST2I-M0
SST3I-C0
SST4I-M0

5.3
8.1
11.0
14.7

Standard Cross Section
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

SST1.5S-M0
SST2S-C0
SST3S-C0
SST4S-C0

5.7
6.7
11.0
15.0

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST2H-D0
SST4H-L0
SST8H-L0

8.0
14.8
27.5

203
376
699

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.68

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Used for normal bundling and through-panel applications
• Heavy head design is available for use in through-panel
applications with a larger opening up to .400" (10.2mm)
• Small head height allows more efficient use of space
in compact areas

• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Average 14% lighter than one-piece cable ties
• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

SST

Part Number

SST2HH

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
PTS, PPTS, STS2

1000

50000

1000

50000

Miniature Cross Section
SST1M-M30
SST1.5M-M30

4.0

102

.095

2.4

.035

.9

.78

20

18

80

5.5

140

.095

2.4

.037

.9

1.25

32

18

80

6.7

172

.180

4.6

.045

1.2

1.75

45

50

222

15000

279
381

.180
.180

4.6
4.6

.048
.048

1.2
1.2

3.00
4.00

76
102

50
50

222
222

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000

11.0
15.0

1000
1000

10000
5000

.300
.300

7.6
7.6

.067
.067

1.7
1.7

4.00
8.00

102
203

120
120

534
534

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

500
500

2500
2000

.300

7.6

.062

1.6

2.00

50

120

534

500

2500

500

2500

Standard Cross Section
SST2S-M30
SST3S-M30
SST4S-M30

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST4H-D30
SST8H-D30

14.8
27.5

376
699

Heavy Head Design

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SST2HH-D30
SST4HH-D30

8.0
14.8

203
376

.300

7.6

.062

1.6

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H, GS4EH,
PTH, STH2, ST3EH

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.69

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Sta-Strap ® Clamp Ties
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Design allows for bundling before or after screwing clamp in place

• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• Used to secure a cable bundle to another surface such
as a control panel, communication rack, wall or ceiling
• Only clamp tie that is releasable prior to final tensioning

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

SSC2S-S10-C
C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

SSC2S-S10-M0

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Nominal
Max.
Min.
Hole
Loop
Metric Bundle
Recommended Std.
Dia.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation
Screw Screw
Pkg.
In. mm Size Size In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S6-C

7.4

187 .180

4.6

.045

1.1

.148

3.8

#6

M3

1.75

45

50

222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

SSC2S-S10-C

7.4

187 .180

4.6

.045

1.1

.200

5.1

#10

M5

1.75

45

50

222

100

1000

SSC4S-S10-C

15.7 398 .180

4.6

.045

1.1

.200

5.1

#10

M5

4.00 102

50

222

100

500

7.6

.065

1.7

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

4.00 102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

500

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

Light-Heavy Cross Section
D1.
Terminals

SSC4H-S25-L

D2.
Power
Connectors

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

15.6 395 .300

Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S6-M0

7.4

187

.180

4.6

.045

1.1

.148

3.8

#6

M3

1.75

45

50

222

SSC2S-S10-M0

7.4

187

.180

4.6

.045

1.1

.200

5.1

#10

M5

1.75

45

50

222

SSC4S-S10-M0

15.7

398

.180

4.6

.045

1.1

.200

5.1

#10

M5

4.00

102

50

222

.300

7.6

.065

1.7

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

.180

4.6

.045

1.2

.200

5.1

#10

M5

1.75

45

50

222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

.300

7.6

.065

1.7

.260

6.6

1/4

M6

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

1000 10000
1000 10000
1000

5000

500

2500

Light-Heavy Cross Section
E1.
Labeling
Systems

SSC4H-S25-D0

15.6

395

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Standard Cross Section
SSC2S-S10-M30 7.4

187

1000 10000

Light-Heavy Cross Section
SSC4H-S25-D30

15.6

395

E4.
Permanent
Identification

500

2500

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.70

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Marker Ties – Nylon and Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Used to fasten and identify bundles at the same time
• Unique design allows tie to be used as a wrap-around or
flag marker

• Can be marked with Panduit Marker Pens on page B1.51
or computer printable labels
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.91

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

SSM2S-C

Part
Number

Marker
Type

SSM2S-D0

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Marker
Write-On
Area
In.

mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.

Min.
Loop
Recommended Std.
Tensile Str. Installation Pkg.
mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
6.7

C2.
Surface
Raceway

SSM2S-C

Wrap/
Flag

170 .180

4.6

.045

1.1

.44 x .96

11.2 x 24.4

1.75

45

50

222

SSM4S-D

Wrap/ 14.9 378 .180
Flag

4.6

.045

1.1

.44 x .96

11.2 x 24.4

4.00

102

50

222

.045

1.1

.44 x .96

11.2 x 24.4

1.75

45

50

222

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

500

500

5000

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

500 10000

C4.
Cable
Management

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSM2S-D0

Wrap/
Flag

6.7

170 .180

4.6

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.71

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

Material and Color Chart
B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Panduit

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black
Red

Suffix
✓
0
2

Panduit

Material
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6

Color
Black
Black

✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Part Number Availability List
Standard Packaging

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.72

Part Number
SSC2S-S6-C
SSC2S-S10-C
SSC4S-S10-C
SSC4H-S25-L
SSM2S-C

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color Suffix

SST1M-C
SST1.5M-C
SST1.5I-C
SST2I-C
SST3I-C
SST4I-C

✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

0

SST2S-C
SST3S-C
SST4S-C

✓
✓
✓

0
0
0

SST4H-L

✓

SST8H-L

✓

0
0
0

0

Bulk Packaging
Part Number
SSC2S-S6-M
SSC2S-S10-M
SSC4S-S10-M
SSC4H-S25-D
SSM2S-D
SSM4S-D
SST1M-M
SST1.5M-M
SST1.5I-M
SST2I-M
SST3I-M
SST4I-M
SST1.5S-M
SST2S-M
SST3S-M
SST4S-M
SST2H-D
SST2HH-D
SST4H-D
SST4HH-D
SST8H-D

Natural
Nylon 6.6
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓
✓

Material/Color Suffix
0
0,30
0
0
0
0,20,30
0,20,30
0
0
0
0
0
0,20,30
0,20,30
0,2,30
0
30
0,30
30
0,30

Suffix
20
30

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Specialty Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

Material, Color (Suffix)

Stud
Mounted
Cable Ties

Ladder Style
Stud Mount

Style/Function

Part Number Prefix

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

Locking Ties/Bundle
Releasable/Re-usable

PLST
PRST

B1.74
B1.74

Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300)

Locking/Bundle

PLST

B1.74

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

Releasable/Re-usable

PRST

Catalog Page

B1.75

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Double Loop
Ties –
One-Piece

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Locking/Bundle

PLB

B1.76
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No Suffix)
Double Loop
Ties –
Two-Piece

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking/Bundle

SSB

B1.77

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6,
Black (30)

D1.
Terminals

Triple Loop
Ties

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking/Bundle

PL3B

B1.78

Double Hose
Clamp

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6,
Black (0)

Locking/Bundle

DHC

B1.78

Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300)

Locking/Bundle

SSPM

B1.79

Polyethylene (No Suffix)

Releasable/Re-usable

Chassis/
Panel
Mount Ties
Cable Marker
Strap

Part Number System for Specialty Cable Ties
PLST
4
H
Type

Size

Approx.
CM4S = Cable Marker Strap
Maximum
PLB = Locking Bow Tie
Bundle
PL3B = Triple Loop Tie
Dia. (In.)
DHC = Double Hose Clamp
PLST = Locking Stud Mounted Tie
PRST = Releasable Stud Mount Ladder Style
SSB = Sta-Strap ® Bow-Ty ™ Tie
SSPM = Sta-Strap ® Panel Mount

C4.
Cable
Management

Cross Section
S = Standard
H = Heavy
EH = Extra-Heavy

Cable tie tools speed installation
and reduce total installed cost.
See pages B1.109 – B1.114.

CM4S

S25
Stud Size
-S25 = M6
-SC = 5mm
-S14 = 5mm

B1.80

—

TL

300

Package Size

Material/Color

L =
C =
TL =
D =
M =

See Page B1.81

50
100
250
500
1000

Cable tie accessories are used
to speed and simplify the mounting
of wires, cables, and tubing.
See pages B2.1 – B2.29.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.73

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Ty ® Stud Mounted Cable Ties – Heat Stabilized and
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use
• Heat stabilized weather resistant material has greater resistance
to damage caused by ultraviolet light and for high temperature
applications up to 212°F (100°C) – indoor or outdoor use
• Integral mount pushes onto a threaded stud and tie wraps
around bundle

•
•
•
•

Mid-mount style (PLST_SC) centers the wire bundle over the stud
Tie can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise
Releasable style available (PRST)
Curved tip is easy to pick up from flat surfaces and allows faster
initial threading to speed installation

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

PLST30SC/50SC

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

PRST40SC
C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

PLST4H

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Part Number
E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Length
In. mm

Recommended
Stud
Width
Thickness
Size
In. mm In. mm
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2,
STH2

500

5000

500

5000

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLST30SC-D30

5.7

146

.190

4.8

.050

1.3 10-24

5.0

1.18

30

50

222

PLST50SC-D30

8.1

207

.190

4.8

.050

1.3

10-24

5.0

1.97

50

50

222

PRST40SC-D30

6.9

176

.190

4.8

.050

1.3 10-24

5.0

1.57

40

50

222

Hand install only

500

5000

4.00

102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLST4HS25-TL300 15.3

389

.300

7.6

.075

1.9 1/4-20

E4.
Permanent
Identification

6.4

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLST4H.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.74

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Ty ® Ladder Style Stud Mounted Cable Tie – Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
• For high temperature applications up to 239°F (115°C) –
indoor use
• Integral mount pushes onto a threaded stud and tie wraps
around bundle

• Tie can be removed from the stud by turning counterclockwise
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable
• Install by hand – no tools required

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Boss
Height

In.

Recommended
Stud
Size

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

132

.380

9.7

.050

1.3

.59

15

10-24

5.0

1.18

30

35

156

1000

Length
Part Number

Boss
Height

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Width

Thickness

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10000

Standard Cross Section
PRST30S-S14-M30

5.2

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.75

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Double Loop Cable Ties
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use

• A fast and economical method to secure and separate two bundles
• Reduces part number inventory – single part covers multiple
bundle sizes
• Installs easily by hand – second loop can be installed
with Panduit cable tie installation tools

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

D2
C1.
Wiring
Duct

D1
PLB4H
Head Design

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number

PLB2S/3S/4S
Head Design
Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
D1 + D2
In.
mm

Assembled View

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C

1.80

46

7.6

193

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

PLB3S-C

3.00

76

11.8

300

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

PLB4S-C

4.10

104

14.8

376

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

14.7

373

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

100

1000

100

1000

1000

5000

Light-Heavy Cross Section
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

PLB4H-TL

91

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
PLB2S-C0

1.80

46

7.6

193

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

PLB3S-C0

3.00

76

11.8

300

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

PLB4S-M0

4.10

104

14.8

376

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

14.7

373

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GTH, GS4H, PTS,
PTH, PPTS,
STS2, STH2

1000

10000

1000

10000

1000

5000

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250

2500

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL0

E1.
Labeling
Systems

3.60

3.60

91

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

PLB2S-M30

1.80

46

7.6

193

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

PLB3S-M30

3.00

76

11.8

300

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

PLB4S-M30

4.10

104

14.8

376

.190

4.8

.052

1.3

50

222

14.7

373

.300

7.6

.075

1.9

120

534

Light-Heavy Cross Section
PLB4H-TL30

3.60

91

Note: UL Recognized and CSA Certified except PLB4H-TL0.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.76

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Bow-Ty ™ Cable Ties
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Weather resistant material has greater resistance to damage
caused by ultraviolet light – indoor or outdoor use
• Heat stabilized material for high temperature applications
up to 239°F (115°C) – indoor use

• A fast and economical method to secure and separate two bundles
• Exclusive two-piece design offers the lowest threading force
in the industry
• First loop is releasable prior to final tensioning

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Top View
SSB2S-C

SSB2S-M0 (30)
C2.
Surface
Raceway

D2

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

D1
Assembled View

Part Number

Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
D1 + D2
In.
mm

Length
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

C4.
Cable
Management

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Nylon 6.6

D1.
Terminals

Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-C

1.25

32

4.6

.045

1.1

30

133

Hand install only

100

1000

D2.
Power
Connectors

6.8 172 .18

4.6

.045

1.1

30

133

Hand install only

1000

10000

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

6.8 172 .18

4.6

.045

1.1

30

133

Hand install only

1000

10000

E1.
Labeling
Systems

6.8 172 .18

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-M0

1.25

32

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Standard Cross Section
SSB2S-M30

1.25

32

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.77

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Triple Loop Cable Tie – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• A fast and economical method to secure and separate
three bundles

• Third loop can be installed with Panduit cable tie installation tools

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

D3
D2

C1.
Wiring
Duct

D1
Assembled View

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Max. Combined
Bundle Dia.
D1 + D2 + D3
In.
mm

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

.075

125

GS4EH, ST3EH

100

1000

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
PL3B5EH-C0

5.00

127

20.0

508

.500

12.7

1.9

556

Double Hose Clamp – Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use

• Holds and separates two gasoline, hydraulic, or pneumatic hoses
• Holds each hose individually to prevent abrasion and twisting

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Fixed

Adj.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Assembled View

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Part Number
DHC1.12X1.75-D0

Length
Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm In.
mm
11.0 279 0.28 7.1 0.05 1.3
0
0

Fixed
Adjustable
Min.
Loop
Loop
Loop
Dia.
Dia.
Tensile Str.
In.
mm
In.
mm
Lbs.
N
1.12 28 1.00 – 1.75 25 – 44 100 445

Recommended Std. Std.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool
Qty. Qty.
GTH, GS4H,
500 2500
PTH, STH2,
ST3EH
Curved tip up

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

GS4H

1) Wrap clamp around hose

2) Position second hose
in clamp

3) Loop tail around second hose
and thread tail through both
spacer heads

4) Tension and cut off with
recommended tool

F.
Index

B1.78

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Sta-Strap ® Chassis/Panel Mount Ties – Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light
and for high temperature applications up to 212°F (100°C) –
indoor or outdoor use
• Unique design allows tie to secure a bundle directly to a chassis or
panel without the need for separate fasteners or mounting devices

• Releasable prior to final tensioning for bundle modifications
• Engages clearance hole with optional centering pilot to prevent tie
from shifting or abrading in high vibration environments

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

With
Centering Pilot

Without
Centering Pilot

Length
In. mm

Part Number

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Hole
Diameter
Range
In.
mm

With Long
Centering Pilot

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Max.
Min.
Bundle
Loop
Recommended Std. Std.
Dia.
Tensile Str. Installation Pkg. Ctn.
In. mm Lbs. N
Tool
Qty. Qty.

D1.
Terminals

Without Centering Pilot
SSPM2.5H-L300

10.1 257 .300

7.6

.062

1.6

.316 – .820

8.0 – 21.0

2.76

70

120

534

SSPM4H-L300

14.8 376 .300

7.6

.062

1.6

.316 – .820

8.0 – 21.0

4.00 102

120

534

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

2500

50

2500

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

50

2500

50

2500

GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTH,
STH2, ST3EH

250 2500

With Centering Pilot
SSPM2.5HP-L300

10.1 257 .300

7.6

.062

1.6

.440 – .820 11.2 – 21.0 2.76

70

120

534

SSPM4HP-L300

14.8 376 .300

7.6

.062

1.6

.440 – .820 11.2 – 21.0 4.00 102

120

534

7.6

.062

1.6

.440 – .820 11.2 – 21.0 4.00 102

120

534

With Long Centering Pilot
SSPM4HLP-TL300 14.8 376 .300

C4.
Cable
Management

Through-Panel Mount Installation in Three Easy Steps:

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
1) Insert tip of cable
tie through the pre-drilled
hole in the panel.

2) Wrap cable tie around the
bundle and insert tip back
through the hole and head
of the cable tie.

3) Pull tip until cable tie
is snug on bundle. Tension
and cut off excess portion
with installation tool.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.79

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Cable Marker Straps – Polyethylene
•
•
•
•

Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable
Eliminate the need for costly and cumbersome lead marking tags
Lightweight and easy to install
Use as wrap-around or flag marker

• For underground identification applications
• Can be marked with Panduit marker pens, see page B1.51
• Custom imprinting with text, symbols, or trademarks available
using Panduit Custom Hot Stamping Service, see page B1.93

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

3.88
(98.5)
Loop Excess Thru Slot

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Wrap-Around
Marker
(Min. Dia.: 1.27")

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number
D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Flag Marker
(Min. Dia.: .25")

Length
In. mm

Width
Thickness
In. mm In. mm

Marker
Write-On
Area
Color

In.

mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Hand install only

50
50

500
500

Standard Cross Section
CM4S-L2
CM4S-L8

15.3 387
15.3 387

.750 19.1 .033 .84
.750 19.1 .033 .84

Red
Gray

1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5
1.50 x 2.62 38.1 x 66.5

4.38
4.38

111
111

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.80

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Specialty Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

Material and Color Chart
Panduit

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black
Red
Gray

Suffix
✓
0
2
8

Panduit

Material
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Color
Black

Suffix
30

Black

300

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

✓Denotes Panduit Natural Nylon 6.6 (no suffix).

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number Availability List
Standard Packaging
Part Number
CM4S-L
PLB2S-C
PLB3S-C
PLB4S-C

SSB2S-C
SSPM2.5H-L
SSPM2.5HP-L
SSPM4H-L
SSPM4HP-L

Natural
Nylon 6.6

Material/Color Suffix

Bulk Packaging
Part Number

Natural
Nylon 6.6

Material/Color Suffix

D1.
Terminals

2,8
✓
✓
✓

0
0

✓
300
300
300
300

DHC1.12X1.75-D
PLB2S-M
PLB3S-M
PLB4S-M
PLB4H-TL
PL3B5EH-C
PLST4HS25-TL
PLST30SC-D
PLST50SC-D
PRST30S-S14-M
PRST40SC-SD
SSB2S-M
SSPM2.5H-TL
SSPM2.5HP-TL
SSPM4H-TL
SSPM4HP-TL
SSPM4HLP-TL

✓
✓
✓
✓

✓

0
0,30
0,30
0,30
0,30
0
300
30
30
30
30
0,30
300
300
300
300
300

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.81

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Ty ® Striped Cable Ties – Nylon 6.6
• Nylon material for indoor use
• Striped Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties in 25 color combinations match the
universally accepted Even-Count Color Code

• Solid color ties are available for identification of “super groups”
in cable containing more than 600 pairs
• Each 50-piece package fits in the Pan-Pouch ™ Kit
or pocket pouch shown on the next page

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
Color
Miniature Cross Section (Straight Tip)
PLT1M-L6-10
Blue/White Stripe
PLT1M-L3-10
Orange/White Stripe
C3.
Abrasion
PLT1M-L5-10
Green/White Stripe
Protection
PLT1M-L1-10
Brown/White Stripe
PLT1M-L8-10
Slate/White Stripe
C4.
PLT1M-L6-2
Blue/Red Stripe
Cable
Management PLT1M-L3-2
Orange/Red Stripe
PLT1M-L5-2
Green/Red Stripe
PLT1M-L1-2
Brown/Red Stripe
D1.
PLT1M-L8-2
Slate/Red Stripe
Terminals
PLT1M-L6-0
Blue/Black Stripe
PLT1M-L3-0
Orange/Black Stripe
D2.
PLT1M-L5-0
Green/Black Stripe
Power
Connectors
PLT1M-L1-0
Brown/Black Stripe
PLT1M-L8-0
Slate/Black Stripe
PLT1M-L6-4
Blue/Yellow Stripe
D3.
Grounding
PLT1M-L3-4
Orange/Yellow Stripe
Connectors
PLT1M-L5-4
Green/Yellow Stripe
PLT1M-L1-4
Brown/Yellow Stripe
E1.
PLT1M-L8-4
Slate/Yellow Stripe
Labeling
Systems
PLT1M-L6-7
Blue/Violet Stripe
PLT1M-L3-7
Orange/Violet Stripe
E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

PLT1M-L5-7
PLT1M-L1-7
PLT1M-L8-7
PLT1M-L0
PLT1M-L1
PLT1M-L2
PLT1M-L3
PLT1M-L4Y
PLT1M-L5
PLT1M-L6
PLT1M-L8

Green/Violet Stripe
Brown/Violet Stripe
Slate/Violet Stripe
Black
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Slate

Length
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036

.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9

.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036
.036

.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9
.9

.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

Note: CSA Certified on solid colors only.

F.
Index

B1.82

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Telephone Cable Identification Kits
• Pan-Pouch ™ Kit is made of two-ply laminated black nylon/vinyl
and folds for easy storage
• Easily hang pouch from cable by using hook and loop fasteners

• Pocket pouch holds five (50-piece) packages and is made
of a white vinyl

Dimensions
Part Number
PPC25X50F

Closed
10.5" x 6"
(267mm x 152mm)

B1.
Cable Ties

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

Description
Pouch filled with 1,250 cable
ties (50 each of all 24 striped
ties and 50 solid red ties)

Open
10.5" x 38"
(267mm x 965mm)

PPC25X50

Empty pouch

10.5" x 38"
(267mm x 965mm)

10.5" x 6"
(267mm x 152mm)

1

PP5X50F

Pocket pouch filled with 250
cable ties (50 of each color:
blue, orange, green, brown
and slate – all with white
stripe)

—

3.5" x 5.25"
(89mm x 133mm)

1

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

PPC25X50F

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

PP5X50F

C4.
Cable
Management

Cable Tie Kits in Steel Boxes

Part Number
K-205

K-205

K-504

K-504/SR2
SR2

Part Description
Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties, cable tie installation tool, terminals,
splices and crimp tool:
(1) GTS tool
(1) CT-100 crimp tool
Natural Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
Terminals
(100) PV18-6LF
(100) PV14-8LF
(100) PV14-10LF
(50) PV10-10LF
Splices
(50) BSV10X
(100) BSV14X
(100) BSV18X
Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties, cable tie installation tool, and mounts:
(1) STS2 tool
Natural Nylon 6.6 Cable Ties
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
(100) PLC2S-S10
Mounts
(100) TM2S8
(100) ABM2S-A
Two-drawer slide rack to hold K-504 cable tie kit or K-1000 series terminal kit.
Dimensions: 6.25"H x 15.25"W x 11.75"D (158.7mm x 387.4mm x 298.5mm)

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

1

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

1

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.83

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Kits in Plastic Boxes and Bags

B1.
Cable Ties

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

Part Number
KP-506A

Part Description
Kit for Indoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties and Mounts:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(100) PLT1M
(100) PLT1.5I
(100) PLT2S
(50) ABM2S-A mounts

KP-506A-0

Kit for Outdoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties and Mounts:
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(100) PLT1M-0
(100) PLT1.5I-0
(100) PLT2S-0
(50) ABM2S-AT-0 mounts

1

KP-509

Kit for Indoor Use
For prototyping and new product development – contains over 600 pieces.
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties in different styles, sizes, and colors.
Huge assortment of cable tie mounts and wiring accessories.

1

KB-550

Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use
Pan-Ty ® Cable Ties:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(15) PLT1M
(15) PLT1.5I
(15) PLT2S
(15) PLT3S
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(10) PLT1M-0
(10) PLT1.5I-0
(10) PLT2S-0
(10) PLT3S-0

1

KB-551

Assortment Pack for Indoor and Outdoor Use
Dome-Top ® Barb Ty Cable Ties:
Natural Nylon 6.6
(15) BT1M
(15) BT1.5I
(15) BT2S
(15) BT3S
Black Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(10) BT1M-0
(10) BT1.5I-0
(10) BT2S-0
(10) BT3S-0

1

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

KP-506A
C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

KP-506A-0

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

KP-509
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

KB-550

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

KB-551

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.84

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Features and Benefits – Hook and Loop Cable Ties
The comprehensive family of hook and loop cable ties delivers reliability by protecting against over-tensioning of high
performance fiber and copper cables. These ties are adjustable, releasable, and re-usable to effectively support frequent
moves, adds, and changes (MACs). A wide range of colors provides flexibility and an aesthetically pleasing appearance.
The complete line of Panduit Hook and Loop Cable Ties help maintain the reliable, scalable, and aesthetic requirements
of data centers.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Cable Ties – Premium, durable designs and sizes
Loop Style

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Plenum-Rated

Roll/Strip/Brick Style

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Allows for pre-wrapping
of bundles

Available in continuous
or perforated rolls and
stacked strips

Tak-Tape ™ Hook & Loop Rolls

Distinctive maroon color
(also available in black)

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Ultra-Cinch ™ Hook & Loop Cable Ties
Unique
same-sided
material secures
a greater range of
bundle diameters

Strong, low
profile hook
and loop material

Available in three
styles and eight
colors; grommet
styles used for
bundle mounting
applications

Convenient
packaging

Low profile contoured
cinch ring reduces overall
bundle size

Wire management accessories
speed and simplify the mounting
of high performance cabling.
See pages B2.4, B2.5, B2.12, B2.21,
B2.24, C4.4 – C4.6, C4.10, C4.11,
C4.13, and C4.14.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.85

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Hook and Loop Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Product, Color (Suffix)

Style/Function

Part Number Prefix

Tak-Ty Ties, Black (0)

Loop Ties/Re-usable
Strip Ties/Re-usable
15' and 75' Rolls/Re-usable
Strip Ties/Re-usable/Brick

HLT
HLS
HLM, HLS
HLB

B1.87
B1.87
B1.87
B1.87

Tak-Ty ® Plenum-Rated Ties,
UL Listed Black, Maroon (0, 12)

Loop Ties/Re-usable
Strip Ties/Re-usable

HLTP
HLSP

B1.88
B1.88

Tak-Tape™ Rolls, Black (0)

20' and 35' Rolls/Re-usable

TTS

B1.88

Cinch Ties/Re-usable
Cinch Ties –
Center Mount Grommet/Re-usable
Cinch Ties –
End Mount Grommet/Re-usable

UCT

B1.89

UGCTC

B1.89

UGCTE

B1.89

®

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Ultra-Cinch ™ Ties, Black (0)
D2.
Power
Connectors

Catalog Page

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number System for Hook and Loop Ties
HLT

2

I

Type

Size

HL
= Hook and Loop
Approx.
HLB
= HL Brick
Maximum
HLM
= HL Miniature
Bundle
HLT
= HL Loop Tie
Dia. (In.)
HLTP = HL Loop Tie Plenum-Rated
HLS
= HL Strip Tie
HLSP = HL Strip Tie Plenum-Rated
TTS
= Tak-Tape™ Roll
UCT
= Ultra-Cinch™ Tie
UGCTC = UCT Grommet Cinch Tie – Center Mount
UGCTE = UCT Grommet Cinch Tie – End Mount

X

0

Cross Section

Package Size

Color

I = Intermediate
S = Standard

X
= 10
C
= 100
15R = 15' Roll
20R = 20' Roll
35R3 = 35' Rolls (3)
35RX = 35' Rolls (10)
75R = 75' Roll

See page
B1.90

—

F.
Index

B1.86

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Cable Ties
• Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance
cabling protecting against over-tensioning
• Broadest selection of durable designs and sizes to meet your
application needs
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes

• A full range of colors
• Operating temperature range: 0°F to 220°F (-18°C to 104°C)
• Complementary mounts available, see page B2.6

B1.
Cable Ties

Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

HLT (Loop Ties)

HLS (Strip Ties)

HLM/HLS (Rolls)

HLB2S (Stacked Strips)

X-out for #10 screw
(Recommend truss head)

Length
Part Number

In.

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

mm

In.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.

mm

In.

mm

Lbs.

N

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

12.7
12.7

1.91
3.18

49
81

40
40

178
178

10
10

100
100

1.50
3.20
5.00

38
81
127

50
50
50

222
222
222

10
10
10

100
100
100

50

222

1

10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10
10
10

Width

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Loop Ties – Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLT2I-X0
HLT3I-X0

8.0
12.0

203
305

0.500
0.500

Strip Ties – Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLS1.5S-X0
HLS3S-X0
HLS5S-X0

6.0
12.0
18.0

152
305
457

0.750
0.750
0.750

19.1
19.1
19.1

Stacked Strip Ties – Eliminates cutting ties to length and staging them for each job
Rounded edges for installer safety – 100 pieces
HLB2S-C0

7.0

178

0.750

Length
Part Number

Ft.

19.1

1.60
Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Width
m

In.

41

mm

In.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
mm

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Lbs.

N

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

40
50
50

178
222
222

1
1
1

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

15' and 75' Continuous Rolls – Can be cut to desired length, eliminating waste
HLM-15R0
HLS-15R0
HLS-75R0

15.0
15.0
75.0

4.6
4.6
22.9

.330
.750
.750

8.4
19.1
19.1

Various
Various
Various

Various
Various
Various

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.87

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Cable Ties – Plenum-Rated
• Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance cabling
protecting against over-tensioning
• UL Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces (such as ceiling
voids and underfloor areas) per NEC, Section 300-22 (C) and (D)
• Flammability rating: UL 94V-2

• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes
• Operating temperature range: 0°F to 122°F (-18°C to 50°C)
Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

X-out
screw
X-out
forfor
#10#10
screw
(Recommend
truss
head)head)
(Recommend
truss

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Length
Part Number

In.

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Width
mm

In.

mm

In.

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

mm

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

UL Listed Loop Ties (Maroon) – Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

HLTP2I-X12
HLTP3I-X12

8.0
12.0

203
305

.500
.500

12.7
12.7

1.91
3.18

49
81

40
40

178
178

10
10

100
100

UL Listed Loop Ties (Black) – Slot allows for pre-wrapping of bundles
HLTP2I-X0
HLTP3I-X0

8.0

203

.500

12.7

1.91

49

40

178

10

100

12.0

305

.500

12.7

3.18

81

40

178

10

100

50
50
50

222
222
222

10
10
10

100
100
100

UL Listed Strip Ties (Maroon) – Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
HLSP1.5S-X12
HLSP3S-X12
HLSP5S-X12

6.0
12.0
18.0

152
305
457

.750
.750
.750

19.1
19.1
19.1

1.50
3.20
5.00

38
81
127

UL Listed Strip Ties (Black) – Perforated in convenient 6", 12", and 18" strips
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

HLSP1.5S-X0
HLSP3S-X0
HLSP5S-X0

6.0

152

.750

19.1

1.50

38

50

222

10

100

12.0
18.0

305
457

.750
.750

19.1
19.1

3.20
5.00

81
127

50
50

222
222

10
10

100
100

Tak-Tape ™ Hook & Loop Cable Tie Rolls
• Strong, low profile, flexible material is safe to use on high
performance cabling protecting against over-tensioning
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable
• Cost-effective for general purpose bundling
• Continuous rolls can be easily cut to size – Panduit cutter
included with TTS-35RX0
• Handy, re-usable plastic case with TTS-20R0, keeps material clean

•
•
•
•

Leaves no residue
Available in black color
Operating temperature range: -22°F to 194°F (-30°C to 90°C)
Complementary mounts available, see page B2.6

Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Length
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.88

Part Number
TTS-20R0
TTS-35R3-0
TTS-35RX0

Ft.
20.0
35.0
35.0

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Width
m
6.1
10.7
10.7

In.
.750
.750
.750

mm
19.1
19.1
19.1

In.
Various
Various
Various

mm
Various
Various
Various

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N
40
178
40
178
40
178

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
1
1

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10
8
10

Std. Pkg. Qty. of TTS-35R3-0 denotes 1 package of three 35' rolls, TTS-35RX0 denotes 1 package of ten 35' rolls.

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Ultra-Cinch ™ Hook & Loop Cable Ties
• Unique material with hooks and loops on same side allows user
to secure a greater range of bundle diameters,
including smaller bundles
• Soft, premium material is safe to use on high performance cabling,
protecting against over-tensioning
• Adjustable, releasable, and re-usable multiple times – ideal for
applications requiring frequent moves, adds, or changes
• Low profile contoured cinch ring provides extra strength and
bundle tightness while reducing overall bundle size

• Grommet (UGCTC and UGCTE styles) offers strength and assures
reliable installations that resist pullout when bundling and mounting
cables within cabinet applications
• Tapered tip facilitates easy, snag-free threading to
speed installation
• Use flat-head screws for grommet applications shown below

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Note: Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating.
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

UCT

UGCTC

C2.
Surface
Raceway

UGCTE

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

UGCTC
Bundle is centered
over mounting point

Length
Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Dia.

Width

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

12.0
18.0

305
457

.850
.850

21.6
21.6

3.00
5.00

76
127

UGCTE
Bundle is offset
from mounting point
Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

D1.
Terminals

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Cinch Ties
UCT3S-X0
UCT5S-X0

D2.
Power
Connectors

50
50

222
222

10
10

100
100

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

76
127

50
50

222
222

10
10

100
100

E1.
Labeling
Systems

76
127

50
50

222
222

10
10

100
100

E2.
Labels

Cinch Ties – Center Mount Grommet (Bundle is centered over mounting point)
UGCTC3S-X0
UGCTC5S-X0

12.0
18.0

305
457

.850
.850

21.6
21.6

3.00
5.00

Cinch Ties – End Mount Grommet (Bundle is offset from mounting point)
UGCTE3S-X0
UGCTE5S-X0

12.0
18.7

305
475

.850
.850

21.6
21.6

3.00
5.00

Note: 1/4" (6mm) diameter mounting hole on grommet style cinch ties.

Flat Head Screws for Grommet Cinch Ties
Part Number
Part Description
UCTGS1224-X 12-24 UNC x 5/8mm (.625") flat head
phillips screw
UCTGSM5-X
M5 x 16mm flat head phillips screw
UCTGSM6-X
M6 x 16mm flat head phillips screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100

10
10

100
100

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.89

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Hook and Loop Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Color Chart
Color
Black
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green

Panduit
Suffix
0
2
3
4
5

Color
Blue

6

Gray
White
Maroon

8
10
12

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number Availability List
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.90

Standard Packaging
Part Number
HLB2S
HLM-15R
HLS-15R
HLS-75R
HLS1.5S-X
HLS3S-X
HLS5S-X
HLSP1.5S-X
HLSP3S-X
HLSP5S-X
HLT2I-X
HLT3I-X
HLTP2I-X
HLTP3I-X
TTS-20R
TTS-35RX
TTS-35R3
UCT3S-X
UCT5S-X
UGCTC3S-X
UGCTC5S-X
UGCTE3S-X
UGCTE5S-X

Panduit
Suffix

Color
0
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,12
0,12
0,12
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,12
0,12
0
0
0
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10
0,2,3,4,5,6,8,10

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

HLW Marker Hook and Loop Wrap Ties
• Safe choice for network cable bundling
• Re-usable multiple times; use where frequent moves, adds, and
changes are anticipated

Part Number
HLWM1.5S-X0
HLWM3S-X0

• Black tie contains a white rectangular "write-on" area where users
can write a message using Panduit permanent marking pens on
page B2.28
• Minimum 2" overlap required to achieve loop tensile rating

Max.
Bundle
Diameter Length
In.
In.
(mm)
(mm)
1.5
6.0
(38)
(152)
3.2
(81)

12.0
(305)

Width
In.
(mm)
0.790
(20.1)

Thickness
In.
(mm)
0.17
(4.3)

Marker
Write-on
Area
In.
(mm)
2.5 x 0.50
63.5 x 12.7

0.790
(20.1)

0.17
(4.3)

2.5 x 0.50
63.5 x 12.7

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs. (N)
50
(222)
50
(222)

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100

10

100

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Elastomeric Cable Ties – ERT
• Elastic material provides a flexible tie body that safely contours
around cable bundle to prevent over-tensioning of data cables to
maintain network integrity
• UL 94V-0 material provides greater flame resistance and meets
stringent telecommunication flammability requirements (i.e. NEBS
GR-63-CORE)
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light – indoor
or outdoor use
• Soft material has no sharp edges to protect the installer and cable
bundle for improved jobsite safety and reliability

Part Number
ERT2M-C20

• The high coefficient of friction material provides a tight grip and
prevents lateral movement along cable bundle, minimizing overall
installation time and potential re-work
• Releasable design allows release and re-use to accommodate
frequent moves, adds, and changes to support evolving equipment
and cabling needs
• Halogen-free, non-toxic and environmentally safe material will not
release toxic or corrosive gases upon combustion
• Locking head design; the tapered tip tail threads into locking head
to speed productivity; industry-accepted, intuitive tie design

Min. Loop
Head
Head
Std. Std.
Tensile
Length Width Thickness Height
Width
Strength Pkg. Ctn.
Color In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) In. (mm) Lbs. (N) Qty. Qty.
Black
8.5
100 1000
(216)

ERT3M-C20

Black

ERT4.5M-C20

Black

11.0
(279)
16.0
(406)

0.500
(12.70)

0.090
(2.29)

.323
(8.20)

.841
(21.36)

18
(80)

100

1000

100

1000

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.91

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Cable Bundle Organizing Tool
• Reduces cable installation time up to 50% compared to traditional
methods
• Arranges 24 cables prior to applying Panduit network cable ties
• Optimizes bundle size and improves installed appearance
• Two inserts handle multiple network cable diameters

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Part
Number
Description
CBOT24K Kit contains
jacket cover
with hook
and loop
fastener and
two inserts.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

• Unique design allows twist-free bundling from the end or the
middle of bundle
• Smooth edges; safe for use on network cables preventing
cable abrasion
• Ergonomic fit and compact design
• Impact resistant material and low friction design to glide smoothly
across cable bundle

Recommended for
Use the
Cable Outer
Following
Diameter Range
Insert
0.180" – 0.248"
Fluorescent
(4.57mm – 6.30mm)
Green

Insert Used with the
Following
Panduit Cable Types
TX5500™ Category 5e UTP
TX6000™ Category 6 UTP

0.230" – 0.310"
Fluorescent
(5.84mm – 7.87mm)
Yellow

TX6500™ Enhanced
Category 6
TX6A™ 10Gig™ Category 6A**
All Shielded Cables

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
1
10

**When using the CBOT24K on 10 Gigabit cables, it is recommended that Panduit 10Gig™ Category 6A cables be used for
optimum performance of installed cable. See www.panduit.com for cable details.

Installation Instructions
The steps below outline how easy it is to use the Panduit cable bundle organizing tool starting from the middle of the bundle outwards, using
two tools. For starting at the end of the bundle, follow the same steps using only one tool. (Use above table to select appropriate insert based
on cable diameter/type.)

Pocket

Boss

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Step 1
Use the unique pocket and boss
features to align two same color
inserts. Hold both together.

Step 2
Insert cables, one at a time, into the
pre-formed slots of both inserts until
all cables are installed.

Step 3
Pull the two inserts apart.

Step 4
Place the jacket cover around each
insert and secure with the attached
hook and loop fastener.

Step 5
Guide the tool along the bundle
length to organize the cables,
stopping at desired intervals to
apply Panduit Network Cable Ties.

Step 6
When completed, slide tool off of
cable bundle. The Panduit cable
bundle organizing tool reduces
installation time up to 50% and
delivers a professional,
organized installation.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.92

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Hot Stamping Service
Custom Printed Cable Ties

B1.
Cable Ties

Custom Hot Stamping Service provides a permanent, high quality
imprinted message on Panduit cable ties and marker plates.
Graphics, text, numbers and colors provide a variety of choices
for customization.
Hot stamped cable ties and marker plates are typically used for
identification, or for labeling critical components. Panduit cable ties,
marker ties, marker plates and marker straps are available to suit
your application.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Your choice of:
•
•
•
•

Seven text colors (black, blue, green, red, yellow, orange, white)
A variety of characters and fonts
Sequential numbering
Special customer logos and diagrams

FAST! TWO WEEK LEAD TIME
Minimum Order: (Pieces/part number and message)
• 5,000 for Miniature*, Intermediate, Standard and Heavy-Standard cross section cable ties
• 3,000 for Light-Heavy, Heavy, and Extra-Heavy cross section cable ties
• 3,000 for Hook and Loop Wrap Ties
For hot stamping orders and inquiries, please call 1-800-777-3300

Cable Ties
– Used wherever you need to bundle wire, cable, hose or tubing
– A variety of colors for color-coding applications
– Cross Sections: Intermediate, Standard, Heavy-Standard, Light-Heavy,
Heavy and Extra-Heavy

Marker and Flag Ties
– Fasten and identify bundles at the same time
– A variety of colors for color-coding applications
– Cross Sections: Miniature and Standard

Marker Plates
– Mount in any direction, either vertically or horizontally as flags, tags,
or wrap-around identification plates.
– White or Weather Resistant black color
– Marker plate sizes:
1.50" x .75"
2.50" x .75"
1.75" x .75"
3.50" x .75"
2.00" x .75"
2.50" x 1.75"

Cable Marker Straps
– Identify and code telephone and fiber optic cable – replaces costly
and cumbersome lead marking tags
– Lightweight and easy to install
– Can be used as wrap-around or flag marker
– Also can be used in underground identification applications
– Polyethylene material available in red and gray
– Marking area: 1.50" x 2.62"

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

*Custom imprinting available on Miniature cross section for the Flag Style Cable Ties (PLF) only.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.93

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Panduit Cable Tie Approvals
B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Logo (Symbol)

Agency

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.94

Applicable Products
Most miniature, intermediate,
standard, light-heavy and heavy cross
section ties are Recognized or Listed in
the US and Canada
Most miniature, intermediate,
standard, light-heavy and heavy cross
section ties are Recognized or Listed in
the US and Canada

File E56854 and
MH29590

ZODZ(7), ZODZ(8), ALKW

Canadian
Standards
Association

File 031212

C22.2 No. 18.5-02 under the
category “Fittings –
Positioning Devices”

Conformity
European

Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC
(amended
93/68/EEC).
PAN-TY AND
Dome-Top Barb Ty
cable ties also meet
the requirements
from EN50146

CE Marking is required for
products sold within the European
Union. CE Marking Directives
specify the minimum performance
All cable tie products
of these products. Applying the CE
mark signifies compliance with
essential requirements of specific
directives.

ABS (American
Bureau of
Shipping)

05-HS463235-PDA

2005 Vessel Rules 1-1-4/7.7,
4-8/421.9.3 2001
MODU Rules 4-3-3/5.9.1

PLT Series, BT Series

Bureau Veritas

Cert 05968/C0
BV1178B/BVN/04
File ACE 14/601/01

Bureau Veritas Rules for the
Classification of Steel Ships

PLT Series, BT Series, PRT Series,
CBR Series

Det Norske
Veritas

E-6405

Det Norske Veritas’ Rules for
Classification of Ships and Mobile
Offshore Units

PLT Series, PLC Series, PLM Series,
PRT Series, PLWP Series,
PRWP Series, PRST Series

Germany (VG)
Military

K17/97165

VG 95 387 – 100 MS 3367F

PLT Series, BT Series, SST Series

Lloyd’s Register
of Shipping

89/60111 (E3)

Lloyd’s Register Type Approval

PLT Series,BT Series, SST Series

NRC (Nuclear
Regulatory
Commission)

NRC 10CFR50

Quality Assurance Criteria for
Nuclear Plants and Reprocessing
Plants

All cable tie products

Plenum-Rated

Panduit logo

Panduit symbol indicates that the
cable ties represented are suitable
for use in plenum or air handling
spaces in accordance with
Sec. 300.22(C) and (D) of the
National Electrical Code and
Rules 12-010 (3), (4) and (5) and
12-020 of the
Canadian Electrical Code, Part I.

Halar (702Y) and select Nylon 6.6 cable
ties as noted throughout catalog

US Military
Aerospace
Standard

QPL-AS23190-2

SAE spec AS23190

See Military Cross Reference
Page B1.95

AQA
International

ISO/TS16949

AQA registration. Quality
management system assessment
certificate

Tinley Park, Illinois Manufacturing
Operations (Cable Tie Division) Quality
Management System.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Requirement

Underwriters
Laboratories,
Inc.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Spec/Approval

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Military Cross Reference
The Panduit cable ties and marker ties listed in the following tables meet all of the testing requirements of
Aerospace Standard SAE-AS23190A (formerly MIL-S-23190E) and the dimensional requirements of Aerospace
Standards SAE-AS33671 (formerly MS3367) and SAE-AS33681 (formerly MS3368).

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Cable Tie Cross Reference
Mil. Std. Part
Number
MS3367-1-0
MS3367-1-1
MS3367-1-2
MS3367-1-3
MS3367-1-4
MS3367-1-5
MS3367-1-6
MS3367-1-7
MS3367-1-8
MS3367-1-9
MS3367-2-0
MS3367-2-1
MS3367-2-2
MS3367-2-3
MS3367-2-4
MS3367-2-5
MS3367-2-6
MS3367-2-7
MS3367-2-8
MS3367-2-9
MS3367-3-0
MS3367-3-1
MS3367-3-2
MS3367-3-3
MS3367-3-4
MS3367-3-5
MS3367-3-6
MS3367-3-9
MS3367-4-0
MS3367-4-0
MS3367-4-1
MS3367-4-2
MS3367-4-3
MS3367-4-4
MS3367-4-5
MS3367-4-6
MS3367-4-7
MS3367-4-8
MS3367-4-9
MS3367-4-9
MS3367-4-9
MS3367-5-0
MS3367-5-1
MS3367-5-2
MS3367-5-3
MS3367-5-4

Color
Black*
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Black*
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Black*
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Natural
Black*
Black*
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Natural
Natural
Black*
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow

Pan-Ty ®
PLT2S-C00, -M00
PLT2S-C1, -M1
PLT2S-C2, -M2
PLT2S-C3, -M3
PLT2S-C4Y, -M4Y
PLT2S-C5, -M5
PLT2S-C6, -M6
PLT2S-C7, -M7
PLT2S-C8, -M8
PLT2S-C, -M, -VMR
PLT4S-C00, -M00
PLT4S-M1
PLT4S-C2, -M2
PLT4S-C3, -M3
PLT4S-C4Y, -M4Y
PLT4S-C5, -M5
PLT4S-C6, -M6
PLT4S-C7, -M7
PLT4S-C8, -M8
PLT4S-C, -M
PLT4H-L00, -TL00
PLT4H-TL1
PLT4H-TL2
PLT4H-TL3
PLT4H-TL4Y
PLT4H-TL5
PLT4H-TL6
PLT4H-L, -C, -TL
PLT1M-C00, -M00, -XMR00
PLT1.5M-XMR00
PLT1M-C1, -M1, -XMR1
PLT1M-C2, -M2, -XMR2
PLT1M-C3, -M3, -XMR3
PLT1M-C4Y, -M4Y, -XMR4Y
PLT1M-C5, -M5, -XMR5
PLT1M-C6, -M6, -XMR6
PLT1M-C7, -M7, -XMR7
PLT1M-C8, -M8, -XMR8
PLT1M-C, -M, -XMR
PLT.7M-C, -M
PLT1.5M-XMR
PLT1.5I-M00
PLT1.5I-C1, -M1
PLT1.5I-C2, -M2
PLT1.5I-C3, -M3
PLT1.5I-C4Y, -M4Y

*Weather resistant per ASTM D 4066-94B.

Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty

Sta-Strap ®

—
BT2S-M1
BT2S-M2
BT2S-M3
BT2S-M4Y
BT2S-M5
BT2S-M6
BT2S-M7
BT2S-M8
BT2S-C, -M

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SST2S-C, -M

—
—
BT4S-M2
BT4S-M3
BT4S-M4Y
BT4S-M5
BT4S-M6
BT4S-M7
BT4S-M8
BT4S-C, -M

—
—
SST4S-M2
—
—
—
—
—
—
SST4S-C, -M

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BT4LH-L, -TL

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SST4H-L, -D

—
—
BT1M-M1
BT1M-M2
BT1M-M3
BT1M-M4Y
BT1M-M5
BT1M-M6
BT1M-M7
BT1M-M8
BT1M-C, -M, -XMR

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SST1M-C, -M

—
BT1.5M-XMR

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
BT1.5I-M1
BT1.5I-M2
BT1.5I-M3
BT1.5I-M4Y

B1.
Cable Ties

Belt-Ty ™
In-Line

Contour-Ty ®

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Table continues on page B1.96
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.95

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Military Cross Reference (continued)

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

Cable Tie Cross Reference
Mil. Std. Part
Number
MS3367-5-5
MS3367-5-6
MS3367-5-7
MS3367-5-8
MS3367-5-9
MS3367-6-9
MS3367-6-9
MS3367-7-0
MS3367-7-1
MS3367-7-2
MS3367-7-3
MS3367-7-4
MS3367-7-5
MS3367-7-6
MS3367-7-7
MS3367-7-8
MS3367-7-9
MS3367-8-9
MS3367-9-9
MS3367-11-9
MS3367-14-9
MS3367-20-9
MS3367-21-9
MS3367-22-9
MS3367-23-9
MS3367-24-9
MS3367-25-9
MS3367-29-9
MS3367-30-9
MS3367-31-9
MS3367-32-1
MS3367-32-2
MS3367-32-3
MS3367-32-4
MS3367-32-5
MS3367-32-6
MS3367-32-7
MS3367-32-9
MS3367-33-9
MS3367-34-1
MS3367-34-2
MS3367-34-3
MS3367-34-4
MS3367-34-5
MS3367-34-6
MS3367-34-7
MS3367-34-8
MS3367-34-9
MS3367-35-9

Color
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Natural
Natural
Black*
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Natural
Natural
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural
Natural

*Weather resistant per ASTM D 4066-94B.

B1.96

Pan-Ty ®
PLT1.5I-C5, -M5
PLT1.5I-C6, -M6
PLT1.5I-C7, -M7
PLT1.5I-C8, -M8
PLT1.5I-C, -M
PLT8LH-L, -C
—
PLT3S-C00, -M00
PLT3S-M1
PLT3S-C2, -M2
PLT3S-M3
PLT3S-M4Y
PLT3S-M5
PLT3S-M6
PLT3S-M7
PLT3S-M8
PLT3S-C, -M
PLT5H-L, -C
PLT6H-L, -C
PLT8H-L, -C
PLT13H-Q, -C
PLT5EH-Q, -C
PLT6EH-Q, -C
PLT8EH-C
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty
BT1.5I-M5
BT1.5I-M6
BT1.5I-M7
BT1.5I-M8
BT1.5I-C, -M
BT8LH-L, -C
BT9LH-L, -C

Sta-Strap ®
—
—
—
—
SST1.5I-C, -M
SST8H-L, -D

—
—
—
—
—
—
BT3S-C, -M

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SST3S-C, -M

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
BT3S-C2

Belt-Ty ™
In-Line
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
ILT2S-C, -M
ILT4S-C, -M
ILT4LH-TL
ILT3S-C, -M
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Contour-Ty ®
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CBR1M-M
CBR1.5M-M
CBR2M-M1
CBR2M-M2
CBR2M-M3
CBR2M-M4Y
CBR2M-M5
CBR2M-M6
CBR2M-M7
CBR2M-M
CBR1.5I-M
CBR3I-M1
CBR3I-M2
CBR3I-M3
CBR3I-M4Y
CBR3I-M5
CBR3I-M6
CBR3I-M7
CBR3I-M8
CBR3I-M
CBR4I-M

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Cable Tie Cross Reference
Mil. Std. Part
Number
MS3367-36-9
MS3367-37-9
MS3367-38-9
MS3367-39-9
MS3367-40-9
MS3367-41-9
MS3368-1-2A
MS3368-1-3A
MS3368-1-4A
MS3368-1-5A
MS3368-1-6A
MS3368-1-8A
MS3368-1-9A
MS3368-1-9B
MS3368-2-2A
MS3368-2-4A
MS3368-2-6A
MS3368-2-9A
MS3368-2-9B
MS3368-3-4C
MS3368-3-9C
MS3368-4-4D
MS3368-4-9D
MS3368-5-1E
MS3368-5-2E
MS3368-5-3E
MS3368-5-4E
MS3368-5-5E
MS3368-5-6E
MS3368-5-7E
MS3368-5-8E
MS3368-5-9E

Color
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Natural
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Gray
Natural
Natural
Red
Yellow
Blue
Natural
Natural
Yellow
Natural
Yellow
Natural
Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
Natural

Pan-Ty ®

Dome-Top ®
Barb Ty

—
—
—
—
—
—
PLM2S-D2
PLM2S-D3
PLM2S-C4Y, -D4Y
PLM2S-D5
PLM2S-D6
PLM2S-D8
PLM2S-C, -D

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BM2S-C, -D

—
PLM4S-D2
PLM4S-D4Y
PLM4S-D6
PLM4S-C, -D

—
—
—
—
BM4S-C, -D

—
PL2M2S-D4Y
PL2M2S-L, -D
PL3M2S-D4Y
PL3M2S-L, -D
PLM1M-M1
PLM1M-M2
PLM1M-M3
PLM1M-M4Y
PLM1M-M5
PLM1M-M6
PLM1M-M7
PLM1M-M8
PLM1M-C, -M

—
—
B2M2S-D
—
B3M2S-TL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
BM1M-C, -M

Sta-Strap ®
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SSM2S-C, -D
—
—
—
—
SSM4S-D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Belt-Ty ™
In-Line
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Contour-Ty ®
CBR2S-M
CBR3S-M
CBR4S-M
CBR2HS-D
CBR4LH-TL
CBR6LH-C

B2.
Cable
Accessories

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

C1.
Wiring
Duct

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Installation Tools
The Panduit installation tools listed in the table below meet all of the testing requirements of MIL-T-81306
and the dimensional requirements of MS90387.
Mil. Spec.
Part Number
MS90387-1
MS90387-2
MS90387-4
MS90387-5

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Panduit
Part
Number
GTS, GS2B
GS4H, GTH
GS4EH
GTSL

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.97

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Selection and Specification Guidelines
B1.
Cable Ties

Selecting the Proper Cable Tie Material for Your Application

B2.
Cable
Accessories

By using the information on our material selection chart on pages B1.2 and B1.3 as a guide, the user will
be better equipped to select the best cable tie and material suited to perform its intended function over
a long period of time.

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

For long life and dependable service, there are many factors to consider when selecting the proper cable tie
for each application. Since it is impossible for Panduit to provide data on all the various combinations of
conditions which may arise, it is suggested that this data be used as a guide. Sample cable ties should be
tested under actual end-use conditions to determine the correct cable tie for the application.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

To select the optimum cable tie for a specific application, the chart on pages B1.2 and B1.3 can be used as a
reference. First, determine the most critical design criteria and then read across the table to find which material
is most suitable to meet this need. Next, review the other criteria by scanning in a vertical direction on the chart
and then make your final selection.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Example No. 1
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

■

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.98

Selection

The application requires high radiation (2 x 108 rads) resistance
and excellent resistance to hydrocarbons.

The best choice is PEEK, TEFZEL■, or HALAR ▲.
The price is higher than other materials, but all have
high ratings in resistance to radiation and hydrocarbons.

Example No. 2

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Application

Application

Selection

The application requires a low cost material, good ultraviolet
resistance, and good resistance to acid rains.

The best choice is Weather Resistant Polypropylene. Price is
medium, the UV rating is 6, and the acid resistance rating is 9.

TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

▲

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Weathering
Over a period of time, ultraviolet light (a component of sunlight) attacks most plastic materials and reduces their
properties by breaking the molecular chain. The material breakdown is accompanied by reductions in tensile
strength and elongation, increased brittleness, color changes and loss of surface gloss.
Carbon black, which is used in Panduit nylon, polypropylene, and acetal cable ties, is one of the most effective
stabilizers known today. A uniform dispersion of carbon black provides good ultraviolet light resistance without
adversely affecting physical properties. The addition of carbon black, or any other ultraviolet light stabilizer,
prolongs the useful outdoor life of plastic products, but it does not totally eliminate the destructive effects of the
light. Some plastics, such as TEFZEL■ or HALAR ▲, are intrinsically very resistant to ultraviolet light
and do not require stabilizing additives.

Weathering Test Methods
In order to monitor the effects of ultraviolet light and the effectiveness of ultraviolet stabilizers, Panduit,
in conformance with industry standards, adopted two methods of weatherability testing: Outdoor Aging and
Accelerated Weather Aging.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Outdoor Aging
The Outdoor Aging method is probably the best and most realistic method of the two. It is conducted in
accordance with ASTM D 1435 Standard Practice for Outdoor Weathering of Plastics, and allows the
material to be affected by not only ultraviolet light, but by all other outdoor elements as well. Although this may
more closely approximate an actual application, two drawbacks do exist. The period of time required to
produce property decay and material failure may be quite long, and varying adverse chemical environments
cannot be tested.

Accelerated Weather Aging
Accelerated weathering tests are conducted to estimate the rate of degradation due to a combination of
ultraviolet light, temperature, and moisture. The methods used are in accordance with the following standards:
• ASTM D 1499, Operating Light and Water Exposure Apparatus (Carbon-Arc type) for exposure to plastics
• ASTM G 154-04, Operating Light and Water Exposure (Fluorescent UV Condensation type) for exposure
of non-metallic materials
The condition specified in ASTM D 1499 utilizes a water spray and a carbon arc to simulate natural sunshine.
The test chamber is operated 20 hrs./day with a two-hour cycle of 108 minutes of simulated sunshine and twelve
minutes of sunshine and water spray. The temperature of a black body inside the chamber is approximately
63°C (145°F) during the “sunshine only” portion of the cycle. Humidity is not controlled inside the chamber.
The test chamber per ASTM G 154-04 uses fluorescent sun lamps to generate ultraviolet light only. A heated
water pan produces condensation during a portion of the cycle. The daily cycle is composed of 20 hours of light
followed by 4 hours of condensation. Black body temperatures during the light cycle are 50°C (122°F) and
40°C (104°F) during the condensation cycle.
Panduit has also designed a special chamber, which is used to simulate the effect of acid rain and ultraviolet
light on cable tie materials. The effects of other common chemicals, such as road salt, are also evaluated
in this chamber.
These methods are effective in quickly determining the ultraviolet light resistance of the various cable tie
materials, but it must be emphasized that there are no exact correlations between accelerated aging and
actual outdoor exposure.

■

TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

▲

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.99

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Weathering (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Material Failure Testing
Property decay can lead to three different modes of failure: loss of strength, loss of toughness, or change in
appearance. The critical mode for any given application would depend upon the application and the
requirements it places upon the material itself.
Loss of strength is monitored by tensile testing samples of the material before and after it has been weathered.
This test will reveal the decreasing strength accompanied by extended weathering.
Loss of toughness can be monitored by measuring changes in elongation and impact strength. As ultraviolet
light exposure time increases and the material becomes brittle, its elongation and impact strength are greatly
reduced. It is important to note that brittle failures can occur even when the tensile strength shows no change.
Although change in appearance is normally not a failure mode for cable ties, the plastic does tend to discolor
and lose its surface gloss as exposure increases. These changes can be measured by color difference using
Adams units, which are similar to National Bureau of Standard units.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Panduit has its own weathering test program to determine estimated life of various cable tie materials. This
includes examining many previously aged samples obtained throughout the world.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

In all cases, the amount of property decay increased with increasing exposure to ultraviolet light. The principal
signs of degradation were found to be brittleness, cracking, and loss of surface gloss. It was also determined
that the time for failure to occur was shorter than indicated from industry tests performed on material samples.
This discrepancy is in part due to the fact that cable ties were tested in an end use, stressed condition, while
most plastic resin suppliers conduct weathering tests using unstressed test bars.

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Five cable tie materials have superior ultraviolet light resistance: TEFZEL■, HALAR ▲, Weather Resistant Acetal,
Nylon 12 and Stainless Steel.
Determining the outdoor life expectancy of any material is difficult since there are other factors, besides
ultraviolet light stability, which have to be considered. These factors are listed below and should be considered
before specifying a cable tie material.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Table A – External Factors That Affect the Life of a Cable Tie
Factor
Chemicals

Bundle
diameter
Loading
Thickness
Vibration
Degree of
exposure
Moisture

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.100

Galvanized
metals

Effect on Cable Tie Life
Applications which have chemicals present can
reduce the life of a tie. This is the most detrimental
factor to the life of a tie.
As the bundle diameter is reduced, the tie has more
bending stress. A thick strap on a small bundle
diameter has more stress.
If the tie is under high loading, this will add additional
stress on the tie body.
A thinner tie will have a decreased life since surface
cracks will penetrate the thickness of the tie faster.
Applications with high vibrations will cause impact,
which will propagate any surface cracks.
No shield or shade, southern exposure, higher
altitudes and high temperatures, decrease the life
of a cable tie.
High humidity plus high temperature can result in
degradation due to hydrolysis in nylon.
Acid rain and acid moisture acting on galvanized
metals release chemicals known to attack Nylon 6.6.

Weathering Life Expectancy
Material, Color (Part Number Suffix)
Polypropylene, Green (109)
Nylon 6.6, Natural (No suffix)
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Black (60)
Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Ivory (69)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural (39)
PEEK, Polyetheretherketone, Translucent Brown (71)
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black (30)
Weather Resistant Polypropylene, Black (100)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (0 and 00)
Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black (300)
Weather Resistant Nylon 12, Black (120)
TEFZEL■, Aqua Blue (76)
HALAR ▲, Maroon (702Y)
Weather Resistant Acetal, Black
Stainless Steel

Years*
1
1–2
1–2
1–2
1–2
1–2
4–5
7–9
7–9
7–9
12 – 15
>15
>15
>20
>30

*Based on the assumption of minimum loading, no chemical attack and
impact-free conditions.
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Flammability
B1.
Cable Ties

Flammability
A number of test procedures have been developed which can be used for the evaluation and comparison of
various materials to support combustion.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

UL 94 Vertical Burning Test
Samples of a material, with dimensions 127mm by 12.7mm and the thickness of the intended end use product,
are tested in an unaged “as manufactured” state and in an aged state (seven days at 158°F, 70°C). The test
requires the placement of a precisely controlled flame under a vertically supported specimen for a ten second
period. The controlled flame is removed and the duration of flaming combustion of the specimen is recorded.
When the flaming combustion of the specimen extinguishes, it is immediately subjected to an additional
controlled flame exposure. After the additional ten seconds of exposure, the controlled flame is removed,
and the duration of flaming combustion of the specimen is recorded. A piece of surgical cotton is placed under
the specimen. If drips ignite the cotton, this fact is also recorded.

Materials Classed 94V-0
Requirements:
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than ten seconds after either
application of the controlled flame
• The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 50 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications
(two controlled flame applications for each of the five specimens)
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp
• None of the specimens will drip flaming particles that ignite the dry absorbent surgical cotton
located 12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
• None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 30 seconds after
the second removal of the controlled flame

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Materials Classed 94V-1
Requirements:
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either
application of the controlled flame
• The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 250 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications
(two controlled flame applications for each of the five specimens)
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp
• Specimens may drip flaming particles which burn only briefly, and may not ignite the dry absorbent
surgical cotton located 12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
• None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 60 seconds after the
second removal of the controlled flame

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Materials Classed 94V-2
Requirements:
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming combustion for more than 30 seconds after either
application of the controlled flame
• The total flaming combustion time will not exceed 250 seconds for the ten controlled flame applications
(two controlled flame applications for each of the five specimens)
• None of the specimens will burn with flaming or glowing combustion up to the holding clamp
• Specimens may drip flaming particles which burn only briefly, and may ignite the dry absorbent surgical
cotton placed 12 inches (305mm) below the test specimen
• None of the specimens will exhibit glowing combustion that persists for more than 60 seconds after
the second removal of the controlled flame

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.101

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Flammability (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties

ASTM D 635

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Samples of a material, with dimensions 125mm by 12.5mm and the thickness of the intended end use product,
are tested in an unaged “as manufactured” state. A precisely controlled flame is applied to the specimen and a
stopwatch is started. The flame is applied for 30 seconds. The stopwatch is stopped when burning or glowing
combustion ceases or when the flame has proceeded to a mark 100mm from the free end. Ten specimens are
tested. If any of the specimens burn to the 100mm mark, an additional ten specimens are tested.

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Burning Rate
• If two or more specimens have burned to the 100mm mark then Average Burning Rate (cm/min.) shall
be reported as the average of the burning rates of all specimens which have burned to the 100mm mark
Average Time of Burning and Average Extent of Burning
• Average time of burning and average extent of burning of the sample shall be reported if none of the
ten samples or no more than one of the twenty specimens have burned to the 100mm mark
• Average Time of Burning (ATB):

ATB, s =

Σ

N
0 [time(sec)

• Average Extent of Burning (AEB):

Σ 0 [10(mm) – unburned length(mm)]
N

– 30(sec)]

AEB, mm =

N

N

N = Number of specimens tested
Rounded to the nearest 5 seconds

N = Number of specimens tested
Rounded to the nearest 5mm

Table B – Flammability Ratings
Part Number
Suffix

UL 94

None

94V-2 @ .71mm

ASTM D 635
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black
(Meets Mil. Spec.)

00

94V-2 @ .71mm

AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds

D2.
Power
Connectors

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6, Black*

0

AEB = 20mm
94V-2** @ .71mm ATB = 5 seconds

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Black

30

94V-2 @ .71mm

AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6, Natural

39

94V-2 @ .71mm

AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds

Heat Stabilized Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6, Black

300

94V-2 @ .71mm

AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6, Black

60

94V-0 @ .81mm

AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6,
Natural (Ivory)

69

94V-0 @ .81mm

AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds

PEEK, Polyetheretherketone,
Translucent Brown

71

94V-0 @ 1.5mm

Metal Detectable Nylon 6.6, Blue

86

94 HB @ .71mm

Weather Resistant Nylon 12, Black

120

94 HB @ 1.6mm Avg. Burning Rate
1.6cm/min.

Polypropylene, Green

109

94 HB @ .94mm

Avg. Burning Rate
2cm/min.

Weather Resistant Polypropylene, Black

100

94 HB @ .94mm

Avg. Burning Rate
2cm/min.

TEFZEL■, Aqua Blue

76

94V-0 @ 1.5mm

AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds

702Y

94V-0 @ .18mm

AEB = 15mm
ATB = < 5 seconds

Materials
Nylon 6.6, Natural

D1.
Terminals

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.102

HALAR ▲, Maroon
Weather Resistant Acetal, Black

DT Prefix

—
AEB = 20mm
ATB = 5 seconds

Avg. Burning Rate
94 HB @ 1.5mm 2.8cm/min

*UL Recognized cable ties meet stated ratings. **UL Recognized -0 parts
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Radiation/Moisture/Temperature/Tensile Strength
B1.
Cable Ties

Radiation
Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the
maximum acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in various areas of nuclear power plants (for radiation exposure accumulated over a 40 year life). See Cable Tie
Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for radiation resistance rating.

Moisture
Many plastics when exposed to high relative humidity absorb water and, as such, the tensile strength of the
material can change dramatically. Nylon 6.6 when exposed to 100% relative humidity, will absorb as much
as 8.5% water which will reduce tensile strength by 50% when compared to a dry cable tie. Polypropylene,
HALAR▲, Type 12 Nylon, TEFZEL■, Acetal and PEEK are low water absorbing materials and, as such,
the effect of water is minimal. See Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3) for moisture absorption.

Proper Storage
Nylon 6.6 is a hygroscopic material (affected by atmospheric moisture variations). The optimum storage
requirement for Nylon 6.6 cable ties is 73°F (± 15°F) and 50% RH (relative humidity) in sealed containers.
Improper storage, especially in cold/dry conditions can result in moisture loss, which impedes cable tie
performance. Panduit packaging provides Nylon 6.6 cable ties conditioned to 2.5% moisture added
by weight in heavy-wall, polyethylene heat-sealed bags.

Temperature
Plastic materials normally undergo property loss due to oxidation caused by exposure to high temperatures.
The maximum continuous use temperature for cable tie materials depends upon the time at the elevated
temperature as well as other environmental conditions. Initially, plastics become more flexible and weaker
when exposed to high temperatures. After a period of time, oxidation may occur which will cause embrittlement,
making plastic cable ties more susceptible to failure from impact and vibration.
The maximum continuous use temperature, is based on the UL Relative Thermal Index (mechanical
without impact) as determined by UL per UL 746B. It is one indicator of a material’s ability to retain a particular
physical property when exposed to elevated temperatures over an extended period of time. It is based on the
assumption that there is no loading, no chemical attack, and impact-free condition. The maximum continuous
use temperatures for cable tie materials are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).
Low temperature exposure will also make most plastics more brittle during the exposure, but little property loss
occurs when the material is returned to room temperatures. The minimum application use temperatures for cable
tie materials are listed in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).

Tensile Strength
Most cable ties are selected based on material, length, and minimum loop tensile strength. Minimum loop
tensile strength was established under SAE Aerospace Standard AS23190. Each cable tie cross section
(SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy,
H = Heavy and EH = Extra-Heavy) has a different loop tensile strength when tested per AS23190.
The cable tie is first conditioned at 49°C (120°F), 20% relative humidity for 24 hours, then the cable tie is
installed on a split mandrel and the halves of the mandrel separated at a rate of 1 inch (25.4mm) per minute.
The separating force required to unlock or break the cable tie is the loop tensile strength. Loop tensile strength
is dependent both on the locking design and the tensile strength (psi) of the material. As an example, the tensile
strength of polypropylene material is approximately 1/2 to 1/3 of Nylon 6.6; thus the loop tensile strength of a
given cross section tie made of polypropylene would be much less than a tie made of Nylon 6.6. This is another
property to be considered when selecting a cable tie. The various representative loop tensile strengths are listed
in the Cable Tie Selection Chart (pages B1.2 and B1.3).

Halogen-Free
All Panduit cable ties (with the exception of TEFZEL■ and HALAR▲) are halogen-free per
IEC Specification 61249-2-21.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

▲
■

HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

F.
Index

B1.103

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Table C – Chemical Resistance Table
B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.104

Many factors combine to determine the useful life of a cable tie material and none is as important
as chemical exposure. Various chemicals will have different effects on plastics depending on such variables
as chemical concentrations, temperature, stress and ultraviolet light. This table is an excellent guideline
for the selection of the best cable tie material for various cable tie environments. It should be noted that
the exposure for this chemical resistance chart is at 70°F (21°C).
Resistance of Panduit cable tie materials to chemical attack at 70°F (21°C)
1
A = Excellent
= Pitting occurs under some conditions
2
B = Satisfactory
= Attack may occur if sulfuric acid present
C = Slight Attack
Aq. = Aqueous
D = Attacked
C.S. = Cold Saturated
— = Not Tested

Agent
Acetaldehyde
Acetic Acid
Acetic Acid
Acetic Anhydride
Acetone
Acetophenone
Acetylene
Aluminum Chloride
Aluminum Fluoride
Aluminum Hydroxide
Aluminum Potassium Sulfate
Ammonia
Ammonium Carbonate
Ammonium Chloride
Ammonium Hydroxide
Ammonium Nitrate
Ammonium Sulfate
Amyl Acetate
Aniline
Antimony Trichloride
Arsenic Acid
Barium Carbonate
Barium Chloride
Barium Sulfate
Barium Sulfide
Benzene
Benzoic Acid
Benzoyl Chloride
Benzyl Alcohol
Boric Acid
Bromine
Butadiene
Butane
Butanediol
Butyl Acetate
N. Butyl Alcohol
Butyl Phthalate
Butyraldehyde
Butyric Acid
Calcium Carbonate
Calcium Chlorate

Percent
Concentration
90
97
10
90
100
100
100
10
10
Aq. C.S.
10
All
1 to 5
10 to 25
10
100
10
100
100
All
1 to 80
All
All
All
All
100
100
100
100
All
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
10 to 100
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.

Nylon
6.6*
B
D
C
—
A
—
—
B
B
—
B
—
—
D
A
—
—
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
—
A
D
—
—
D
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
D
—
—

Nylon
12
—
D
B
B
A
—
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
—
B
—
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
—
A
D
—
A
—
A
A
—
—
—
—
—

Polypropylene
C
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
—
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
C
A
A
D
C
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A

*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

TEFZEL■
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

HALAR▲
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

PEEK
A
A
—
—
A
—
A
A
—
—
—
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
—
—
—
—
A
A
—
A
A
D
—
A
—
A
A
—
—
—
A
—

304
Stainless
Steel
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
D
A
A1
A
A
A1
—
A
E1
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A
A
A
A
—
—
B
D
A
A
—
—
A
—
—
A
A
A

316
Stainless
Steel
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
C
A
A1
A
A
A
—
A1
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
—
—
D
A
A
—
—
A
—
—
A
A
A

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Agent
Calcium Chloride
Calcium Hydroxide
Calcium Hypochlorite
Calcium Nitrate
Calcium Sulfate
Carbon Tetrachloride
Carbon Tetrachloride
Chlorine
Chlorine
Chloroacetic Acid
Chlorobenzene
Chloroform
Chlorosulphonic Acid
Chromic Acid
Citric Acid
Copper Chloride
Copper Cyanide
Copper Nitrate
Cresol
Crotonaldehyde
Cyclohexane
Cyclohexanol
Cyclohexanone
Dibutyl Phthalate
Dichloroethane
Dichloroethylene
Diesel Fuel
Diethyl Ether
Diglycolic Acid
Diisobytyl Ketone
Dimethyl Amine
Dimethyl Formamide
Dimethyl Sulfate
Dioctyl Phthalate
1.4-Dioxane
Ethyl Acetate
Ethyl Alcohol
Ethyl Chloride
Ethylene Chloride
Ethylene Glycol
Ethylene Oxide
Fatty Acids
Ferric Chloride
Ferric Hydroxide
Ferric Nitrate
Ferrous Chloride
Ferrous Sulfate
Fluorine (Dry)
Formaldehyde
Formic Acid
Freons
Fuel Oil
Furfural
Gallic Acid
Gasoline
Glycerin
Glycolic Acid
Heptane
Hexane
Hydrobromic Acid

Percent
Concentration
5
50
2
50
2
100
Aq. 10
Dry
Wet
10 to 50
100
100
10 to 100
10 to 50
10 to 50
1 to 10
Aq. C.S.
50
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Aq. C.S.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
All
All
Aq. C.S.
10
100
40
All
100
100
100
Aq. C.S.
100
100
40
100
100
All

Nylon
6.6*
C
—
D
—
C
A
—
—
—
D
—
A
D
D
B
D
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A
A
—
A
A
—
—
D
—
—
D
—
—
A
D
A
—
A
—
A
—
D
—
—
D

Nylon
12
A
—
—
A
—
A
—
D
D
—
C
C
D
D
B
—
—
—
D
—
A
A
A
—
—
—
A
A
—
—
—
A
—
—
B
A
A
—
C
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
B
D
—
A
—
—
—
A
—
A
A
D

Polypropylene
A
A
A
A
A
D
—
D
C
A
A
C
D
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
C
A
C
A
A
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
C
B
A
C
C
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
A
A
—
—
—
—
C
A
A
A
A
A

*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

TEFZEL
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A

■

HALAR
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

▲

PEEK
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
D
D
A
A
A
D
A
A
A
A
A
—
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
—
—
—
A
—
A
A
A
A
—
—
A
A
—
C
—
A
A
A
D
A
C
A
A
—
—
A
—
—
A
A
D

304
Stainless
Steel
A1
A
A1
—
A
A
C1
C
D
D
—
A
D
C
A
A1-D
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
—
A
—
A
A
—
—
—
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
—
D
A
A
D
A1
D
A1
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
D

316
Stainless
Steel
A1
A
A1
—
A
A
A1
C
D
C
—
A
D
C
A
A1-C1
A
A
A
—
—
—
—
—
A
—
A
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
—
D
A
A
C
A
D
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
D

Table continues on page B1.106

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.105

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Table C – Chemical Resistance Table (continued)
B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.106

Agent
Hydrochloric Acid
Hydrocyanic Acid
Hydrofluoric Acid
Hydrofluorosilicic Acid
Hydrogen Peroxide
Hydrogen Sulfide
Hydrogen Sulfide
Hydroquinone
Iodine
Iodoform
Isopropyl Alcohol
Jet Fuel
Lactic Acid
Lanolin
Lead Acetate
Linseed Oil
Magnesium Carbonate
Magnesium Chloride
Magnesium Nitrate
Maleic Acid
Malic Acid
Mercuric Chloride
Mercury
Methyl Alcohol
Methyl Bromide
Methyl Chloride
Methyl Chloroform
Methyl Ethyl Ketone
Methyl Isobutyl Ketone
Methylene Chloride
Naphtha
Naphthalene
Nickel Chloride
Nickel Sulfate
Nitric Acid
Nitric Acid
Nitro Benzene
Nitro Methane
Nitrous Acid
Oleic Acid
Oxalic Acid
Oxygen
Paraffin
Perchloroethylene
Petroleum Ether
Phenol
Phosphoric Acid
Phosphorous Pentoxide
Phosphorous Trichloride
Phthalic Acid
Picric Acid
Potassium Borate
Potassium Bromide
Potassium Carbonate
Potassium Chlorate
Potassium Chloride
Potassium Dichromate
Potassium Ferrocyanide
Potassium Hydroxide

Percent
Concentration
All
All
All
30
30
Dry
Wet
100
100
100
100
100
10
10
Aq. C.S.
100
Aq. C. S.
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C. S.
100
Aq. C.S.
Dilute
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
10 to 30
30 to 68
100
100
5
100
10
All
100
100
100
90
10
100
100
50
1
1
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C. S.
5
Aq. C.S.
25
30

Nylon
6.6*
D
—
D
—
D
—
D
—
—
—
A
A
A
A
—
A
—
C
—
—
—
—
—
A
—
—
A
—
A
C
—
—
—
—
D
D
—
A
—
—
—
—
A
—
—
D
D
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C

Nylon
12
D
D
D
D
B
—
—
—
—
—
A
—
B
A
—
A
A
A
A
—
—
A
A
A
—
—
—
A
—
D
—
B
A
A
D
D
C
—
—
C
C
—
A
—
A
D
D
D
D
—
—
—
—
C
B
A
D
—
—

Polypropylene
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
D
C
C
C
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
D
C
—
—
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
C
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

TEFZEL
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

■

HALAR
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

▲

PEEK
A
A
D
—
A
A
—
—
C
—
A
A
—
—
A
—
—
A
—
A
—
A
A
A
—
—
—
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
C
A
—
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
D
A
A
—
—
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

304
Stainless
Steel
D
C
D
D
B
A
C2
—
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A
—
A
D
A
A
—
—
—
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A1
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
—
A1
A
A
A1
A
A
C

316
Stainless
Steel
D
C
D
D
A
A
A2
—
D
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A
—
A
D
A
A
—
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A1
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
A
—
A1
A
A
A1
A
A
C

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Agent
Potassium Iodide
Potassium Nitrate
Potassium Perchlorate
Potassium Permanganate
Potassium Persulfate
Potassium Sulfate
Potassium Sulfide
Propionic Acid
Propyl Alcohol
Pyridine
Sea Water
Silver Chloride
Silver Nitrate
Sodium Acetate
Sodium Benzoate
Sodium Bicarbonate
Sodium Bisulfate
Sodium Bisulfite
Sodium Borate
Sodium Carbonate
Sodium Chlorate
Sodium Chloride
Sodium Chromate
Sodium Fluoride
Sodium Hydroxide
Sodium Hypochlorite
Sodium Hyposulfite
Sodium Nitrate
Sodium Perborate
Sodium Perchlorate
Sodium Phosphate
Sodium Sulfate
Sodium Sulfide
Sodium Thiosulfate
Stannic Chloride
Stannous Chloride
Stearic Acid
Succinic Acid
Sulfur
Sulfur Dioxide
Sulfuric Acid
Sulfuric Acid
Sulfuric Acid
Sulfurous Acid
Tannic Acid
Tartaric Acid
Tetrahydrofuran
Toluene
Trichloroacetic Acid
Trichloroethylene
Turpentine
Urea
Vinyl Acetate
Xylene
Zinc Chloride
Zinc Nitrate
Zinc Sulfate

Percent
Concentration
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
1
5
All
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
50
100
100
100
Aq. C.S.
10
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
10
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
2
25
10
Aq. C.S.
5
10
5
Aq.C.S.
5
Aq. C.S.
10
5
5
5
25
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.
100
100
100
All
5
50
Concentrate
10
10
50
100
100
10
100
100
50
100
100
70
Aq. C.S.
Aq. C.S.

Nylon
6.6*
—
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
A
—
—
—
—
A
—
A
—
—
—
A
—
A
D
—
A
B
—
A
—
—
—
—
—
—
D
—
—
—
—
D
D
D
D
A
—
—
—
A
D
—
—
—
—
A
D
—
—

Nylon
12
A
A
—
D
—
A
—
—
—
A
A
A
A
—
—
A
—
B
—
A
C
A
—
—
A
C
—
A
B
—
A
A
A
A
—
A
C
B
A
—
C
D
D
—
A
B
C
A
—
D
B
A
—
—
A
A
A

Polypropylene
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
A
A
C
A
A
A
C
C
B
C
D
A
A
D
A
A
A

TEFZEL
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

■

HALAR
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

▲

PEEK
—
A
—
A
—
A
A
—
A
A
—
—
A
A
—
A
—
—
—
A
A
A
—
—
A
A
—
A
—
—
—
A
A
—
A
A
—
—
A
A
C
D
D
A
A
A
A
A
—
A
A
—
—
A
A
—
A

304
Stainless
Steel
A
A
—
A
—
A
A
—
A
C
A1
D
A
A1
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A
A1
A
C1
A
A
—
A
A
A
A1
A2
D
C
A
—
B
A
C
D
C
C1
A
A
A
A
D
A1
A
—
—
A
A
A
A

316
Stainless
Steel
A
A
—
A
—
A
A
—
A
C
A1
D
A
A
—
A
A
A
A
A
A
A1
A
A1
A
A1
A
A
C
A
A
A
A
A2
C
B
A
—
C
A
A
C
C
A1
A
A
A
A
D
A1
A
—
—
A
A
A
A

*Includes all 6.6 Nylons (weather resistant, heat stabilized, and flame retardant).
■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
▲
HALAR is a registered trademark of Ausimont USA, Inc.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.107

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.108

NOTES

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

MANUAL CABLE TIE INSTALLATION TOOLS
Panduit provides the most preferred hand-operated tools in the industry.
These versatile tools can be used for production, maintenance, or construction applications.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Tool Highlights:

• Tool controlled tension and cut-off
– Ergonomic tools are durable, lightweight, and easy to use
– Manual tools
– Pneumatic tools
• Installer controlled tension and cut-off
– Large selection of tools available for complete range
of Panduit cable ties
– Cost-effective alternative for small volume applications

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Panduit cable tie installation tools promote worker safety, help reduce downtime, improve productivity
and provide the lowest total installed cost. As with all Panduit products, quality in design
and production along with customer service excellence, are assured.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.109

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection Guide – Hand Tools, Accessories, and Kits
Hand Tools

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Manual

Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Recommended usage: under 50,000 ties/year
Typical applications: Low to medium volume tie usage in OEM, MRO, or construction
Cross
Section
SM
M
I
S
HS
LH
H
EH

GTS
X
X
X
X

Tool Part Number – Page B1.111
GTSL
GS2B
GTH
GS4H
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Cross Sections

GS4EH
SM
M
I
S
HS
LH
H
EH

X
X
X

Cross
Section
M
I
S
HS
LH
H
EH

Tool Part Number – Page B1.112
STS2
STH2 ST3EH STHV
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Pneumatic
Recommended usage: under 250,000 ties/year
Typical applications: Medium to high volume tie
usage in OEM

D1.
Terminals

Cross
Section

D2.
Power
Connectors

SM
M
I
S
HS
LH
H

Tool Tension
Locking Kits

E2.
Labels
Blade
Replacement
Kits

Page

Part Number

KGTSTL

GTS, GTSL

B1.114

KPTSTL

KGTHTL

GTH

B1.114

TTLK3

GS2B, GS4H

B1.114

KGTSBLD

GTS, GTSL

B1.114

KGTHBLD

GTH

B1.114

K2-BLD2

GS2B

B1.114

K4H-BLD

GS4H

B1.114

GS4EH

B1.114

GTS, GTSL,
GS2B, GTH,
GS4H, GS4EH

B1.114

K4EH-BLD
Tool Holster

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Pneumatic

Manual

TTLK3

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Tool Part Number – Page B1.113
PTS
PTH
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

Accessories/Kits
Part Number

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Subminiature
Miniature
Intermediate
Standard
Heavy-Standard
Light-Heavy
Heavy
Extra-Heavy

Installer Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
Recommended usage: under 10,000 ties/year
Typical applications: MRO or construction

C4.
Cable
Management

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

Cushion
Sleeve Kit

GHH

For Tool

KGTSSLV

GTS

B1.114

KGTHSLV

GTH

B1.114

Pneumatic
Hose Assembly,
Filter/Regulator,
Adapter Fittings

For Tool

Page

PTS, PTH

B1.114

PPTS

B1.114

KGTSBLD

PTS

B1.114

KPTHBLD

PTH

B1.114

K2-BLD2

PPTS

B1.114

PTS, PPTS

B1.114

GHH

B1.113

PPH10
PL289N1
PHCAQ
PHCAT

B1.113
PTS, PTH, PPTS

B1.113
B1.113

F.
Index

B1.110

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Tools – Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
• Used in production, maintenance, or
construction applications
• Tool controlled tension provides flush cut-off and
speeds installation to lower installed cost
• Lightweight and balanced
• Easy to change tension adjustment and easy
to operate

• A combination of design, operation, and
construction features, provides a long service life
• Replacement blades available, see page B1.114
• No special maintenance required

B2.
Cable
Accessories

GTS
Part
Number
GTS

Used with
Cable Ties
SM, M, I, S

Weight
Oz.
g
9.8
278

Part Features
Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing, narrow
nose, and cushion handle.

Standards
QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-1

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

GTS
GTSL

SM, M, I, S

8.8

249

GTSL
GS2B

M, I, S

11.5

327

B1.
Cable Ties

Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing,
narrow nose, and cushion
handle. Shorter handle reach
(than GTS) for users with
smaller hands.

QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-5

1

Metal tool with a durable
powder coat finish.

QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-1

1

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

GS2B
D1.
Terminals

GTH

S, HS, LH, H

12.0

340

Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing, narrow
nose, and cushion handle.

QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-2

1

Metal tool with a durable
powder coat finish.

QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-2

1

D2.
Power
Connectors

GTH

GS4H

S, HS, LH, H

16.0

454

GS4H

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

GS4EH

LH, H, EH

16.0

454

Metal tool with a durable
powder coat finish.

QPL per Mil. Std.
SAE AS81306 and
Mil. Spec. SAE
AS90387-4

1

GS4EH

Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.111

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Tools – Installer Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
• Economical series of tools for maintenance or
construction applications

B1.
Cable Ties

• Excellent tools for low volume applications

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

STS2

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Color
Black

S, HS, LH, H

Red

2.5

71

Economical tool with short handle
span and top loading feature for rightor left-handed users.

1

ST3EH

LH, H, EH

Blue/Black

9.0

256

Durable, all steel construction with
comfortable plastic handles.

1

STHV

LH, H

Yellow

12.0

341

Durable all steel construction
and “ travel stop” to prevent
pinched fingers.

1

Part
Number
STS2

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Used
with
Cable
Ties
M, I, S

Weight
Oz.
g
2.5
71

Part Features
Economical tool with short handle
span and top loading feature for rightor left-handed users.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

STS2

STH2

STH2

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

ST3EH
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

STHV
E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy.

Installation Procedure (STS2/STH2/ST3EH):
Install cable tie around bundle and
tension tie by squeezing tool handle.
Reduce tension slightly and twist tool 1/4"
turn either direction to cut off excess cable tie.

Installation Procedure (STHV):
Install cable tie around bundle and
tension tie by squeezing tool handle.
A separate lever cuts off excess cable tie.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.112

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pneumatic Hand Tools – Tool Controlled Tension and Cut-Off
• Pneumatic, push button operation tensions
and cuts off excess tie in a fraction of a second
• Durable, lightweight, ergonomic design is easy to
operate and designed to reduce operator fatigue

• Easy to change tension adjustment
• Operates on non-lubricated air, without
special maintenance

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

PTS

Part Number
PTS

Used
with
Cable
Ties
SM, M, I, S

Weight
Oz.
g
17.3
490

Part Features
Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing and black knob;
replacement parts can be part of a
scheduled maintenance program.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

PTS

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

PTH

S, HS, LH, H

32.0

907

Ergonomic design with impact
resistant resin housing and red knob;
replacement parts can be part of a
scheduled maintenance program.

1
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

PTH

C4.
Cable
Management

Note: All tools require the PPH10 hose and PL289N1 filter/regulator for proper operation.
Cable tie cross section sizes: SM = Subminiature, M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard,
HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy.

D1.
Terminals

Pneumatic Tool Accessories

Part Number
PL289N1

PL289N1/ PPH10

PHCAQ

D2.
Power
Connectors

Used
with
Installation
Tool
PTS, PPTS,
PTH

PPH10

PTS, PPTS,
PTH

PHCAQ

PTS, PPTS,
PTH

PHCAT

PTS, PPTS,
PTH

Part Description
Filter/regulator .5 micron element, regulated range
3 – 100 psig, features 1/8" NPT female output port
(to hose PPH10) and 1/4" male quick disconnect
to source air line.
10.0' (3m) hose assembly (regulator to tool); includes a
1/8" NPT male connector (to regulator) and 1/8" female
quick disconnect (to tool).

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

1

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Adapter fitting for 10.0' (3m) hose (PPH10) to regulator
with 1/4" female quick disconnect output, features 1/8"
NPT female connection (to hose) and 1/4" male quick
disconnect (to regulator).

1

E2.
Labels

Adapter fitting for 10.0' (3m) hose (PPH10) to regulator
with 1/4" NPT female output port, features 1/8" NPT
female connection (to hose) and 1/4" NPT male
connection (to regulator).

1

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

PHCAT

F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.113

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Hand Tool Accessories:
Tool Tension Locking Kits
• For applications requiring a locking device on either the selector knob (one cross section size and tension only)
or tension level adjustment (but allow cross section size changes)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Part Number
KGTSTL
KGTHTL
KPTSTL
TTLK3

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
1
1
1

Contents
Lockout cap and screw.
Lockout cap and screw.
Lockout cap and screw.
Selection locking clip and screws.

KGTHTL

Blade Replacement Kits
• Blade replacement kits can be part of a user’s scheduled maintenance plan or used when cut-offs are not clean and crisp

Part Number
KGTSBLD

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Used with
Installation Tool
GTS, GTSL
GTH
PTS, PTH
GS2B, GS4H, PPTS

KGTSBLD

KGTHBLD
K2-BLD2
K4H-BLD
K4EH-BLD
KPTHBLD

Used with
Installation Tool
GTS, GTSL, PTS
GTH
GS2B, PPTS
GS4H
GS4EH
PTH

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

Contents
Threadlocker, screw, washer and
replacement blade.
Threadlocker,
Threadlocker,
Threadlocker,
Threadlocker,
Threadlocker,

screw, and replacement blade.
screws, and replacement blade.
screws, and replacement blade.
screw, and replacement blade.
screw, and replacement blade.

1
1
1
1
1

Hand Tool Holster
• Durable leather construction holster with rivets and extra tie-down strap to hold tool in place – easily fits on belt

Used with
Installation Tool
GTS, GTSL, GS2B, GTH, GS4H,
GS4EH, PTS, PPTS, ST3EH

Part Number
GHH

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Color
Black

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Cushion Sleeve Kits
• Cushion sleeve can be added to existing GTS or GTH hand tool
• Reduce the amount of shock an operator may experience while
tensioning and cutting off cable ties

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number
KGTSSLV

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.114

KGTHSLV

• Reduce operator fatigue
• Unique thermoplastic elastomer material that won’t split or fall off
the tool over time

Used with
Installation Tool
GTS

Color
Black

Contents
Cushion sleeve and lubricant.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

GTH

Red

Cushion sleeve and lubricant.

1

KGTSSLV
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

AUTOMATIC CABLE TIE INSTALLATION SYSTEMS
The complete line of Panduit automatic cable tie installation systems offers a superior solution for high
volume harness, assembly, fastening and packaging applications. These ergonomic systems increase
productivity,provide consistent performance,and reduce activities that lead to repetitive motion injuries.
A variety of tool options provide users with flexible solutions for their unique application needs.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

System Highlights
Multiple systems improve productivity, reliability,
and versatility:
• Install a cable tie in less than one second
• Multiple cable tie styles and sizes for
maximum productivity
• Optional software for advanced system
monitoring and performance

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Combined, these innovations improve reliability, maximize productivity, and lower installed costs.
As with all Panduit products, quality in design and production along with customer service excellence,
are assured.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.115

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Selection Guide – Automatic Installation Systems and Reel-Fed Cable Ties
Recommended for annual usage of over 250,000 cable ties/year.
Typical applications: High volume OEM/contract manufacturing.

PAT2S/PAT3S Systems

PAT1M/PAT1.5M Systems

Tool Head for use with STANDARD Cross Section

Tool Head for use with MINIATURE Cross Section
Part Number
PAT1M
PAT1.5M

Description
For miniature cross section up to .82"
(21mm) bundle diameter.
For miniature cable ties up to 1.31"
(33mm) bundle diameter.

Page
B1.117

Part Number
PAT2S

Description
For standard cross section up to 2.00"
(51mm) bundle diameter.
For standard cross section up to 2.75"
(70mm) bundle diameter.

Page
B1.117

B1.117

PAT3S

Description
Stationary dispenser, PAT2S.

Page
B1.117

PD3S

Stationary dispenser, PAT3S.

B1.117

PDS-DI

Dispenser and data interface software.

B1.119

PDS-DIA

Data interface accessory – software and
interface card.

B1.119

Part Number
PHS2

Description
6.5' (2m) transfer hose.

Page
B1.118

PHS3

10.0' (3m) transfer hose.

B1.118

B1.117

Dispenser
C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number
PDM

Description
Stationary dispenser.

Page
B1.117

Dispenser

PDM-DI

Dispenser and data interface software.

B1.119

PD-DIA

Data interface accessory – software and
interface card.

B1.119

Part Number
PDS

Transfer Hose
Part Number
PHM1

Description
3.2' (1m) transfer hose.

Page
B1.118

PHM2

6.5' (2m) transfer hose.

B1.118

PHM3

10.0' (3m) transfer hose.

B1.118

PHM4

13.1' (4m) transfer hose.

B1.118

Dispenser Frame
Optional System Accessories

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Part Number
PDH10-37

Description
Air hose.

Page
B1.118

PL283N1

Filter/regulator.

B1.118

PATMBM

Bench mount and foot pedal.

B1.118

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.116

Part Number
PDSF

Description
Dispenser frame, PAT2S.

Page
B1.118

PD3SF

Dispenser frame, PAT3S.

B1.118

Optional System Accessories
Part Number
PDH10-37

Description
Air hose.

Reel-Fed Cable Ties

PL283N1

Filter/regulator.

B1.118

MINIATURE Cross Section

PAT2SBM

Bench mount and foot pedal for PAT2S
and PAT3S.

B1.118

Part Number

Description

Color

Page

Barbed Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: .82" (21mm), 30 lbs.
BT1M-XMR

Nylon 6.6.

BT1M-XMR0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6.

BT1M-XMR30

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.

B1.120

Reel-Fed Cable Ties

Black

B1.120

STANDARD Cross Section

Black

B1.120

Part Number

Natural

BT1.5M-XMR

Nylon 6.6.

BT1.5M-XMR0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6.

BT1.5M-XMR30

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.

BT1.5M-XMR69

Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6.

Nylon 6.6.

Page

B1.120

PLT2S-VMR

Nylon 6.6.

Natural

B1.122

Black

B1.120

PLT2S-VMR0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6.

Black

B1.122

Black

B1.120

PLT2S-VMR00

B1.122

B1.120

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(Meets Mil Spec).
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.

Black

Natural
Ivory

Black

B1.122

Natural

PLT2S-VMR30

All-Nylon Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 2.75" (70mm), 50 lbs.
B1.121

PLT3S-VMR

Nylon 6.6.

PLT3S-VMR30

Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.

PLT1M-XMR0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6.

Black

B1.121

PLT1M-XMR00

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(Meets Mil Spec).
Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.

Black

B1.121

Black

B1.121

PLT1M-XMR30

Color

Natural

All-Nylon Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 82" (21mm), 18 lbs.
PLT1M-XMR

Description

Page
B1.118

All-Nylon Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 2.00" (51mm), 50 lbs.

Barbed Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 1.31" (33mm), 30 lbs.
E2.
Labels

Transfer Hose

All-Nylon Tie – Max. Bundle Dia.: 1.31" (33mm), 18 lbs.
PLT1.5M-XMR

Nylon 6.6.

Natural

B1.121

PLT1.5M-XMR0

Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6.

Black

B1.121

PLT1.5M-XMR00 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
(Meets Mil Spec).
PLT1.5M-XMR30 Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6.

Black

B1.121

Black

B1.121

Natural

B1.122

Black

B1.122

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Tool Head – Multiple sizes accommodate a wide variety of applications
• Ergonomic, lightweight design reduces operator fatigue and
repetitive motion injuries – no counter balance required
• Right or left hand operation
• Durable, one-piece cable tie tip collector (for cut-off tips)

• Includes tension adjustment
• Built-in safety interlock prevents false triggering if anything
obstructs jaw path

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

PAT1.5M

PAT1M

PAT2S

PAT3S

C1.
Wiring
Duct

PAT1.5M-ATM
For Bundling and
Mounting Applications

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
Part Number
PAT1M

In.
.82

mm
21

Dispenser/Frame
PDM

PAT1.5M
PAT2S

1.31
2.00

33
51

PDM
PDS/PDSF

PAT3S

2.75

70

PD3S/PD3SF

PAT1.5M-ATM

1.31

33

PDM

Transfer
Hose
PHM1, PHM2,
PHM3, PHM4
PHS2, PHS3
PHM1, PHM2,
PHM3, PHM4

Used with
Cable Ties
PLT1M-XMR, BT1M-XMR

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

PLT1.5M-XMR, BT1.5M-XMR
PLT2S-VMR

1

PLT3S-VMR

1

PLT1.5M-XMR, BT1.5M-XMR

1

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

1
C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Dispensers
• Microprocessor based controller monitors system performance
through LCD display; provides production data and reporting,
including error detection and cycle count for improved reliability

• Online HELP menu through LCD display in five languages
(English, Spanish, German, Italian or French), is user-friendly
for quick and simple training

PDS

Used with
Tool Head
PAT1M, PAT1.5M,
PAT1.5M-ATM
PAT2S

PD3S

PAT3S

Part Number
PDM

Description
Stationary dispenser with electronic display.
Online help menu. System operates on 65
psig (minimum) non-lubricated filtered air and
100 – 24 FAC/TP or 60 MHz.

D2.
Power
Connectors

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
1

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

1
E2.
Labels

PDM

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

PDS/PD3S

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.117

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Transfer Hoses

B1.
Cable Ties

Part Number
PHM1
PHM2
PHM3
PHM4
PHS2
PHS3

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

PHM3

C4.
Cable
Management

PAT1M, PAT1.5M

Part Description

Transfers cable tie and signal from
dispenser to tool head; electrical
connectors designed for easy attachment
provide a reliable, secure connection.

PAT2S, PAT3S

Length
Ft.
m
3.2
1
6.5
2
10.0
3
13.1
4
6.5
2
10.0
3

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Dispenser Frame

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Used with
Tool
Head

PD3SF

PDSF

Part Number
PDSF

Used with
Dispenser
PDS (PAT2S)

PD3SF

PD3S (PAT3S)

Description
Metal frame supports the PDS dispenser for PAT2S
above the cable tie reel as ties are loaded into the
dispenser; can be used as a freestanding unit or
permanently mounted to a bench or cart.
Assembly holds cable tie reel and rewinds the
packaging paper liner as cable ties are being loaded
into the dispenser.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

1

Optional System Accessories:
Filter/Regulator and Air Supply Hose

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PL283N1

PDH10-37

PDM, PDS

Description
Regulates air flow to dispenser.
Filter/regulator 25 micron (max.) element, 3/8" ports.
Includes a male connector and a 3/8" port.
Air hose from filter/regulator to dispenser;
10.0' (3m) – includes standard air fittings.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

1

PDH10-37

Bench Mount

E2.
Labels

Part Number
PATMBM

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number
PL283N1

Used with
Dispenser
PDM, PDS

PATSBM

Used with
Tool
Head
PAT1M,
PAT1.5M
PAT2S, PAT3S

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

Description
Allows hands-free operation for high volume usage.
Includes bench mount fixture and foot pedal assembly.

1

PATMBM

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.118

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Data Interface Software and Ethernet Enabled Dispenser
Panduit exclusive Ethernet enabled dispenser and customized data interface software allow production personnel to monitor real-time data
in a shop floor environment.
The Ethernet enabled dispenser provides a physical connection between the cable tie installation system and an Industrial Ethernet Network
via an RJ45 connection and internal Ethernet card.
• Allows production and/or engineering personnel the capability
to measure and track production performance such as job
tracking, cycle counts, tool and dispenser serial numbers, and
routine maintenance
• Provides the ability to send email notifications for specific
system messages

• Data extraction and reporting capabilities on system performance
through an exportable electronic log; helps identify operator
training needs
• Ability to monitor alerts from remote desktop locations

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Part Number
PDM-DI
PDS-DI
PD-DIA

Used
with
Dispenser
PDM
PDS
PDM/PDS

Description
Ethernet enabled PDM dispenser and data interface software.
Ethernet enabled PDS dispenser and data interface software.
Data interface accessory for existing PDM, PDS dispensers; software and network
interface card.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1
1
1

PAT/Robot Integration Kit

PATM-RK

PATM-TT

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

• Used with the PAT1M and PAT1.5M tool heads
• Utilizes the PAT system electronic interface option, PDM-EI, to
optimally integrate the PAT system to a robot for a completely
automated cable tie installation process

Part
Number
PATM-RK

C4.
Cable
Management

• Significantly reduces labor costs while improving installation
quality, reliability, and consistency

Components
Description
Metallic
Includes a pneumatic trigger actuator for remote cable tie installation and a
housing
mounting bolt pattern to ease PAT tool integration with a robot end effector for
a robust and accurate grip.
Transfer hose Strain relief to maintain transfer hose bend radius reducing tie misfeeds due to
strain relief sharp hose bend radii during robot motion; also sold separately under part
kit
number PATM-RKS (includes two 1-foot strain relief tubes with fastening
cable ties).
Quick start Provides easily understood electrical, network, and mechanical installation
guides
instructions minimizing the robot integrator’s design time and simplifying the
integration process.
Best
List of best practices when integrating the PAT system to a robot optimizing
practices
system performance and productivity.
document
PATM-TT
Test tool with This test tool is used during robot cable tie installation programming, providing
rubber jaws a safe method to debug robot software without damaging actual PAT tools (test
tool is not provided with the PAT/Robot Integration Kit).
PATM-RKS Transfer hose Strain relief to maintain transfer hose bend radius reducing cable tie misfeeds
strain relief due to sharp hose bend radii during robot motion; kit is also included on the
kit
PATM-RK kit or sold separately (includes two 1-foot strain relief tubes with
fastening cable ties).

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

1

1

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.119

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

BT-XMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
• Continuously molded cable ties (5,000 ties/reel) provide continuous
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer
reel changes
• Reel-fed cable ties with exclusive stainless steel locking barb and
30 lbs. minimum loop tensile strength permit higher tension for
demanding applications

• Metal locking barb and tie body design provide greater bundle
tightness, reducing both rotational and lateral movement of the tie
• Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

BT_XMR (0, 30)

BT_XMR

Part Number

Tie
Style

Material

Color

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Length
In.
mm

In.

Width
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1M System
BT1M-XMR
BT1M-XMR0

Barbed
Barbed

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

.82
.82

21
21

4.0
4.0

102
102

.100
.100

2.5
2.5

30
30

133
133

BT1M-XMR30

Barbed

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

.82

21

4.0

102

.100

2.5

30

133

Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1.5M System
BT1.5M-XMR
BT1.5M-XMR0

Barbed
Barbed

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

1.31
1.31

33
33

5.6
5.6

142
142

.100
.100

2.5
2.5

30
30

133
133

BT1.5M-XMR30

Barbed

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

1.31

33

5.6

142

.100

2.5

30

133

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.120

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

PLT-XMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
• Continuously molded cable ties (5,000 ties/reel) provide continuous
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer
reel changes
• All-nylon, one-piece locking ties with 18 lbs. minimum loop tensile
strength in miniature cross section

• Available in a variety of colors and materials
• Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (except black) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Tie
Style

Material

Color

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Length
In.
mm

In.

Width
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1M System
PLT1M-XMR
PLT1M-XMR0

All-Nylon
All-Nylon

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

.82
.82

21
21

4.0
4.0

102
102

.100
.100

2.5
2.5

18
18

80
80

PLT1M-XMR00*

All-Nylon

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

.82

21

4.0

102

.100

2.5

18

80

PLT1M-XMR1
PLT1M-XMR2
PLT1M-XMR3
PLT1M-XMR4Y
PLT1M-XMR5
PLT1M-XMR6
PLT1M-XMR7
PLT1M-XMR8
PLT1M-XMR10
PLT1M-XMR30

All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon
All-Nylon

Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Brown
Red
Orange
Yellow
Green
Blue
Purple
Gray
White
Black

.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82
.82

21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21
21

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0

102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102
102

.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100
.100

2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5
2.5

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80

Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT1.5M System
PLT1.5M-XMR

All-Nylon

Nylon 6.6

Natural

1.31

33

5.6

142

.100

2.5

18

80

PLT1.5M-XMR0

All-Nylon

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

1.31

33

5.6

142

.100

2.5

18

80

PLT1.5M-XMR00* All-Nylon

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

1.31

33

5.6

142

.100

2.5

18

80

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

1.31

33

5.6

142

.100

2.5

18

80

PLT1.5M-XMR30

All-Nylon

*Military grade weather resistant material.
Note: PLT_XMR cable ties (natural, 00, and colors) are Class 2 Mil. Spec. per SAE-AS23190A and SAE-AS33671.

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B1.121

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

PLT-VMR Reel-Fed Cable Ties
• Continuously molded cable ties (2,500 ties/reel) provide continuous
feeding for high productivity and reduced downtime due to fewer
reel changes

• All-nylon, one-piece locking ties with 50 lbs. minimum loop tensile
strength in standard cross section for larger bundles up to
1.94" (49mm) diameter
• Reel-fed cable ties in Nylon 6.6 material (Natural color) are UL
Listed for use in plenum or air handling spaces per NEC

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Tie
Style

Material

Max.
Bundle
Dia.
In.
mm

Color

Length
In.
mm

In.

Width
mm

Min.
Loop
Tensile Str.
Lbs.
N

Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT2S System
PLT2S-VMR
PLT2S-VMR0

All-Nylon
All-Nylon

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

1.94
1.94

49
49

8.1
8.1

206
206

0.190
0.190

4.8
4.8

50
50

222
222

PLT2S-VMR30

All-Nylon

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

1.94

49

8.1

206

0.190

4.8

50

222

Reel-Fed Cable Ties for PAT3S System
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

PLT3S-VMR

All-Nylon

Nylon 6.6

Natural

2.75

70

11.3

287

0.190

4.8

50

222

PLT3S-VMR30

All-Nylon

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

2.75

70

11.3

287

0.190

4.8

50

222

Note: PLT_VMR Nylon 6.6 cable ties are Class 2 Mil. Spec. per SAE-AS23190A and SAE-AS33671.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B1.122

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

CABLE ACCESSORIES
Panduit provides a comprehensive offering of cable accessories. These accessories are engineered to
speed installation and lower installed costs for routing and managing cable.Panduit cable accessories are
designed and manufactured to meet applicable quality standards including International, UL, Military,
ISO and Aerospace.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

• Largest selection of mounts, clips, and clamps
for cable management
• Panduit cable ties and accessories can be used in a
variety of applications and environments,
providing the optimal cable management solution
• Installation methods include adhesive backed,user
applied adhesive, screws, rivets or push barb

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Panduit mounts, clips, and clamps are manufactured in an environment committed to design
innovation, high quality, and knowledgeable service to our customers. Adhesive backed mounts provide
a strong adhesive bond for long-term reliability. Cable clips offer a one-piece solution to save time and
reduce inventory. Harness board accessories speed the routing and forming of cable bundles in the
fabrication of a harness.They hold bundles at a uniform height above the board and are ideal for use with
Panduit manual and automatic cable tie tooling.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.1

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Cable Accessories Products Overview – Used with Cable Ties
Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts

Pages B2.4 – B2.10
• Uses premium Panduit adhesive for a long-term, reliable bond
• Adhesive backing allows routing of wires and cables where
mounting holes cannot be drilled

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Mounts should be used with Panduit cable ties for a complete
wire routing solution

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Screw Applied Cable Tie Mounts

Pages B2.11 – B2.17
• Screw/rivet applied cable tie mounts offer a countersunk
or through hole in the mount through which a screw or rivet
can be secured

C4.
Cable
Management

• Offered in a wide selection of specialty materials for resistance
to severe conditions such as heat, radiation, chemicals,
and outdoor environments

D1.
Terminals

• Available in styles ranging from low profile mounts with integral
push-rivet to high stability cradle mounts for Extra-Heavy
strength cable ties

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Other Cable Tie Mounts

Pages B2.18 – B2.29
• Push mount designs lock into a hole in a metallic panel
or in a blind masonry hole
• Edge clip mounts secure to a panel edge using metal barbs
that dig into panel surface
• Stud mounts secure onto threaded bolts by screwing
or hammering on the bolt
• Connector rings can be used to attach adjacent bundles
to provide spacing and prevent vibration damage

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.2

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Cable Accessories Products Overview – Used without Cable Ties
Adhesive Backed Clips and Clamps

Pages B2.30 – B2.39
• A wide range of styles and sizes of adhesive backed clips
and clamps to secure a variety of cables, from individual
small diameter wires to large flat cables
• Products come in designs that use friction to hold a few cables,
or more secure releasable latching designs
• Uses premium Panduit adhesive for a long-term, reliable bond

A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Other Clips and Clamps

Pages B2.39 – B2.46
• Screw clips use a screw, nail, or rivet to secure the clip
to surface
• Plastic edge clips secure to an edge in a panel which
incorporates a punched hole to provide mechanical
retention
• Push-in clips use an arrow-head shaped barb to lock
into a hole in a panel, and is available in a range of
bundle sizes

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Harness Board Accessories

Pages B2.47 – B2.52
• Allow an installer to quickly configure a specific arrangement
of wires, to aid in required wire bundling and termination
• Hold wire bundles at a uniform height from a harness board
to ease manual or automatic cable tie installation
• Aid in the proper routing and forming of wire bundles to help
maintain end product consistency, reduce expensive rework
and maximize safety

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.3

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

4-Way Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
• Allow cable tie entry from all four sides
• Available in multiple sizes to match application load requirements
.75
(19.1)

.50
(12.7)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.50
(12.7)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

1.00
(25.4)

.75
(19.1)

ABMM

1.12
(28.6)

.20
(5.1)

ABM100

ABM2S

2.00
(50.8)

1.50
(38.1)

.14
(4.1)

ABM112

2.00
(50.8)

.25
(6.4)

.25
(6.4)

ABM4H

ABM3H

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Material

Color

Environment

Mounting
Method*

Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

White
White

Indoors
Indoors/High Temp

Rubber
Acrylic

100
100

500
500

ABS
ABS

White
White

Indoors
Indoors/High Temp

Rubber
Acrylic

100
100

500
500

Black

100

500

White
Gray

Outdoors/
HighTemp
Indoors
Indoors

Acrylic

ABM2S-A-C
ABM2S-A-C14

Weather Resistant
ABS
ABS
ABS

Rubber
Rubber

100
100

500
500

ABM2S-A-C15

ABS

Ivory

Indoors

Rubber

100

500

ABM2S-AT-C

ABS

White

Indoors/High Temp

Acrylic

100

500

ABM2S-AT-C0

Weather Resistant
ABS
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Black

Acrylic

100

500

White
Ivory

Outdoors/
High Temp
Indoors
Indoors

Rubber
Rubber

100
100

1000
1000

Part Number

Used with
Cable Ties‡

1.00
(25.4)

.16
(4.2)

.18
(4.6)

1.50
(38.1)

1.12
(28.6)

1.00
(25.4)

1.00
(25.4)

.16
(4.0)

ABM1M

• Produced 2-up or 4-up for fast and easy liner removal to
speed installation

4-Way Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

ABM1M-A-C
ABM1M-AT-C

M

ABMM-A-C
ABMM-AT-C
M, I
ABMM-AT-C0

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

ABM100-A-C
ABM100-A-C15

M, I, S

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

ABM100-AT-C

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors/High Temp

Acrylic

100

1000

ABM100-AT-C0

Black

100

1000

ABM112-A-C
ABM112-AT-C

Outdoors/
High Temp
Indoors
Indoors/High Temp

Acrylic

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Rubber
Acrylic

100
100

500
1000

ABM112-AT-C0
E2.
Labels

ABM3H-A-L
ABM3H-AT-L

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

ABM4H-A-L
ABM4H-AT-L

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

M, I, S, HS,
LH, H, HLM

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

White
White
Black

Acrylic

100

1000

White

Outdoors/
High Temp
Indoors

Rubber

50

500

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors/High Temp

Acrylic

50

500

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors

Rubber

50

500

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors/High Temp

Acrylic

50

500

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, and H = Heavy, HLM = Miniature
Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.

F.
Index

B2.4

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

4-Way Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts (continued)

Part Number

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Material

Color

Environment

Mounting
Method*

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

B1.
Cable Ties

500

5000

B2.
Cable
Accessories

500

5000

4-Way Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
ABMM-D

ABS

White

Indoors

ABS

White

Indoors

M, I
ABM2S-S6-D

ABM100-S6-C

ABM100-S6-C69

Nylon 6.6

M, I, S

Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6

White

Natural

Indoors

Indoors

User Supplied
Adhesive

User Supplied
Adhesive and/or
two #6 (M3)
Screws
User Supplied
Adhesive and/or
#6 (M3) Screw

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

100

100

1000

1000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

ABM112-S6-C
ABM112-S6-C69
ABM3H-S6-T
ABM4H-S6-T

M, I, S, HS,
LH, H, HLM

Nylon 6.6
Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

White
Natural

Indoors
Indoors

White

Indoors

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors

User Supplied
Adhesive and/or
Two #6 (M3)
Screws

100
100

1000
500

200

2000

200

1000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, and H = Heavy, HLM = Miniature
Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.5

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

ABMQ Multiple Bridge Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
• Multiple cable tie bridges on one mount speeds installation of
cable bundles by reducing the number of mounts applied
• Dovetail connection system provides alignment and a joining
method to expand routing capabilities
• V-groove allows for easy separation into two mounts with two
bridges each for separate applications

• 4-way cable tie bridges allow cable bundles to be secured
perpendicular to the mount for even spacing or inline to secure
a bundle in multiple places
• Large adhesive surface area provides long-term reliability and
keeps product in place despite heavy load or high stress

5.16
(131.0)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.75
(19.0)
.25
(6.3)

2.50
(63.5)

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Material

Color

Environment

ABS
ABS
ABS

White
Black
White

Indoors
Indoors
Indoors/High Temp

Rubber
Rubber
Acrylic

25
25
25

250
250
250

Weather Resistant
ABS

Black

Outdoors/High Temp

Acrylic

25

250

100

1000

100

1000

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000

100

1000

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

ABMQ Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
ABMQS-A-Q
ABMQS-A-Q20
ABMQS-AT-Q

M, I, S

ABMQS-AT-Q0

ABMQ Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
ABMQS-S6-C0
M, I, S

Weather Resistant
ABS

Black

ABS

White

ABMQS-S6-C
D1.
Terminals

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

D2.
Power
Connectors

Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Cable Tie Mounts

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Mounting
Method

• For use with hook and loop cable ties, see page B1.87, B1.88
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle
• For indoor use only
1.10
(2.80)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Outdoors/High Temp
Two #6
M3 Screws

Indoors/High Temp

• Dimensions: 1.10"L x 1.12"W x 0.34"H
(27.9mm x 28.4mm x 8.6mm)

.142
(3.6)

1.12
(28.5)
.87
(22.1)
.34
(8.4)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number
ABMT-A-C
ABMT-A-C20
ABMT-S6-C
ABMT-S6-C20
ABMT-S6-C60
ABMT-S6-C69

Used with
Cable Ties‡

HLT,
HLS,
TTS,
UCT

.68
(17.3)

.11
(2.8)

Max. Static Load
Material

Nylon 6.6

Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black
Natural
Black
Black
Natural

Lbs.

g

0.38

174

—

—

Mounting
Method*
Pre-installed
Rubber
Adhesive

#6 (M3) Screw

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: HLT = Tak-Ty ™ Hook & Loop Ties, HLS = Tak-Ty ™ Hook & Loop Strip Tie, TTS = Tak-Tape ™ Roll, UCT = Ultra-Cinch ™ Tie.
*For proper selection of adhesives see page B2.54.

F.
Index

B2.6

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Super-Grip ™ Adhesive Backed Cable Tie Mounts
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• Small overall size allows use where space is limited
1.00
(25.4)

.75
(19.0)

.20
(5.2)

SGABM25

SGABM20

.30
(7.7)

.33
(8.4)

Used with
Cable Ties‡

SGABM30

B2.
Cable
Accessories

2.00
(50.8)

1.50
(38.10)

1.12
(28.6)

B1.
Cable Ties

2.00
(50.8)

1.50
(38.10)

1.12
(28.6)

1.00
(25.4)

.75
(19.0)

Part Number

• For use with Super-Grip ™ Cable Ties found on page B1.38
• New! High Bond Adhesive available

.36
(9.0)

.355
(9.02)

SGABM40

SGABM50

Mounting
Method*

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Material

Color

Environment

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoor Use

Rubber
Adhesive

100

500

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

Acrylic
Adhesive

100

500

Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

100

500

White

Indoor Use

High Bond
Acrylic
Adhesive
Rubber
Adhesive

100

1000

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

Acrylic
Adhesive

100

1000

Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

100

1000

White

Indoor Use

High Bond
Acrylic
Adhesive
Rubber
Adhesive

100

500

Super-Grip ™ Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
SGABM20-A-C

SGABM20-AT-C0
SGM, SGI
SGABM20-AV-C300

SGABM25-A-C

SGABM25-AT-C0

SGABM25-AV-C300

SGABM30-A-C

SGM, SGI, SGS

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

Acrylic
Adhesive

100

500

SGABM30-AV-C300

Heat Stabilized
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

100

500

White

Indoor Use

High Bond
Acrylic
Adhesive
Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

Acrylic
Adhesive

50

500

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoor Use

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Acrylic
Adhesive

50

SGABM40-AT-L0

SGABM50-A-L

SGM, SGI, SGS,
SGLH, SGH

SGABM50-AT-L0

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors/High
Temp

500

Super-Grip ™ Mounts for Installation with Screws or User-Supplied Adhesive
SGABM25-S6-C
SGABM25-S6-C0
SGM, SGI, SGS

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

SGABM30-AT-C0

SGABM40-A-L

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors

#6 (M3) Screw

100

1000

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Outdoors

#6 (M3) Screw
or User
Supplied
Adhesive

100

1000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ® Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ® Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ®
Light-Heavy, and SGH = Super-Grip ® Heavy.
*For proper selection of adhesive see page B2.54.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.7

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Combination Adhesive Mount/Cable Ties
• Adhesive mount and cable tie molded as one-piece helps reduce
inventory costs
• Available with locking or releasable tie
.148
(3.76)

.30
(7.6)

.19
(4.8)

.90
(22.9)
1.00
(25.4)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

7.4
(188)

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Tool

Color

Adhesive
Type

GTS, GTSL, GS2B,
GS4H, PTS, PTH,
PPTS, STS2, STH2

White

Rubber

25

250

Hand installed only

White

Rubber

25

250

Color

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

White
Gray
Ivory

Rubber
Rubber
Rubber

100
100
100

500
500
500

500

5000

Part Number

Locking Cable Tie
PLA2S-A-Q

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Releasable Cable Tie
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

PRA2S-A-Q

Snap-In Cable Tie Mounts – Mechanically Applied

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

• Quickly route wire and cable where mounting holes
cannot be drilled
• For indoor use only
• Material: ABS

• For use with Panduit Standard cross section cable ties including
PLT1S, PLT1.5S, PLT2S, PRT1.5S and PRT2S
• Integral retaining notch holds cable tie head in place below bundle
• Eliminates protruding tie head and facilitates one hand
tie threading
2.00
(50.8)
1.00
(25.4)

.15
(3.7)

1.12
(28.4)
.31
(7.9)

Part Number

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Snap-In Mounts with Pre-Installed Adhesive
SMS-A-C
SMS-A-C14
SMS-A-C15

S

Snap-in Mounts for application with screws or user-supplied adhesive
SMS-S6-D

S

White

User Supplied
Adhesive and/or Two
#6 M3 Screws

‡Cable tie cross section size: S = Standard.

F.
Index

B2.8

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Epoxy Applied Mounts
• Provide a fast, strong, economical method to secure wire/cable
to most surfaces

• Eliminate the need to drill holes
B1.
Cable Ties

.98
(24.9)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.98
(24.9)

.26
(6.6)

Part Number
EMS-A-C
EMS-A-C0

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

M, I, S

Color
Natural
Black

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Environment
Indoors
Outdoors

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

EMA epoxy

100

1000
C2.
Surface
Raceway

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

Epoxy Applied Swivel Mount
• Swivels 360° to assure proper orientation with harness
• Four inspection holes to check adhesive coverage

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

• For indoor use only

C4.
Cable
Management

1.13
(28.6)
1.13
(28.6)

.50
(12.7)

D1.
Terminals

.75
(19.0)
.35
(8.9)

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S, SGM, SGI

Part Number
ASMS-A-X

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10

Mounting
Method
EMA Epoxy

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature,
and SGI = Super-Grip ® Intermediate.

• EMA Epoxy supplied in convenient two-compartment mixer cup
with a mixer stick for each cup
• Each cup contains adhesive for three EMS or ASMS mounts
• Epoxy hardens in approximately five minutes

Used with
Cable Ties‡

• After full 24 hour cure time, bonding strength will exceed 50 lbs.
on a clean, grease-free surface
• Not recommended for use on polyethylene and
polypropylene surfaces

Environment

Epoxy Mixer EMS Cable
Cups Sticks Mounts Ties

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Epoxy Adhesive Only
EMA-X

—

Indoors/Outdoors

10

10

—

—

10

—

1

1

3

—

10

—

3
12

3
12

1
10

10
10

Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts
EMSK3-1-X0

M, I, S

Indoors/Outdoors

Epoxy Mounting Kit with EMS Mounts and Cable Ties
EMSK3-1-3-0
EMSK12-4-12-X0

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Epoxy Applied Cable Tie Mount Kits

Part Number

C1.
Wiring
Duct

M, I, S

Indoors/Outdoors
Indoors/Outdoors

1
4

1
4

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.9

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Tie Mounts – Applied with User Supplied Adhesives
• Solid flat bottom surface provides maximum holding area
• For indoor use only

• Material: Nylon 6.6

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M
M, I, S

Part Number
TM1A-C
TM2A-C

Mounting
Method

Color

User Suppled
Adhesive

Natural
TM3A-C

M, I, S, HS, LH

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100 500
100

500

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard and
LH = Light-Heavy.

Low Profile Tie Mounts – User Supplied Adhesive Mounts
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• For indoor use only

• Material: Nylon 6.6

1.22
(31.2)

C4.
Cable
Management

1.22
(31.2)

1.25
(3.2)

D1.
Terminals

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

Mounting
Method
User Supplied
Adhesive

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number
AM2-C

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

Color
Natural

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.10

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Mounts – Screw Applied
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for the
cable bundle
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface

• Wide selection of materials available
• UL Recognized except HVTM and SGTM series

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

B

C

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number
TM1S4-C
TM1S6-C
TM2S6-C
TM2S8-C
TM3S8-C
TM3S10-C

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M
M, I, S
M, I, S, LH

Counterbore
Diameter
In.
mm

Length
A
In.
mm

Width
B
In.
mm

Height
C
In.
mm

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

0.23

5.7

0.51

13.0

0.32

8.0

0.23

5.8

#4 (M2.5) Screw

100

500

0.28
0.29
0.33
0.32
0.38

7.0
7.1
8.4
8.1
9.7

0.51
0.63
0.63
0.86
0.86

13.0
16.0
16.0
21.9
21.9

0.32
0.43
0.43
0.61
0.61

8.0
10.8
10.8
15.5
15.8

0.23
0.28
0.28
0.37
0.37

5.8
7.0
7.0
9.4
9.4

#6 (M3) Screw
#6 (M3) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#10 (M5) Screw

100
100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500
500

Super-Grip ® Cable Tie Mounts
SGTM1S6-C
SGTM1S6-C0
SGTM2S8-C
SGTM2S8-C0
SGTM3S10-C

SGM
SGM
SGM, SGI, SGS
SGM, SGI, SGS
SGM, SGI,
SGS, SGLH

0.28
0.28
0.33
0.33
0.38

7.0
7.0
8.4
8.4
9.7

0.51
0.51
0.66
0.66
0.91

13.0
13.0
16.7
16.7
23.1

0.38
0.38
0.48
0.48
0.61

9.7
9.7
12.2
12.2
15.4

0.22
0.22
0.34
0.34
0.43

5.6
5.6
7.0
8.6
11.0

#6 (M3) Screw
#6 (M3) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#10 (M5) Screw

100
100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500
500

SGTM3S10-C0

SGM, SGI,
SGS, SGLH

0.38

9.7

0.91

23.1

0.61

15.4

0.43

11.0

#10 (M5) Screw

100

500

0.40

10.2

0.81

20.6

0.68

17.3

0.41

10.4

#10 (6mm) Screw

100

500

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Hyper-V ™ Cable Tie Mounts
HVTM-06-C0

HV

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ®
Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ® Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ® Light-Heavy, and HV = Hyper-V ™.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Additional tie mounts available in specified materials.
All are available as standard Panduit parts.
Metal
Detectable
Nylon
TMS28-C86
TM3S8-C86
TM3S10-C86

■

Metal
Detectable
Polypropylene
TMS28-C186
TM3S8-C186
TM3S10-C186

PEEK
TM2S8-C71

Heat
Stabilized
Nylon
TM1S4-M30
TM1S6-M30
TM2R6-M30
TM2S6-M30
TM2S8-M30
TM3S8-M30
TM3S10-M30
TM3S25-M30

Flame
Retardant
Nylon
TM1S4-M69
TM1S6-M69
TM2S6-M69
TM2S8-M69
TM3S8-C69
TM3S8-M69
TM3S10-M69

Weather
Resistant
Nylon
TM1S6-M0
TM2R6-M0
TM2S6-M0
TM2S8-M0
TM3R6-M0
TM3S10-M0
TM3S25-M0

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Weather
Resistant
Polypropylene
TM2S8-C100
TM3S8-C100
TM3S8-M100

Tefzel ■
TM2S8-C76
TM3S8-C76
TM3S10-C76

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.11

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Extra-Heavy Cable Tie Mounts – Screw Applied
• Unique cradle design provides maximum stability for cable bundle

• Route and support large diameter and heavy cable bundles

B1.
Cable Ties
1.65
(42.0)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.61
(15.5)

.74
(19.0)

1.05
(26.7)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
TMEH-S8-Q0
TMEH-S10-Q0
TMEH-S25-Q0

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Material
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM
TMEH-S10-C100

Weather Resistant
Polypropylene
Polypropylene

TMEH-S10-C109
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Color

Environment

Black

Outdoors

Green

Indoors

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
250
250
250

#10 (M5) Screw

100

500

#10 (M5) Screw

100

500

Swivel Mounts
• The two mounts are securely fastened together with a connecting
rivet that allows both mounts to rotate
• Can join bundles of cable, tubing, or hoses that may need to move
or are not parallel

• Separates bundles to avoid abrasion
• Material: Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

1.23
(31.2)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

.75
(19.1)

.87
(22.1)

1.64
(41.7)

TMEH

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
25
25
25

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.

D2.
Power
Connectors

E2.
Labels

Mounting
Method
#8 (M4) Screw
#10 (M5) Screw
1/4 (M6) Screw

Part Number
TM3-X2-C0Y
TMEH-X2-L0Y

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S, HS, LH
M, I, S, HS, LH, H, EH, HLM

TM3

Pull Apart
Force
Lbs.
g
120
54,431
250
113,398

Color

Environment

Black

Indoors/Outdoors

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
50

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
500

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, EH = Extra-Heavy
and HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.12

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

4-Way Tie Anchor Mounts – Screw Applied
• 4-way cable tie entry makes part orientation fast and easy

B1.
Cable Ties

• Small overall size allows for use where space is limited

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.20
(5.1)

.38
(9.5)
.75
(19.0)

Part Number
TA1S8-C
TA1S8-M0

Used With
Cable Ties‡

TA1S8-M30

Hole Diameter
In.
mm
0.17
4.3
0.17
4.3

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Mounting
Environment
Method
Indoors
#8 (M4) Screw
Outdoors
#8 (M4) Screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
1000

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
5000

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather
Resistant Nylon
6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black

Black

Indoors

#8 (M4) Screw

1000

5000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

0.17

4.3

0.17

4.3

Flame Retardant
Nylon 6.6

Natural

Indoors

#8 (M4) Screw

1000

5000

TA1S10-C

0.17

4.3

Nylon 6.6

Natural

Indoors

100

500

TA1S10-M0

0.20

5.1

Weather
Resistant Nylon
6.6

Black

Outdoors

#10 (M5)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw

1000

5000

C4.
Cable
Management

0.17

4.3

Nylon 6.6

Natural

Indoors

100

500

D1.
Terminals

TA1S8-M69

M, I, S

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Super-Grip ® Cable Tie Mounts
SGTA1S8-C

SGM,SGI,SGS

#8 (M4) Screw

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ® Intermediate,
and SGS = Super-Grip ® Standard.

D2.
Power
Connectors

Tie Anchor Mounts – Screw Applied
• Install perpendicular to the wire bundle
• Elongated slot permits cable bundle adjustment in application

• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface where
overhead space is limited
• Material: Nylon 6.6

.50"
(12.7)

.195"
(5.0)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

.125"
(3.2)
1.23"
(31.2)

Part Number
TA2-C
TA2-M

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Color

M, I, S

Natural

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Environment
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
Indoors
#10 (M5) Screw
1000 5000
Mounting
Method

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.13

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Low Profile Mounts – Screw Applied
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• Small overall size
• Install with a screw or rivet for a strong, secure installation

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

.75
(19.1)

.40
(10.2)
.32
(8.1)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.10
(2.5)

.50
(12.7)

LPMM

.12
(3.0)

LPMS

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
LPMM-S2-C
LPMM-S5-C
LPMS-S8-C

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M
M
M, I, S

Low Profile Mounts – Push Rivet Applied
• Eliminate screws
• Secure wires to any pre-drilled panel
• Can be installed in any panel thickness

• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

.74
(18.7)

A
.23
(5.8)

.49
(12.45)

Part Number
KIMS-H366-C2
KIMS-H430-C6

Used with
Cable Ties‡

M, I, S

KIMS-H500-C4
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

.53 REF.
(13.5)

.19
(4.8)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E2.
Labels

Natural

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100 1000
100 1000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

D2.
Power
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Color

Mounting
Method
#2 (M2) Countersunk Screw
#5 (M3) Countersunk Screw
#8 (M4) Countersunk Screw

.12 (3.0)

Hole
Diameter
A
In.
mm
.144
3.7

Color
Red

.169

4.3

Blue

.196

5.0

Yellow

Mounting
Method
Integral Push
Rivet
Integral Push
Rivet
Integral Push
Rivet

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100

1000

100

1000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.14

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Tie Plates
• Slotted mounting hole accommodates various fastener spacing
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface

• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

B1.
Cable Ties

A

B2.
Cable
Accessories

D
B

C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

Part Number
TP2-C
TP4H-C

M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

Length
A
In.
mm
1.98 50.3

Width
B
In.
mm
.50 12.7

Height
C
In.
mm
.13
3.2

Hole
Spacing
D
In.
mm
1.60 40.6

Color
Natural

Std. Std.
Mounting
Pkg. Ctn.
Method
Qty. Qty.
#10 (M5) Screw 100 1000

3.08

.62

.20

2.50

Natural

1/4 (M6) Screw

78.2

15.7

5.2

63.5

100

1000

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

Multiple Tie Plates
• Used to secure closely spaced wire bundles
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C4.
Cable
Management

• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

D1.
Terminals
A
D

B

Part Number
MTP1S-E6-C

Length
A
No. of Used with
Bundles Cable Ties‡ In.
mm
1.75 44.5
M, I, S

MTP1S-E10-C
MTP1H-E6-C

1
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

MTP1H-E10-C
MTP2S-E6-C

M, I, S

MTP2S-E10-C
MTP2H-E6-C
MTP2H-E10-C

2
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

D2.
Power
Connectors

C

Width
B
In.
mm
.50 12.7

Height
C
In.
mm
.13
3.2

Hole
Spacing
D
In.
mm
1.25 31.8

1.75

44.5

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

1.25

31.8

2.09

53.1

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

1.50

38.1

2.09

53.1

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

1.50

38.1

3.00

76.2

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

2.50

63.5

3.00

76.2

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

2.50

63.5

3.59

91.2

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

3.00

76.2

3.59

91.2

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

3.00

76.2

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Mounting
Method
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw

Std. Std.
Mil. Std. Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number
Qty. Qty.
MS3339-1-9 100 1000
—

100

1000

MS3339-6-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-2-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-7-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

Table continues on page B2.16
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.15

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Multiple Tie Plates (continued)

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Part Number
MTP3S-E6-C

Length
A
No. of Used with
Bundles Cable Ties‡ In.
mm
4.25 108.0
M, I, S

MTP3S-E10-C
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

MTP3H-E6-C

3
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

MTP3H-E10-C
C1.
Wiring
Duct

MTP4S-E6-C

C2.
Surface
Raceway

MTP4H-E6-C

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

MTP5S-E6-C

C4.
Cable
Management

M, I, S

MTP4S-E10-C
4

M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

MTP4H-E10-C

M, I, S

MTP5S-E10-C
MTP5H-E6-C

5

MTP5H-E10-C
M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

MTP6H-E6-C
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

MTP6H-E10-C

6

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Hole
Spacing
D
In.
mm
3.75 95.3

108.0

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

3.75

95.3

5.09

129.3

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

4.50

114.3

5.09

129.3

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

4.50

114.3

5.50

139.7

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

5.00

127.0

5.50

139.7

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

5.00

127.0

6.59

167.4

.63

15.7

.20

5.2

6.00

152.4

6.59

167.4

.63

15.7

.20

5.2

6.00

152.4

6.75

171.5

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

6.25

158.8

6.75

171.5

.50

12.7

.13

3.2

6.25

158.8

8.09

205.5

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

7.50

190.5

8.09

205.5

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

7.50

190.5

9.59

243.6

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

9.00

228.6

9.59

243.6

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

9.00

228.6

Mounting
Method
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw
#6 (M3)
Screw
#10 (M5)
Screw

Std. Std.
Mil. Std. Part Pkg. Ctn.
Number
Qty. Qty.
MS3339-3-9 100 1000
—

100

1000

MS339-8-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-4-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-9-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-5-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-10-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

MS3339-11-9

100

1000

—

100

1000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

Contour Multiple Tie Plates

A
D

B

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Height
C
In.
mm
.13
3.2

4.25

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E2.
Labels

Width
B
In.
mm
.50 12.7

Length
A

C

Width
B

Height
C

Hole
Spacing
D

No. of Used with
Part Number
Bundles Cable Ties‡ In.
MTPC1H-E10-C39
1
2.09

mm
53.1

In.
.63

mm
16.0

In.
.20

mm
5.2

In.
1.5

mm
38.1

MTPC2H-E10-C39

2

3.59

91.2

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

3.0

6.2

MTPC3H-E10-C39

3

5.09

129.3

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

4.50

114.3

6.59

167.4

.63

15.7

.20

5.2

6.00

152.4

M, I, S,
HS, LH, H

MTPC4H-E10-C39

4

MTPC5H-E10-C39

5

8.09

205.5

63

16.0

.20

5.2

7.50

190.5

MTPC6H-E10-C39

6

9.59

243.6

.63

16.0

.20

5.2

9.00

228.6

Std. Std.
Mounting Mil. Std. Part Pkg. Ctn.
Method
Number
Qty. Qty.
#10 (M5)
—
100 1000
Screw
#10 (M5)
—
100 1000
Screw
#10 (M5)
—
100 1000
Screw
#10 (M5)
—
100 1000
Screw
#10 (M5)
—
100 1000
Screw
#10 (M5)
—
100 1000
Screw

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

F.
Index

B2.16

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Right Angle Mounts
• Hold cable bundles away from the sharp edges of bulkheads or
cabinet holes
• Can also be used to mount cable bundles adjacent to any surface

• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

B1.
Cable Ties

A

B

B2.
Cable
Accessories
C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

D

Part Number
RAMS-S3-M

RAMH-S6-D

RAMH-S10-D

Used with Length
A
Cable
Ties‡
In. mm
M, I, S
.56 14.2

M, I, S,
HS, LH,
H

1.00 25.4

M, I, S,
HS, LH,
H

1.00 25.4

Width
B
In. mm
.39 9.9

.75

Hole
Spacing
D
In. mm
.28 7.1

Height
C
In. mm
.44 11.0

19.1 1.00 25.4

.28

Std.
Mil. Std.
Mounting
Pkg.
Color Part Number
Method
Qty.
MS3341-2-9 #3 (M2.5) Screw 1000
or 3/32 (2.4)
Rivet

7.1
Natural

.75

19.1 1.00 25.4

.50

MS3341-1-9 #6 (M3) Screw or
1/8 (3.2) Rivet

12.7

—

#10 (M5) Screw
or 3/16 (4.7)
Rivet

500

500

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
5000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

5000

5000

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

D1.
Terminals

Lightening Hole Mounts
• Secure cable bundles that run through bulkhead lightening holes
• Protect cable bundles from sharp edges

• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

.70"
(17.8)

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

.75"
(19.1)

.30"
(7.6)

.20"
(5.1)

.45"
(11.4)

Part Number
LHMS-S5-D

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Color

M, I, S

Natural

LHMS-S6-D
LHMS-S10-D

E1.
Labeling
Systems

1.10"
(27.9)

.55"
(14.0)

E2.
Labels

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
500 2500

Mil. Std.
Part Number
—

Mounting
Method
#5 (M3) Screw or
1/8 (3.2) Rivet

MS3340-1-9

#6 (M3) Screw or
9/64 (3.5) Rivet

500

2500

—

#10 (M5) Screw or
3/16 (4.7) Rivet

500

2500

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.17

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Stud Tie Mounts
• Easily applied to bolts or studs with a light hammer blow or turning
of the mount
• Designed for use with cable ties to route and secure cable bundles,
air, water and hydraulic lines

B2.
Cable
Accessories

C4.
Cable
Management

1.99
(50.6)

1.25
(31.8)

1.00
(25.4)

.48
(12.2)
TMSTH

TMSTLH

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

1.10
(27.9)

.95
(24.1)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C2.
Surface
Raceway

• Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

Part Number
TMSTLHS6-M0
TMSTLHS8-M0
TMSTHS10-D0
TMSTHS11-D0
TMSTHS12-D0
TMSTHS13-D0
TMSTHS16-D0
TMSTHS19-D0

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S, HS, LH
M, I, S, HS, LH
M, I, S, HS, LH, H
M, I, S, HS, LH, H
M, I, S, HS, LH, H
M, I, S, HS, LH, H
M, I, S, HS, LH, H
M, I, S, HS, LH, H

Color

Mounting
Method

Environment

Black

1/4" stud dia. (6mm)
5/16" stud dia (8mm)
3/8" stud dia. (10mm)
7/16" stud dia. (11mm)
12mm stud dia.

Outdoors

1/2" stud dia. (13mm)
5/8" stud dia. (16mm)
3/4" stud dia. (19mm)

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
1000 5000
1000 5000
500
—
500
—
500
—
500
—
500
—
500
—

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

D1.
Terminals

Metal Clip-On Mounts
D2.
Power
Connectors

• Clips on sheet metal edges for fast mounting of harness with
cable ties
• Allows cable tie entry from all four sides for easy
harness orientation

• For indoor use only
• Material: Zinc plated steel

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

.88
(22.4)
.56
(14.2)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Part Number
MCMS12-P-C
MCMS25-P-C

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

MCMS30-P-C

A

Height
A
In.
mm
.31
8.0
.46
11.5

Max. Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
.13
3.2
.24
6.1

.55

.27

14.0

Mounting
Method

6.9

Clip-On

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500

100

500

‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.18

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Metal Screw-On Mount
• Screw applied aluminum mounting base for a secure support in demanding applications

B1.
Cable Ties

1.00
(25.4)
.50
(12.7)

B2.
Cable
Accessories
.14 (3.6)

Part Number
MBMS-S10-CY

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

Material
Aluminum

Environment
Indoors/Outdoors

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Max. Static
Load
Lbs.
g
10.00 4540

Mounting
Method
#10 (M5) Screw

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Push Barb Cable Tie Mounts
• Wing provides added stability
• Requires no adhesive or additional mounting hardware

.17
(4.4)

.30
(7.7)

.24
(6.1)

PWMS

Part Number
PWMS-H25-C
PWMS-H25-M0

Max. Panel Panel Hole
Thickness Diameter
In.
mm In. mm
.11
2.7
.25 6.5
.11
2.7
.25 6.5

M, I, S
TM2PWH25-C

.10

2.3

.25

C4.
Cable
Management

.61
(15.4)

.72
(18.2)

.61
(15.5)

Used with
Cable Ties‡

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

• Can be used where only one side of the panel is accessible

6.5

D1.
Terminals
TM2PWH

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black

Environment
Indoors
Outdoors

Mounting
Method
Push Barb
Push Barb

Nylon 6.6

Natural

Indoors

Push Barb

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
1000 5000

100

500

‡Cable tie cross section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.19

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Push Mounts
• Require no adhesive or additional mounting hardware

• Can be used where only one side of the panel is accessible

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number
PM2H25-C
PM2H25-M0

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Max. Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
.125
3.2
.125
3.2

Panel Hole
Diameter
In.
mm
.250
6.4
.250
6.4

M, I, S
C2.
Surface
Raceway

PM2H25-M30

.125

3.2

.250

6.4

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

Environment
Indoors
Outdoors

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
1000

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
5000

1000

5000

Push Barb
Indoors

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Push Button Mounts
C4.
Cable
Management

• Require no adhesive or additional mounting hardware

• Designed for use where both sides of the panel are accessible
.45"
(11.3)

D1.
Terminals

.33"
(8.3)

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Part Number
PBMS-H25-C
PBMS-H25-C14
PBMS-H25-M0

PBMS-H25-M30

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Max. Panel Panel Hole
Thickness Diameter
In.
mm
In. mm
.13
3.2
.25 6.4
.13
3.2
.25 6.4
.13
3.2
.25 6.4

Material
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Gray
Black

Environment
Indoors
Indoors
Outdoors

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
1000

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
1000
5000

1000

5000

.13

3.2

.25

6.4

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

Indoors

PBMSL-H25-C30

.29

7.2

.25

6.4

Black

Indoors

100

1000

PBMSL-H25-M30

.29

7.2

.25

6.4

Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Black

Indoors

1000

5000

M, I, S

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

.08" (2.0)

Push Barb

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.20

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Masonry Push Mounts
• Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to masonry surfaces
• Installed quickly into pre-drilled holes; design holds
bundle securely

• Material: Impact Modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
B1.
Cable Ties

B

B2.
Cable
Accessories

C
A

Grip Length
A
In.
mm

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Part Number

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Height
B
In.
mm

Hole
Diameter
C
In
mm

Std. Std.
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Color Environment Method Qty. Qty.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Pan-Ty ® Masonry Push Mounts
MPMS19-C0
M, I, S

MPMS25-C0

0.97

24.6

0.25

6.4

0.19

5.0

0.97

24.6

0.27

6.9

0.25

6.4
Black

Indoors/
Outdoors

Fir Tree
Hole
Mount

100

500

100

500

50

500

MPMH38-L0

M, I, S, HS, LH,
H, HLM

1.25

31.8

0.30

7.5

0.38

9.5

MPMWH32-L0

M, I, S, HS, LH,
H, HLM

1.41

35.8

0.28

7.1

0.32

8.0

50

500

0.97

24.6

1.19

30.2

0.19

5.0

100

500

0.97

24.6

1.24

31.5

0.25

6.4

100

500

50

500

50

500

100

500

Super-Grip ® Masonry Push Mounts
SGMPMS19-C0
SGMPMS25-C0

SGM, SGI, SGS

SGMPMH38-L0
SGMPMWH32-L0

SGM, SGI, SGS,
SGLH, SGH

1.25

31.8

1.49

37.8

0.38

9.5

1.41

35.8

0.28

7.1

0.32

8.0

1.41

35.8

1.63

41.4

0.31

8.0

Black

Indoors/
Outdoors

Fir Tree
Hole
Mount

Hyper-V ™ Masonry Push Mounts
HVMPM32-C0

HV

Black

Outdoors

Fir Tree
Hole
Mount

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, HLM = Tak-Ty ® Miniature,
SGM = Super-Grip ® Miniature, SGI = Super-Grip ® Intermediate, SGS = Super-Grip ® Standard, SGLH = Super-Grip ® Light-Heavy, SGH = Super-Grip ® Heavy,
and HV = Hyper-V ™ .

Wood Push Mount
• Used to secure wire, cable, or tubing to wood surfaces

C2.
Surface
Raceway

E1.
Labeling
Systems

• Barbed design holds mount in place – rated for 60 lb. pullout
E2.
Labels

.31
(7.9)

.50
(12.7)

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

.19
(4.8)
.75
(19.1)

Part Number
WPMH-C

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S, HS, LH, H, HLM

Material
Plated Steel

Environment
Indoors/Outdoors

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Mounting
Method
Hammer into wood

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy and HLM = Miniature
Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.21

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Fir Tree Push Mounts
• Unique alternating barb design
• Lock securely into position
• Umbrella tensioning

• Exclusive contoured anvil head
• Material: Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

A

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Head
Diameter
In.
mm
.67
17.0

Panel to Top
of Mount
In.
mm
.26
6.6

Overall
Height
In.
mm
.54
13.8

Panel Hole
Diameter Range
In.
mm
.18 – .19 4.6 – 4.9

Panel Thickness
Range
In.
mm
.03 – .19
0.7 – 3.0

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
1000 5000

Part Number
PUM-049-M30

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

PUM-071-M30

M, I, S

.67

17.0

.26

6.5

.67

16.9

.25 – .28

6.3 – 7.1

.03 – .28

0.8 – 7.0

1000 5000

PUM-100-M30

M, I, S

.64

16.0

.26

6.5

.67

16.9

.35 – .40 9.0 – 10.0

.03 – .28

0.8 – 7.0

1000 5000

PUM-925-M30

M, I, S, LH

.77

20.0

.30

7.6

1.05

26.7

.34 – .36

.04 – .62

1.0 – 16.0

1000 5000

8.8 – 9.3

‡Cable Tie Cross Section: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, and LH = Light-Heavy.

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Fir Tree Push Mount Assemblies
• Cable tie/mount assemblies significantly reduce installation time
compared to loose parts

• Fewer parts throughout the manufacturing/assembly process
• Heat Stabilized Nylon 6.6 standard on cable ties and mounts

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number‡
PUM-049-2S-D30
PUM-071-2S-D30
PUM-100-2S-D30
PUM-925-3H-T30

Head
Panel To Top
Diameter
of Mount
In.
mm
In.
mm
0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6
0.67 17.0 0.26 6.6
0.64 16.0 0.26 6.6
0.77 20.0 0.30 7.6

Overall
Height
In.
mm
0.54 13.8
0.67 16.9
0.67 16.9
1.05 26.7

Panel Hole
Diameter Range
In.
mm
0.18 - 0.19 4.6 - 4.9
0.25 - 0.28 6.3 - 7.1
0.35 - 0.40 9.0 - 10.0
0.34 –0.36 8.8 – 9.3

Panel Thickness
Max. Bundle
Range
Diameter
In.
mm
In.
mm
0.03 - 0.19 0.7 - 3.0
0.03 - 0.28 0.8 - 7.0 1.88
48
0.03 - 0.28 0.8 - 7.0
0.04 – 0.62 1.0 – 16.0 3.00
76

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
500
500
500
200

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
5000
5000
5000
1000

‡Use with PLT2S Cable Ties except PUM-925-3H-T30, use with PLT3H Cable Ties.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.22

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Control Panel Mounts
• Installed behind control panel switch
• Ideal for high strain areas where cable is routed from panel to
panel door

• Compatible with most control panel switch designs
• Indoor use only

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

B
C

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number
CPM87S-C

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

CPM122S-C

M, I, S

Length
A
In.
mm
2.01
51.1

Width
B
In.
mm
.89
22.6

Height
C
In.
mm
.17
4.3

Material
Zinc plated steel

Std. Std.
Mounting
Pkg. Ctn.
Method
Qty. Qty.
Control panel switch 100 1000

2.82

1.22

.17

Zinc plated steel

Control panel switch

71.7

31.0

4.3

100

1000

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

C4.
Cable
Management

Pan-Post ™ Standoff
• Supports cable bundles above or away from surface
• For indoor use only

D1.
Terminals

• Material: Nylon 6.6

D2.
Power
Connectors
.72"
(18.3)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

A

E1.
Labeling
Systems

1.00"
(25.4)
.62"
.75"
(19.1) (15.9)

Part Number
PP1S-S10-X
PP1S-S12-X
PP2S-S10-X
PP2S-S12-X

Used with
Cable Ties‡

M, I, S

1.10"
(27.9)

Height
A
In.
mm
2.00
50.8
2.00
50.8
4.60
116.8
4.60
116.8

E2.
Labels

Color

Natural

Mounting
Method
#10 (M5) Screw
#12 (M5.5) Screw
#10 (M5) Screw
#12 (M5.5) Screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
10
10
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
100
100
100

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.23

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Flat Pan-Post ™ Standoffs

.61
(15.5)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.75
(19.0)

Part Number
PPF2S-S25-V

M, I, S
PPF2S-S25-V69
PPF2SV-S25-V

C4.
Cable
Management

M, I, S, HS, LH, H,
HLM, HLS

PPF2SV-S25-V69

1.38
(34.9)
.37
(9.4)
TYP

.19
(4.8)
REF

Used with
Cable Ties‡

.26
(6.6)

1.62
(41.3)
REF

.40
(10.2)
TYP

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

.61
(15.5)
REF

.28
(7.2)

1.50
(38.1)
REF

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C2.
Surface
Raceway

• Mounting method: 1/4" (M6) screw
• Use where space is limited
• For indoor use only

• Standard EIA hole spacing allows product to be mounted with
user supplied screws up to 1/4" diameter
• Organize cables in standard cabinets and racks

.19
(4.8)
REF

5.50
(139.7)

5.60
(142.2)

PPF2S

PPF2SV

Material
Nylon 6.6
Flame Retardant Nylon
6.6

Color

Mounting
Method

Nylon 6.6

Natural

Two 1/4" (M6) screws

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

5

100

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100

1000

Flame Retardant Nylon
6.6

‡Cable Tie Cross Section Sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy,
HLM = Miniature Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties and HLS = Standard Tak-Ty ® Hook & Loop Ties .

D1.
Terminals

Right Angle Bases
D2.
Power
Connectors

• Support cable above the mounting surface
.75"
(19.1)
.50"
(12.7)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

A

Used
with
Cable
Part Number
Ties‡
RAFCBI1-S6-C20
I
RAFCBI2-S6-C20
I
RAFCBI3-S6-C20
I

Max. Flat
Cable Width
In.
mm
1.00
25.4
2.00
50.8
3.00
76.2

Length
A
In.
mm
1.75
44.4
2.78
70.6
3.81
96.8

Material

Color

Environment

Mounting
Method

Nylon 6.6

Black

Indoors

#6 (M3) Screw

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: I = Intermediate.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.24

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Flat Cable Mounting System – FCB Base and FCPI Plate
• Secures stacked cables, folds, and breakouts, as well as laminated
and molded bus bars
• Use one base, one corresponding size plate (FCPI), and one
Intermediate cross section cable tie

• For indoor use only
• See also Latching Flat Cable Mounts on page B2.38
• Material: Nylon 6.6

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

D

B

B

C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C
A

A
FCPI

Part Number
FCBI1-A-C20

Max. Flat
Length
Cable Width
A
In.
mm
In.
mm
1.04 26.4 2.50 63.5

Width
B
In.
mm
.38
9.5

Height
Hole Spacing
C
D
In.
mm
In
mm
.15
3.8
—
—

Color

Mounting
Method
User Supplied
Adhesive

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000

FCBI2-A-C20

2.04

51.8

3.50

88.9

.38

9.5

.15

3.8

—

—

User Supplied
Adhesive

100

1000

FCBI3-A-C20

3.32

7.72

4.52

114.8

.38

9.5

.15

3.8

—

—

User Supplied
Adhesive

100

1000

FCBI1-S10-C20

1.04

26.4

2.50

63.5

.38

9.5

.15

3.8

2.08

52.8

#10 (M5)
Screw

100

1000

FCBI2-S10-C20

2.04

51.8

3.50

88.9

.38

9.5

.15

3.8

3.10

78.7

#10 (M5)
Screw

100

1000

FCBI3-S10-C20

3.32

77.2

4.52

114.8

.38

9.5

.15

3.8

4.12

104.6

#10 (M5)
Screw

100

1000

FCPI1-C20*

1.04

26.4

1.29

32.8

.38

9.5

.20

5.1

—

—

Cable Ties

100

1000

FCPI2-C20*

2.04

51.8

2.31

58.7

.38

9.5

.20

5.1

—

—

Cable Ties

100

1000

FCPI3-C20*

3.32

77.2

3.32

84.3

.38

9.5

.20

5.1

—

—

Cable Ties

100

1000

Black

*Recommend for use with PLT2I cable ties on page B1.8.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.25

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Closed Connector Rings
• Connect multiple cable bundles

B1.
Cable Ties

A

B2.
Cable
Accessories
C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number
CR2-M
CR4H-M
CR4H-M0

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Used with
Cable
Ties‡
M, I, S
M, I, S,
HS, LH
M, I, S,
HS, LH

Length
A

Width
B

B

Height
C

In.
0.33

mm
8.4

In.
0.20

mm
5.1

In.
0.20

mm
5.0

0.57

14.5

0.36

9.1

0.30

7.6

0.57

14.5

0.36

9.1

0.30

7.6

Material
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural

Mounting
Environment Method
Indoors

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1000

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10000

Indoors
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Indoors/
Outdoors

Cable
Ties

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard and LH = Light-Heavy.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Open Connector Ring
• Designed to add on cable bundles without removing cable ties

C4.
Cable
Management

.52"
(13.2)
.26"
(6.6)

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Part Number
CROS-M

Used With
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

Material
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural

.18"
(4.6)

Environment
Indoors

Mounting
Method
Cable Ties

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
1000 5000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Cable Spacers
• Used to separate and/or hang cords, cables, and tubing

E2.
Labels

2.12
(53.8)

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

.62
(15.7)

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.26

Part Number
CSH-D20

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S, HS, LH, H

CSH-D0

M, I, S, HS, LH, H

.50
(12.7)

Material
Nylon 6.6

Color
Black

Environment
Indoors

Mounting
Method
Cable Ties

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Indoors/Outdoors

Cable Ties

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
500 2500
500

2500

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard, HS = Heavy-Standard, LH = Light-Heavy and H = Heavy.

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable Spacer Cross
• Connects two bundles at 90°
• Separates bundles to prevent abrasion

• Dual cradle design stabilizes cable bundle
B1.
Cable Ties
.45
(11.4)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.37
(9.4)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.25
(6.3)

Part Number
CSCS-M

Used with
Cable Ties‡
M, I, S

Material
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural

Environment
Indoors

Mounting
Method
Cable Ties

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1000

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10000

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Stackable Aerial Cable Spacer
• Greater resistance to damage caused by ultraviolet light –
indoor or outdoor use
• Each spacer snaps into another to increase spacer heights
by 1/2" increments

• Designed for use in parallel or perpendicular applications
• For use with Dura-Ty ™ Cable Ties shown on page B1.53
or Pan-Steel ® Self-Locking Ties on page B3.5, B3.6, B3.7.

2.08
(52.8)

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

1.16
(29.5)
.51
(13.0)

.50
(12.7)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Part Number
SACS50-T100

Used with
Cable Ties‡
LH, H, EH

Material
Weather Resistant
Polypropylene

Color
Black

Environment
Outdoors

Mounting
Method
Cable Ties

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
200 2000

*Cable tie cross sizes: LH = Light-Heavy, H = Heavy, and EH = Extra-Heavy.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.27

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Aerial Support Ties – Weather Resistant Polypropylene
• Designed to attach coax or telephone cable to the 1/4" (6.4mm) or
5/16" (7.9mm) support strand to form the expansion loop and keep
equipment and cables clear of pole hardware

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• One-piece construction with integral 1/2" (12.7mm) spacer
reduces inventory costs of separate spacer and bands, and
installs faster to lower installed cost
• Releasable and re-usable
• Hand install only
Support Strand
Max. Dia.:
.32 (8.1mm)
Min. Dia:
.22 (5.6mm)

B

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

A REF.
C1.
Wiring
Duct

CABLE
(or Cable
Bundle)

C

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Spacer Height
.50 (12.7mm)
Nom.

Assembled View

Length
A
In.
mm
5.6
142
6.9
175
8.4
214
10.0
254

Part Number
AST10-5-C100
AST15-5-C100
AST20-5-C100
AST25-5-C100

Width
B
In.
mm
.448
11.4
.448
11.4
.448
11.4
.448
11.4

Thickness
C
In.
mm
.055
1.4
.055
1.4
.055
1.4
.055
1.4

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
1.00
25
1.50
38
2.00
51
2.50
64

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs.
N
75
334
75
334
75
334
75
334

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
1000
1000
1000

D1.
Terminals

Permanent Marking Pens
D2.
Power
Connectors

• Fast drying, permanent ink for identification on marker ties (pages
B1.34, B1.52, and B1.71), marker plates (page B2.29), or cable
marker straps (page B1.80)

• May be used with any label shown in the catalog when a printer is
not available

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PX-0
PX-2

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number
PX-0
PX-2
PFX-0
PFX-2
PX-10

PFX-0
PFX-2

Color
Black
Red
Black
Red
White

Description
Permanent marking pen – regular tip.
Permanent marking pen – regular tip.
Permanent marking pen – fine tip.
Permanent marking pen – fine tip.
Marking pen for black or other dark colored parts – regular tip.

PX-10

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
12
12
12
12
12

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
144
144
144
144
300

F.
Index

B2.28

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Marker Plates – Loose Piece
• Install as flags, tags, or wrap-around identification plates to clearly
identify all wire harnesses
• Use with nylon marking pens for an easy and economic
alternative to identify wire harnesses

• Available in black or white to match the wire harness
• Thickness: .02 inches (0.5mm)

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A
.44
(11.2) B

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C

Part Number

Used with
Cable Ties‡

Length
A
In. mm

Width
B
In. mm

Hole Spacing
C
In.
mm

Material

Color Environment

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100

500

100
100
100
100
100

500
500
500
1000
1000

100

500

100

500

100

500

100

500

100

1000

Loose Piece
MP150-C
MP175-C
MP200-C
MP250-C
MP350-C
MP250W175-C
MP150-C0

M,
M,
M,
M,
M,
M,
M,

I,
I,
I,
I,
I,
I,
I,

S
S
S
S
S
S
S

1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50
3.50
2.50
1.50

38.1 .75 19.0
44.4 .75 19.0
50.8 .75 19.0
63.5 .75 19.0
88.9 .75 19.0
63.5 1.75 44.5
38.1 .75 19.0

1.03
1.28
1.53
2.03
3.03
2.03
1.03

26.2
32.5
38.9
51.6
77.7
51.6
26.2

MP175-C0

M, I, S

1.75 44.4

.75

19.0

1.28

32.5

MP200-C0

M, I, S

2.00 50.8

.75

19.0

1.53

38.9

MP250-C0

M, I, S

2.50 63.5

.75

19.0

2.03

51.6

MP350-C0

M, I, S

3.50 88.9

.75

19.0

3.03

77.7

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors

Cable Ties
Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Indoors/
Outdoors

Marker Plates on Rolls
MP150-R
MP175-R
MP200-R
MP250-R

M,
M,
M,
M,

I,
I,
I,
I,

S
S
S
S

1.50
1.75
2.00
2.50

38.1
44.4
50.8
63.5

.75
.75
.75
.75

19.0
19.0
19.0
19.0

1.03
1.28
1.53
2.03

26.2
32.5
38.9
51.6

Nylon 6.6

White

Indoors

1000
1000
Cable Ties
1000
1000

5000
5000
5000
5000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

‡Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, and S = Standard.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.29

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Cable and Wire Mounting Devices (Used without Cable Ties)

B1.
Cable Ties

Wiring accessories are an integral part of the Panduit
comprehensive selection of wire management products.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

These accessories are one piece solutions that help provide
the lowest installed cost for controlling, mounting, and
protecting wire and cable. Mounting methods include:
•
•
•
•

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Adhesive-backed
Screw applied
Rivet applied
Push mounts

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Adhesive Backed Mounting Devices
Faster Liner Removal Speeds Installation and Lowers Installed Cost
• The adhesive backed mounts are offered either as one or two mounts per liner
• The 2-up mounts are easily removed by bending the mounts away from the liner
• The individual mounts have a convenient tear tab for quick removal

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Clincher ™ Adjustable Releasable Clamp
• Adjustable clamp designed to contain a range of cable
bundle diameters
• Latch can be released to provide access to cable bundles

• For indoor use only
• Material: Polypropylene

1.00
(25.4)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

.50
(12.7)

1.00
(25.4)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number
ARC.68-A-Q
ARC.68-A-Q14
ARC.68-S6-Q
ARC.68-S6-Q14

Bundle Diameter Range
In.
mm
0.19 – 0.68
4.8 – 17.3
0.19 – 0.68
4.8 – 17.3
0.19 – 0.69
4.8 – 17.5
0.19 – 0.69
4.8 – 17.5

Color
White
Gray
White
Gray

Mounting
Method
Rubber Adhesive Tape
Rubber Adhesive Tape
#6 (M3) Screw
#6 (M3) Screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
25
25
25
25

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
250
250
250
250

F.
Index

B2.30

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
• Cables are easily snapped into or out of the clips

C

Part Number
ACC19-A-C
ACC19-AT-C
ACC19-A-C20
ACC19-AT-C0

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.19
4.8
0.19
4.8
0.19
4.8
0.19
4.8

Length
A
In. mm
0.75 19.0
0.75 19.0
0.75 19.0
0.75 19.0

ACC19-AV-M300

0.19

4.8

0.75 19.0 0.62 15.7 0.38

6.4

ACC38-A-C
ACC38-AT-C
ACC38-A-C20
ACC38-AT-C0

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

9.7
9.7
9.7
9.7

ACC38-AV-M300

0.38

9.7

1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 0.40 10.2

ACC62-A-C
ACC62-AT-C
ACC62-A-C20
ACC62-AT-C0

0.62
0.62
0.62
0.62

15.7
15.7
15.7
15.7

1.24
1.24
1.24
1.24

ACC62-AV-D300

0.62

15.7

1.24 31.5 1.12 28.4 0.63 16.0

31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5

Width
B
In. mm
0.62 15.7
0.62 15.7
0.62 15.7
0.62 15.7

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B

A

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

B1.
Cable Ties

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

28.4
28.4
28.4
28.4

Height
C
In. mm
0.25 6.4
0.25 6.4
0.25 6.4
0.25 6.4

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63

16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0

Material
Nylon 6.6

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized Weather
Resistant Nylon 6.6

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Color Adhesive Type Qty. Qty.
Natural
Rubber
100 500
Natural
Acrylic
100 500
Black
Rubber
100 500
Black
Acrylic
100 500
Black

High Bond
Acrylic

1000 5000

Natural
Natural
Black
Black

Rubber
Acrylic
Rubber
Acrylic

Black

High Bond
Acrylic

Natural
Natural
Black
Black

Rubber
Acrylic
Rubber
Acrylic

100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500

Black

High Bond
Acrylic

500

5000

100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500

1000 5000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Push Mount Cord Clip
• Cables are easily snapped into or out of clips
• Winged design holds mount in place even in applications where
vibration is present

• Design of wing provides added stability

E1.
Labeling
Systems

.50
(12.7)

E2.
Labels

.38
(9.6)
.90
(22.9)

Max. Bundle
Diameter
Part Number
In.
mm
PMCC38H25-C
.38
9.6
PMCC38H25-M0 .38
9.6

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Max. Panel Panel Hole
Std.
Thickness Diameter
Mounting Pkg.
In.
mm
In.
mm
Material
Color Environment Method Qty.
.105 2.7 .250 6.4
Nylon 6.6
Natural
Indoors
100
Push
Barb
.105 2.7 .250 6.4 Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6 Black
Outdoors
1000

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
5000

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.31

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

“J” Clips
• Low profile clips retain cords, cables, or tubing
• Flexible design allows for easy cord insertion, yet holds
bundle tightly

• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC

B2.
Cable
Accessories

C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

A
B

Part Number
AJC12-A-C
AJC19-A-C
AJC25-A-C
AJC31-A-C
AJC38-A-C

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.12
3.0
0.19
4.8
0.25
0.31
0.38

6.4
7.9
9.6

Length
A
In.
mm
1.00
25.4
1.25
31.8

Width
B
In.
mm
0.86
21.8
0.87
22.1

Height
C
In.
mm
0.19
4.8
0.26
6.6

Diameter
In. mm
0.13 3.3
0.18 4.6

1.50
1.75
2.00

0.97
1.22
1.27

0.31
0.40
0.50

0.23
0.29
0.39

38.1
44.5
50.8

24.6
30.1
32.3

7.9
10.2
12.7

5.8
7.4
9.9

Color

Light Gray

Adhesive
Type

Rubber
Adhesive
Tape

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100 1000
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

A1C Type Clips
• Hold cords, cables, and tubing
• Single rubber adhesive pad for confined areas

• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC
B

D2.
Power
Connectors

C
D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

A

Part Number
A1C12-A-C8

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In
mm
0.12
3.0

Length
A
In
mm
0.77
19.6

Width
B
In
mm
0.63
16.0

Height
C
In
mm
0.23
5.8

A1C25-A-C8

0.25

6.4

0.91

23.1

0.63

16.0

0.38

9.7

A1C38-A-C8

0.38

9.5

1.04

26.4

0.63

16.0

0.51

13.0

A1C50-A-C8

0.50

12.7

1.17

29.7

0.63

16.0

0.64

16.3

Color

Light Gray

Adhesive
Type

Rubber

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.32

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

A2C Type Clips
• Hold cords, cables, and tubing
• Two rubber adhesive pads for added strength

• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC

B1.
Cable Ties
B

B2.
Cable
Accessories

C

A

Part Number
A2C12-A-C8

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.12
3.0

Length
A
In.
mm
1.30
33.0

Width
B
In.
mm
0.63
16.0

Height
C
In.
mm
0.23
5.8

A2C25-A-C8
A2C38-A-C8
A2C50-A-C8

0.25
0.38
0.50

1.43
1.56
1.72

0.63
0.63
0.63

0.36
0.49
0.61

6.4
9.5
12.7

36.3
39.6
43.7

16.0
16.0
16.0

9.1
12.4
15.5

Color

Adhesive
Type

Light Gray

Rubber

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Metal Adhesive Backed Cord Clips
• Can be opened and closed without damaging clip in order to
remove or add cables quickly and easily

C4.
Cable
Management

• For indoor use only

D1.
Terminals

C

D2.
Power
Connectors
A

Part Number
MACC25-A-C
MACC62-A-C
MACC25-AV-D
MACC62-AV-C

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.25
6.4
0.62
15.7
0.25
6.4
0.62
15.7

Length
A
In.
mm
0.77
19.6
1.18
30.0
0.77
19.6
1.18
30.0

Width
B
In.
mm
0.54
13.7
0.78
19.7
0.54
13.7
0.78
19.7

B

Clip Width
C
In.
mm
0.29
7.4
0.29
7.4
0.29
7.4
0.29
7.4

Material

Adhesive
Type
Rubber

Zinc Plated Steel
High Bond
Acrylic

Std.
Pkg.
Qty
100
100
500
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
1000
1000
1000
1000

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.33

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Latching Wire Clips
• Route and secure cords and cables
• Convenient releasable latch
• Available in six sizes with releasable latch

• Push barb parts are for use with a max panel thickness of
0.11" (2.7mm) and a hole diameter of .22" (5.6mm)
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6

B2.
Cable
Accessories
C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.34

LWC * * -A

Part Number

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length
A
In.
mm

LWC * * -H25

Width
B
In.
mm

Height
C
In.
mm

Color

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Rubber
Adhesive

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

Push Barb

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

Mounting
Method

Adhesive Backed
LWC19-A-C
LWC19-A-C14
LWC19-A-C20
LWC25-A-C
LWC25-A-C14
LWC25-A-C20
LWC38-A-C
LWC38-A-C14
LWC38-A-C20
LWC50-A-L
LWC50-A-L14
LWC50-A-L20
LWC75-A-L
LWC75-A-L14
LWC75-A-L20
LWC100-A-L
LWC100-A-L14
LWC100-A-L20

0.19
0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00

4.8
4.8
4.8
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
12.7
19.1
19.1
19.1
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.85
0.85
0.85
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.26
1.26
1.26
1.48
1.48
1.48
2.21
2.21
2.21

21.6
21.6
21.6
22.2
22.2
22.2
25.4
25.4
25.4
32.0
32.0
32.0
37.6
37.6
37.6
56.1
56.1
56.1

0.61
0.61
0.61
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.24
1.24
1.24
1.97
1.97
1.97

15.5
15.5
15.5
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
31.5
31.5
31.5
50.0
50.0
50.0

0.39
0.39
0.39
0.45
0.45
0.45
0.56
0.56
0.56
0.67
0.67
0.67
0.90
0.90
0.90
1.26
1.26
1.26

9.9
9.9
9.9
11.4
11.4
11.4
14.2
14.2
14.2
17.0
17.0
17.0
22.9
22.9
22.9
32.0
32.0
32.0

Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black

0.19
0.19
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.75
0.75
0.75
1.00
1.00
1.00

4.8
4.8
6.4
6.4
6.4
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
12.7
19.1
19.1
19.1
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.85
0.85
0.86
0.86
0.86
0.94
0.94
0.94
1.25
1.25
1.25
1.45
1.45
1.45
1.89
1.89
1.89

21.6
21.6
21.8
21.8
21.8
23.9
23.9
23.9
31.8
31.8
31.8
36.8
36.8
36.8
47.9
47.9
47.9

0.51
0.51
0.58
0.58
0.58
0.58
0.58
0.58
0.76
0.76
0.76
0.87
0.87
0.87
0.99
0.99
0.99

12.8
12.8
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
14.7
19.3
19.3
19.3
22.1
22.1
22.1
25.2
25.2
25.2

0.41
0.41
0.47
0.47
0.47
0.57
0.57
0.57
0.78
0.78
0.78
0.97
0.97
0.97
1.30
1.30
1.30

10.4
10.4
11.9
11.9
11.9
14.5
14.5
14.5
19.8
19.8
19.8
24.7
24.7
24.7
33.0
33.0
33.0

Natural
Gray
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black
Natural
Gray
Black

Push Mount
LWC19-H25-C
LWC19-H25-C14
LWC25-H25-C
LWC25-H25-C14
LWC25-H25-C20
LWC38-H25-C
LWC38-H25-C14
LWC38-H25-C20
LWC50-H25-L
LWC50-H25-L14
LWC50-H25-L20
LWC75-H25-L
LWC75-H25-L14
LWC75-H25-L20
LWC100-H25-L
LWC100-H25-L14
LWC100-H25-L20

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Bevel Entry Clips
• Beveled entry allows for easy insertion of cable bundle

B1.
Cable Ties
C

A

A
BEC

Part Number

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B

C

Length
A
In.
mm

Width
B
In.
mm

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

BECP

Height
C
In.
mm

Material

Color

Std. Std.
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
Environment Method Qty. Qty.

Adhesive Backed
BEC38-A-L

0.38

9.6

1.46

37.1

1.24

31.5

0.52

13.2

BEC38-A-L20

0.38

9.6

1.46

37.1

1.24

31.5

0.52

13.2

BEC38-AT-L0

0.38

9.6

1.46

37.1

1.24

31.5

0.52

13.2

Natural
Nylon 6.6

Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Black

BEC62-A-L

0.62

15.7

1.46

37.1

1.24

31.5

0.79

20.1

BEC62-A-L20

0.62

15.7

1.46

37.1

1.24

31.5

0.79

20.1

BEC62-AT-L0

0.62

15.7

1.46

37.1

1.24

31.5

0.79

20.1

BEC75-A-L

0.75

19.0

1.46

37.1

1.49

37.8

0.89

22.6

BEC75-A-L20

0.75

19.0

1.46

37.1

1.49

37.8

0.89

22.6

BEC75-AT-L0

0.75

19.0

1.46

37.1

1.49

37.8

0.89

22.6

BECP38H25-L

0.38

9.6

1.46

37.1

0.73

18.5

1.00

25.4

Natural

BECP38H25-L20

0.38

9.6

1.46

37.1

0.73

18.5

1.00

25.4

Black

Indoors

Outdoors

Natural
Nylon 6.6

Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Black

Indoors

Outdoors

Natural
Nylon 6.6

Weather
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Black

Black

Indoors

Outdoors

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Acrylic
Adhesive

50

500

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Acrylic
Adhesive

50

500

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Rubber
Adhesive

50

500

Acrylic
Adhesive

50

500

E1.
Labeling
Systems

50

500

E2.
Labels

50

500

50

500

50

500

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Push Barb

BECP75H25-L

0.75

19.0

1.47

37.3

0.73

18.5

1.35

34.3

BECP75H25-L20

0.75

19.0

1.47

37.3

0.73

18.5

1.35

34.3

Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

Indoors

Push
Barb

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

*For proper selection of adhesive see page B2.54.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.35

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Adhesive Backed Dual Cord Clip
• Holds two cables in high temperature applications

B1.
Cable Ties

.68
(17.3)
.44
(11.2)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number
ADCC31-AT-C10

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.33
9.0

1.00
(25.4)

Material
NORYL*

Color
White

Environment
Indoors

Adhesive
Type
Acrylic

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500

*NORYL Thermoplastic Resin is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Adhesive Backed Mount Cord Clip
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

• Holds a single cable
• Vertical cable entry for ease of installation

• Funnel entry speeds cable insertion

C4.
Cable
Management

.36
(9.1)
.81
(20.6)

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number
AMC25-AT-C10

Max. Bundle Diameter
In.
mm
.22 – .28
6.0 – 7.0

1.00
(25.4)

Material
PVC

Color
White

Adhesive
Type
Acrylic

Environment
Indoors

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Vertical Cord Clips
• Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords and cables
• Vertical cable entry for ease of installation

• For indoor use only

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

C

A

B

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Part Number
VCC25-A-C
VCC50-A-C

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.25
6.4
0.50
12.7

Length
A
In.
mm
1.00 25.4
1.56 39.7

Width
B
In.
mm
0.50 12.7
1.00 25.4

Height
C
In.
mm
0.44 11.2
0.81 20.6

Material
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Natural

Adhesive
Type
Rubber

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500

F.
Index

B2.36

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Adhesive Backed Latching Clips
• Latching cover withstands vibration

• For indoor use only

B1.
Cable Ties

C

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A

Part Number
LC3-A-C8
LC5-A-C8
LC10-A-L8

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.20
5.0
0.36
9.1
0.93
23.6

Length
A
In.
mm
0.75 19.1
1.01 25.7
1.51 38.4

Width
B
In.
mm
0.75 19.0
1.01 25.7
1.51 38.4

B

Height
C
In.
mm
0.47 11.9
0.61 15.5
0.84 21.3

Material

Color

PVC

Light
Gray

Adhesive
Type
Rubber

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100 1000
50
500

• Convenient releasable latch allows easy addition and removal
of cables

• Low profile design provides a compact cable routing solution
• For indoor use only

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

5.04
(128.0)
2.48
(63.0)
1.50
(38.1)

C4.
Cable
Management

2.06
(52.3)

D1.
Terminals

Part Number
CH105-A-C14

Cable Width
In.
mm
2.06
52.3

CH105-S6-C14

2.06

Material

Color

Nylon 6.6

Gray

Mounting
Method
Rubber Adhesive
Tape
#6 (M3) Screw

52.3

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100

1000

Low Profile Flat Cable Mounts
• Three sizes provide a cost effective flat cable containment for stack
heights up to .105 inches (2.7mm)
• Features a matte, textured surface, for either hand written
identification or application of computer labels

Part Number
LPFCM14-A-C14
LPFCM22-A-C14
LPFCM34-A-C14

Length
A
In.
mm
2.56
65.0
3.31
84.0
4.56
115.8

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E2.
Labels
A
.06
(1.5)

0.14 Dia.
(3.5)

D2.
Power
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• For indoor use only

D

Cable Width
In.
mm
1.44
37.0
2.19
56.0
3.44
87.0

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Cable Holder – Adhesive Backed

.59
(15.0)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.05
(1.1)

Identification
Area

Hole Spacing
D
In.
mm
2.00
50.8
2.75
69.9
4.00
101.6

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Material

Color

Adhesive
Type

Nylon 6.6

Gray

Rubber

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.37

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Latching Flat Cable Mounts
• Available in four sizes with a stack height of .17 inches (4.3mm) to
accommodate different flat cable widths
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• Convenient releasable latch

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Large mounting base for high bonding strength
• For indoor use only
• Material: Nylon 6.6
0.50
(12.7)

A

B

1.00
(25.4)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

D

A

C

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C

0.14 DIA THRU
(3.6)

FCM1 and FCM1.2

Part Number

Cable Width
In.
mm

Length
A
In.
mm

Width
B
In.
mm

FCM2 and FCM3.25

Hole
Spacing
C
In.
mm

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Rubber Adhesive

100
100
100
50

500
1000
500
500

#6 (M3) Screw

100
100
100
50

1000
1000
1000
500

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500

100

500

Mounting
Method

Color

Adhesive Backed
FCM1-A-C14
FCM1.2-A-C14
FCM2-A-C14
FCM3.25-A-L14

1.05
1.20
2.05
3.38

26.7
30.5
52.1
85.9

2.90
3.16
5.06
7.30

73.7
80.3
128.5
185.4

1.05
1.37
2.22
3.38

26.7
34.8
56.4
85.9

—
—
1.53
1.50

—
—
38.9
38.1

1.05
1.20
2.05
3.38

26.7
30.5
52.1
85.9

2.90
3.16
5.06
7.30

73.7
80.3
128.5
185.4

1.00
1.37
2.22
3.38

25.4
34.8
56.4
85.9

—
—
1.53
1.50

—
—
38.9
38.1

Gray

Screw Mounted
FCM1-S6-C14
FCM1.2-S6-C14
FCM2-S6-C14
FCM3.25-S6-L14

Gray

Latching Flat Cable Holders
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
• Convenient releasable latch
• Large mounting base for high bonding strength

• For indoor use only
• See also Flat Cable Mounting System on Page B2.25
• Material: Nylon 6.6

5.00
(128.1)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

1.03
(26.2)
1.50
(38.1)

E2.
Labels

2.50
(63.0)

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Length
In.
mm

E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number
FCH2-A-C14

2.48

63.0

Cable Width
In.
mm
2.00
50.8

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

FCH2-S6-C14

2.48

63.0

2.00

F.
Index

See also Flat Cable Mounting System on Page B2.25.

B2.38

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

50.8

Color
Gray

Mounting
Method
Rubber Adhesive

Gray

#6 (M3) Screw

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Flat Cable Clips
• Use with any width flat cable for a maximum stack height of
.17 inches (4.3mm)
• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing

• For indoor use only
• Material: PVC

B

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A

C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

TEAR-TAB

Part Number
FCC5-A-C8
FCC-A-C8

Cable Width

Any width flat cable

Length
A
In.
mm
1.00
25.4

Width
B
In.
mm
.56
14.2

Height
C
In.
mm
.29
7.4

1.00

1.09

.38

25.4

27.7

9.7

Color

Mounting
Method

Gray

Rubber

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
100

1000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Pan-Clamp ™ Heavy Duty Fixed Diameter Clamps
• One-piece design significantly reduces installation time
• Integrated ribs prevent rotation of cable bundles and ensures
secure grip on hoses

C4.
Cable
Management

• Material: Impact modified Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6

D1.
Terminals

B

D2.
Power
Connectors

C

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

AØ

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Part Number
PC038-H25D-C0
PC050-H25D-C0
PC062-H25D-C0
PC075-H25D-C0
PC087-H25D-C0
PC100-H25D-C0
PC112-H25D-C0
PC125-H25D-C0

Max. Bundle
Diameter
A
In.
mm
.38
9.5
.50
12.7
.63
15.8
.75
19.1
.88
22.1
1.00
25.4
1.13
28.5
1.25
31.8

Width
B
In.
mm
.62
15.7
.62
15.7
.62
15.7
.62
15.7
.62
15.7
.62
15.7
.62
15.7
.62
15.7

Bundle Offset
C
In.
mm
.64
16.3
.71
17.9
.77
19.5
.83
21.1
.89
22.7
.96
24.3
1.02
25.8
1.08
27.4

Max. Panel Panel Hole
Thickness Diameter
In.
mm In. mm
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1
.13
3.2
.28 7.1

Color

Black

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.39

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Fixed Diameter Cable Clamps
• Durable Nylon 6.6 cable clamps
A
(Dia.)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

B

Max. Bundle
Diameter
A
Part Number
CCS12-S8-C
CCS19-S8-C
CCS25-S8-C
CCS25-S10-C
CCS31-S8-C
CCS38-S8-C
CCS44-S8-C
CCS50-S8-C
CCH12-S10-C
CCH19-S10-C
CCH25-S10-C
CCH31-S10-C
CCH38-S10-C
CCH44-S10-C
CCH50-S10-C
CCH56-S10-C
CCH62-S10-C
CCH69-S10-C
CCH75-S10-C
CCH81-S10-C
CCH87-S10-C
CCH100-S10-C
CCH112-S10-C
CCH119-S10-C
CCH125-S10-C
CCH138-S10-C
CCH150-S10-C

In.
.12
.19
.25
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.12
.19
.25
.31
.38
.44
.50
.56
.62
.69
.75
.81
.87
1.00
1.12
1.19
1.25
1.37
1.50

mm
3.1
4.8
6.3
6.3
7.9
9.5
11.1
12.7
3.1
4.8
6.3
7.9
9.5
11.1
12.7
14.2
15.7
17.5
19.1
20.6
22.1
25.4
28.4
30.2
31.8
34.8
38.1

Bundle
Offset
C

Width
B
In.
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.37
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50
.50

mm
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
9.4
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

In.
.33
.43
.41
.41
.49
.59
.57
.60
.36
.42
.46
.50
.53
.56
.59
.61
.65
.75
.78
.81
.84
.91
.97
1.00
1.06
1.12
1.19

mm
8.4
10.9
10.4
10.4
12.4
15.0
14.5
15.2
9.1
10.7
11.7
12.7
13.5
14.2
15.0
15.5
16.5
19.1
19.8
20.6
21.3
23.1
24.6
25.4
26.9
28.4
30.2

Mounting
Method
#8 (M4) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#8 (M4) Screw
#10 (M5) Screw

#8 (M4) Screw

#10 (M5) Screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

All parts listed are also available in black weather resistant material (add suffix 0). Bulk package only.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.40

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Wire Retainers
• Wires slide into the clip and are held in place by tension
• Funnel entry design allows for easy insertion of cords and cables

• Low profile design holds wires, cables, and tubing
B1.
Cable Ties
1.44
(36.5)

Part Number
TWR-C
TWR-C0

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.38
9.5
0.38
9.5

.38
(9.5)

.36
(9.1)

.06
(1.5)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.56
(14.2)

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Environment
Indoors
Outdoors

Mounting
Method
#6 (M3) Screw

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Siding Clips
• Low profile installs without drilling or nailing
• Attach coax cable to buildings having “Pittsburgh Interlok” type
aluminum or steel siding

Vertical Siding Clip

Part Number
HSC.25-L
HSC.25-L100

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.25
6.4
0.25
6.4

VSC.25-L
VSC.25-L100

0.25
0.25

6.4
6.4

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

• Will not corrode or stain siding

C4.
Cable
Management
.50
(12.7)

.50
(12.7)

1.25
(31.8)

.98
(25.0)

Horizontal Siding Clip

C1.
Wiring
Duct

.70
(17.8)

VSC Vertical Clip

Material
Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Polypropylene

Color
White
Black

Nylon 6.6
Weather Resistant
Polypropylene

White
Black

.34
(8.6)

D1.
Terminals

.71
(18.0)

D2.
Power
Connectors

HSC Horizontal Clip

Mounting
Method

Clip

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
50
50

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

50
50

500
500

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.41

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Wire Standoffs
• For retaining wires, cable, components or tubing away from panel
or conductive chassis
• Finger grip flanges can be easily locked or unlocked for revisions

• Design of wing provides added stability
• Material: Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use only

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A
Max. Dia.
(when closed)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

B

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Part Number
WS25-25-C
WS25-50-C
WS25-75-C
WS35-25-C
WS35-50-C
WS35-75-C
WS50-25-C
WS50-50-C
WS50-75-C
WS75-25-C
WS75-50-C
WS75-75-C

Max. Bundle
Diameter
A
In.
mm
.25
6.4
.25
6.4
.25
6.4
.35
8.9
.35
8.9
.35
8.9
.47
11.9
.47
11.9
.47
11.9
.78
19.8
.78
19.8
.78
19.8

Standoff
Height
B
In.
mm
.25
6.4
.50
12.7
.75
19.1
.25
6.4
.50
12.7
.75
19.1
.25
6.4
.50
12.7
.75
19.1
.25
6.4
.50
12.7
.75
19.1

Max. Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0
.08
2.0

Panel Hole
Diameter
In.
mm
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7
.19
4.7

Color

Mounting
Method

Natural

Push Barb

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.42

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Snap-In Clips
• Clip around bundle to hold securely in place
• Clips are placed on the bundle then attached to the panel

• Material: Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use only

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A
B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Part Number
SICH25-C
SICH38-C
SICH50-C
SICH75-C
SICH100-C
SICH150-C

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
.25
6.4
.38
9.7
.50
12.7
.75
19.1
1.00
25.4
1.50
38.0

Height
A
In.
mm
.40
20.9
.54
24.9
.67
28.2
.96
35.6
1.21
41.9
1.71
54.6

Max. Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
.10
2.5
.10
2.5
.10
2.5
.10
2.5
.10
2.5
.10
2.5

Panel Hole
Diameter
In.
mm
.25
6.4
.25
6.4
.25
6.4
.25
6.4
.25
6.4
.25
6.4

Color

Natural

Mounting
Method

Push Barb

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Wire Saddles

D1.
Terminals

• Material: Nylon 6.6
• For indoor use only

• Funnel entry design for fast insertion of wires and cables
• Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations
• Design of wing provides added stability

D2.
Power
Connectors

B
B

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

A
A
E1.
Labeling
Systems
VWS Vertical

Part Number
VWS4218-C
VWS4238-C
VWS4274-C
VWS42105-C
HWS2819-C

Max. Bundle Capacity
In.
mm
0.18 x 0.42 5.0 x 10.7
0.40 x 0.42 10.2 x 10.7
0.74 x 0.42 19.0 x 10.7
1.05 x .42 27.0 x 10.7
0.19 x 0.28
5.0 x 7.1

Height
A
In.
mm
0.58 14.7
0.78 19.8
1.14 29.0
1.45 36.8
0.42 10.7

Width
Max. Panel
B
Thickness
In.
mm
In.
mm
0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0
0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0
0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0
0.60 15.2 0.08 2.0
0.44 11.2 0.08 2.0

HWS Horizontal

Panel Hole
Std. Std.
Diameter
Mounting Pkg. Ctn.
In.
mm Color Method Qty. Qty.
0.19 4.7
100 500
0.19 4.7
100 500
Push
0.19 4.7 Natural
100 500
Barb
0.19 4.7
100 1000
0.19 4.7
100 500

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.43

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Corrugated Tubing Holder with Push Mount
• Use to secure and route all standard sizes of solid wall or slit
corrugated loom tubing
• Ribs prevent lateral movement of corrugated loom tubing along
the mount

• Rugged clip prevents accidental disassembly of tubing due
to shock or vibration

B2.
Cable
Accessories

“A” Dia

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number
CTH19U04-C30
CTH35U08-C30
CTH38U10-C30
CTH50U13-C30
CTH62U17-C30
CTH87U22-C30

Nominal Diameter
A
In.
mm
0.19
5
0.35
9
0.38
10
0.50
13
0.62
17
0.87
22

Max. Panel Thickness
In.
mm
0.125
3.2
0.125
3.2
0.125
3.2
0.125
3.2
0.125
3.2
0.125
3.2

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
—
500
—
—
—
—

Harness Clips
• Integral “spring” holds wire bundles tightly
• Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations

• Design of wing provides added stability

.39
(10.0)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

.39
(10.0)

1.25
(31.8)

E1.
Labeling
Systems

1.10
(27.9)

.74
(18.8)

.80
(20.2)

HCMP06B

HCMP06C

Part Number
HCMP06B12-C20

Max. Bundle
Diameter Range
In.
mm
.24 – .47 5.9 – 12.5

Max. Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
.118 3.0

Panel Hole
Diameter
In.
mm
.25
6.4

HCMP06C12-C20

.24 – .47

.105

.25

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Panel Hole Diameter
In.
mm
0.386
9.8
0.386
9.8
0.386
9.8
0.386
9.8
0.386
9.8
0.386
9.8

5.9 – 12.5

2.7

6.4

Material

Color

Nylon 6.6

Black

Std.
Mounting Pkg.
Method Qty.
100
Push
Mount
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.44

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Optical Fiber Network Saddles
• Use in pre-drilled .18 inch (4.0mm) holes in panels up to .09 inch
(2.0mm) thick

• Smooth rounded edges eliminate potential for snagging and stress
on cable

B1.
Cable Ties

1.33
(33.7)

1.30
(32.9)

1.647
(41.8)

VWSDC

VWS106

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
1.06
1.06
1.06
1.06

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.377
(9.6)

.40
(10.3)

Part Number
VWSDC-C*
VWSDC-C20*
VWS106-C
VWS106-C20

B2.
Cable
Accessories

1.28
(32.5)

2.37
(60.1)

2.71
(68.8)

mm
26.9
26.9
26.9
26.9

Mounting
Method
Push Barb
Push Barb
Push Barb
Push Barb

Material
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural
Black
Natural
Black

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
—
500
500

*Accepts two bundles.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Nylon Edge Clips
• Integral “spring” holds wire bundles tightly
• Available in vertical and horizontal loading configurations

• Design of wing provides added stability
• Indoor/Outdoor use

C4.
Cable
Management

.59
(15.0)

D1.
Terminals
.74
(18.7)

.39
(10.0)

D2.
Power
Connectors

HCME06A12

Part Number
HCME04Y09-C30*

Max.
Bundle
Diameter Range
In.
mm
0.16 – 0.35
4.0 – 9.0

Max.
Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
0.16
4.0

HCME06A12-C130

0.24 – 0.47

5.9 – 12.5

0.05

1.2

HCME06Y12-C30*

0.31 – 0.47

8.0 – 12.0

0.16

4.0

Material
Nylon 6.6 Heat
Stabilized
Acetal Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6 Heat
Stabilized

Color

Mounting
Method

Black

Clip onto Edge

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
—

100

500

100

—

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

*Bulk packaging size available.

E2.
Labels

Wire Bundle Strap
• Securely routes large cable bundles

• Rounded edges prevent damage to cable jackets
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

1.00
(24.5)
3.92
(99.6)
4.82
(122.56)

E4.
Permanent
Identification
2.54
(64.5)

Part Number
WBS6-Q

Bundle
Retaining Area
In.2
6.00

Material
ABS

Color
White

Mounting
Method
(2) 1/4" (M6) Screws

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
25

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
125

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.45

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Circuit Board Posts
• For board-to-board or board-to-chassis mounting
• Bell flange on bottom end provides greater stability
• Releasable and reusable

• Material: Nylon 6.6
• Color: Natural

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.19 Dia.
(4.7)

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number
CBP12-C
CBP25-C
CBP31-C
CBP37-C
CBP50-C
CBP62-C
CBP75-C
CBP87-C
CBP100-C

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Standoff
In.
.12
.25
.31
.37
.50
.62
.75
.87
1.00

.28
(7.2)

A

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Height
mm
3.0
6.4
7.9
9.4
12.7
15.7
19.1
22.1
25.4

Height
A
In.
mm
.40
10.2
.54
13.5
.59
15.0
.62
15.7
.78
19.8
.91
23.0
1.04
26.2
1.15
29.2
1.28
32.5

Panel Hole
Diameter
In.
mm
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96
.156
3.96

Std.
Mounting Pkg.
Method Qty.
100
100
100
100
Push
100
Barb
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500
500
500
500
500
500

Circuit Board Locking Supports
• For board-to-chassis support
• Snap-in design for fast assembly
• Design of wing provides added stability

• Releasable and reusable
• Material: Nylon 6.6
C

D3.
Grounding
Connectors
D

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

B

Part Number
CBLS18-C
CBLS25-C
CBLS37-C
CBLS50-C
CBLS62-C
CBLS75-C

Height
A
In.
mm
.92
23.4
.98
24.9
1.11
28.2
1.23
31.2
1.35
34.3
1.48
37.5

Panel Hole
Diameter
B
In.
mm
.19
4.8
.19
4.8
.19
4.8
.19
4.8
.19
4.8
.19
4.8

Chassis Panel
Hole Diameter
C
In.
mm
.16
4.0
.16
4.0
.16
4.0
.16
4.0
.16
4.0
.16
4.0

Standoff
Height
D
In.
mm
.19
4.7
.25
6.4
.38
9.5
.50
12.7
.63
15.9
.75
19.1

Color

Natural

Mounting
Method

Push
Barb

F.
Index

B2.46

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Harness Board Accessories
Panduit harness board accessories provide fast routing
and forming of wires in harness fabrication. They hold the
wires off the harness board at a uniform height for easy
application of cable ties. The accessories are designed
for use with various Panduit cable tie installation tools.
To maintain the harness at a uniform height of approx.
1.33 inches (33.8mm) (at the center of the harness)
above the board, use RER Elastic Retainers, BR.75-E6
or BR.5-E6, CPH.75-S8, TJF and SHH1-S8 or SHH3-S8
harness board accessories. This height is suitable for
use with PAT1M Automatic Cable Tie Installation Tool.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Elastic Retainers
• Cable bundles are formed as individual wires are inserted
• Completed bundles can be easily removed

• The elastic band is replaceable
• For indoor use only

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Replacement Elastic

C4.
Cable
Management

A

RER.5E-X
RER.75E-X
RER1.25E-X
RER2.0E-X

B

Max. Bundle
Diameter
Part Number
In.
mm
RER.5-S6-X
0.50 12.7
RER.75-S6-X 0.75 19.0
RER1.25-S6-X 1.25 31.8
RER2.0-S6-X 2.00 50.8

Length
A
In.
mm
1.18 30.0
1.18 30.0
1.18 30.0
1.31 33.3

Pkg.
Qty.

Part
Number

C

Width
B
In.
mm
0.84 21.3
1.12 28.4
1.64 41.7
2.81 71.4

Height
C
In.
mm Material
1.89 48.0
2.21 56.1
Nylon 6.6
2.86 72.6
3.94 100.2

For economy, the elastic band can be
replaced in the RER Elastic Retainers
without removing the RER base.

10
10
10
10

Mounting
Method

Color
Black Base,
White Arm

Two #6 (M3)
Screws

Natural

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
10
10
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
50
50
50
50

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Elastic Retainers – ER Type
• Cable bundles are formed as cable bundles are inserted
• Completed bundles can be easily removed

E2.
Labels

• For indoor use only

C

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

B

E4.
Permanent
Identification

A

Part Number
ER.5-E4-X
ER1.25-E4-X

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
.50
12.7
1.25
31.8

Length
A
In.
mm
1.96
49.8
2.90
73.7

Width
B
In.
mm
.56
14.2
.95
24.1

Height
C
In.
mm
1.00
25.4
2.00
50.8

Material

Color

Nylon 6.6

Black

Mounting
Method
Two #6 (M3)
Screws

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
100

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.47

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Bundle Retainers
• Funnel entry allows fast cable insertion
• Completed bundles can be easily removed

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• For indoor use only
• Color: Black

.78
(19.8)
A
.44
(11.2)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

BR2

Part Number
BR.5-E6-C

Standoff
Height
A
In.
mm
1.07
27.2

C2.
Surface
Raceway

BR.75-E6-C

0.75

19.0

0.95

24.1

BR2-1.3-X

2.00

50.8

1.32

33.5

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

BR2-1.3-A-X
BR2-1.5-X
BR2-4-X
BR2-6-X

2.00
2.00
2.00
2.00

50.8
50.8
50.8
50.8

1.35
1.59
4.06
6.02

34.3
40.4
103.1
152.9

D1.
Terminals

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
100

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
500

100

500

Two 1/4" (M6) Screws

10

10

Rubber Adhesive Tape
Glass
Filled
Nylon 6.6
Two 1/4" (M6) Screws

10
10
10
10

10
10
10
10

Mounting
Method

Material
Impact
Resistant
Nylon 6.6

Two #6 (M3) Screws

Corner Posts
• Designed to pre-form tight bundles at harness corners
and breakouts
• Top arm rotates upward for easy removal of completed harness

• For indoor use only

.172 (4.4) Dia. Hole

D2.
Power
Connectors

1.88
(47.8)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

1.35
(34.4) .90
(22.9)
1.18
(30.0) CPH

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

2.50
(63.5)

BR2-1.3

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
0.50
12.7

C4.
Cable
Management

A

2.56
(65.0)

BR.5 and BR.75

C1.
Wiring
Duct

2.25
(57.2)

2.18
(55.4)

A

.172 (4.4) Dia. Hole

1.08
(27.4)
1.11
(28.2) CPL

1.60
(40.8)

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Part Number
CPH.75-S8-X
CPL.75-S8-X

.75

.88
.56 (22.4)
(14.2)

19.0

1.52
(38.6)

Material

Color

Mounting
Method

Nylon
6.6

Black

Two #8 (M4) Screws

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

10

100

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100

T-Junction Fixture
• Forms cable junctions
• Fixture moves down for easy harness removal

• For indoor use only

A
B

E4.
Permanent
Identification

E
(Dia)
C
D

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.48

Part Number
TJF-X

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
1.34
34.0

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Material
Nylon 6.6 and Nickel
Plated Steel

Color
Black

Mounting
Method
Nail

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Wire End Holder
• Secures wire ends while harness is being fabricated
• Used with #28 thru #16 AWG wires

• For indoor use only

B1.
Cable Ties

.16 (4.1)
.53 .77
(13.5) (20.0)

.29 (7.4)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

1.22
(31.0)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.18 (4.6)
.37
(9.4)

Part Number
WEH-E8-C

Material
Acetal

Color
Black

Std. Std.
Mounting
Pkg. Ctn.
Method
Qty. Qty.
Two #8 (M4) Screws 100 1000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Harness Board Nails
• Speed routing of wires
• Uniform driving depth is insured by a collar stop

• Smooth finish on nails prevents abrasion to wire jackets
• For indoor use only

C4.
Cable
Management

B
C

D1.
Terminals
A

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part
Number
HBN.75-T

Length
Overall Length Thickness
A
B
C
In.
mm
In.
mm
In. mm
.75
19.1 1.40
35.6
.07 1.9

HBN1-T

1.00

25.4

1.65

41.9

.07

1.9

200

1000

HBN1.5-T

1.50

38.1

2.16

54.9

.08

2.1

200

1000

HBN2-T

2.00

50.8

2.66

67.6

.09

2.4

200

1000

HBN2.5-T

2.50

63.5

3.16

80.3

.11

2.8

200

1000

HBN3-T

3.00

76.2

3.67

93.2

.12

3.0

200

1000

HBN4-T

4.00 101.6 4.67

118.6

.14

3.7

200

1000

Material

Nickel
Plated Steel

Mounting
Method

Hammered
into harness
board

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
200 1000

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.49

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Fanning Strip System
• Holds wires in a specific orientation
• No sharp edges to damage wire insulation

• Will accept wires up to 18 AWG
• Fanning strip can remain as part of completed harness
.53
(13.5)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.04 (1.0)
.16 (4.0)

.62 (15.7)

.31 (7.9)
.06 (1.5)

1.42
(36.0)

.04 (1.0)

6.00 (152.4)

.12 (3.0)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

1.50 .75
(38.1) (19.0)

12.1
(307.8)

FS156

FSH40

Part Number
FS156-C
FSH40-X

FSHH

Material
Nylon 6.6

Color
Natural

ABS

Black

FSHH-X

.60
(15.2)

1.10
(28.0)
3.2 (81.3)

.56
(14.2)

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

.04 (1.0)

Mounting
Method
FSH Holder
Four #8 (M4) Screws
Two #8 (M4) Screws

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100 1000
10
100
10

100

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Spring Wire Breakout System
• Harness board spring and spring holder holds wire ends secure
while harness is being fabricated
• Wires simply pull out from spring when harness is removed

• Each SHH Spring Holder is supplied with one rigid wire piece to
hold the spring laterally and two #8 (M4), 2" (50.8mm) hex head
wood screws; purchase spring separately

D1.
Terminals

.19 (4.8) Dia.
.53 (13.4)
.44 (11.2)

D2.
Power
Connectors

E2.
Labels

1.30
(33.0)

PBSC

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

A

A

SHH

Part Number
PBSC1-X
PBSC3-X
PBSC6-X
PBSC12-X
SHH1-S8-X
SHH3-S8-X

Hole Spacing
A
In.
mm
1.00
25.4
3.00
76.2
6.00
152.4
12.00
304.8
1.85
47.0
6.80
172.7

Material

Steel

Nylon 6.6

Color
—
—
—
—
Natural

Mounting
Method
SHH1 Spring Holder
Two #8 (M4) Screws
SHH3 Spring Holder
Two #8 (M4) Screws
Two #8 (M4) Screws
Two #8 (M4) Screws

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
10
10
10
10
10
10

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
100
100
100
100
100
100

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.50

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Tie Harness Mounts
• Designed to be attached to the wire harness
during assembly
• Cable ties can be installed by hand or with Panduit
automatic cable tie tools
• Used with harness board standoff posts

• Available with or without corrugated tubing location tab
• Natural nylon material for indoor use
• Heat stabilized nylon material (30) for high temperature
applications – indoor use

1.54
(39.1)

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

.37
(9.4)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

.160
(4.1)

Maximum
Panel
Thickness
In.
mm

Used with
Cable
Ties*

Part Number

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Panel
Hole
Diameter
In.

mm

Material

Mounting
Method

Color

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

FOR CORRUGATED TUBING – A location tab on the mount shelf aligns with the corrugated tubing grooves
to ensure proper mount location during assembly
THMSP20-C
THMSP20-C30

M, I, S
M, I, S

.160
.160

4.1
4.1

0.244 – 0.283
0.244 – 0.283

6.2 – 7.2
6.2 – 7.2

Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

Push Barb
Push Barb

100
100

1000
1000

THMSP25-C
THMSP25-C30

M, I, S
M, I, S

.230
.230

5.8
5.8

0.244 – 0.283
0.244 – 0.283

6.2 – 7.2
6.2 – 7.2

Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

Push Barb
Push Barb

100
100

1000
1000

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

FOR DISCRETE WIRING – No location tab
THMSP20F-C
THMSP20F-C30

M, I, S
M, I, S

.160
.160

4.1
4.1

0.244 – 0.283
0.244 – 0.283

6.2 – 7.2
6.2 – 7.2

Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

Push Barb
Push Barb

100
100

1000
1000

THMSP25F-C
THMSP25F-C30

M, I, S
M, I, S

.230
.230

5.8
5.8

0.244 – 0.283
0.244 – 0.283

6.2 – 7.2
6.2 – 7.2

Nylon 6.6
Heat Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Natural
Black

Push Barb
Push Barb

100
100

1000
1000

*Cable tie cross section sizes: M = Miniature, I = Intermediate, S = Standard.

Harness Board Standoff Posts and Adapter
• Used to hold a push mount accessory or cable tie at a specific location on a harness board

HB2SP

Part Number

E1.
Labeling
Systems

.21 DIA
(5.3)
TYP. 2 PLACES

A
C

Height
A
In.
mm

A

D

B
(Dia)

Hole
Diameter
B
In.
mm

Length
C
In.
mm

Width
D
In.
mm

E2.
Labels

HBUA

For Use With

Material

Mounting
Method

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Posts
HB2SP19-X

2.00

50.8

.20

5.2

—

—

0.50

12.7

PLWP, PRWP,
WS, VWS,
HWS, TPM

Aluminum

Bolt –
Included

10

100

HB2SP25-X

2.00

50.8

.30

7.5

—

—

0.50

12.7

PLWP, PRWP,
PLP, THMS,
HCMP, PMCC

Aluminum

Bolt –
Included

10

100

.31

7.9

.28

7.1

3.00

76.2

1.00

25.4

HB2SP19-X,
HB2SP25-X

Nylon 6.6

#10 (M5)
Screw

10

100

Adapter
HBUA-X

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

.28 DIA
(7.2)
TYP. 3 PLACES

.50
(12.7)

D1.
Terminals

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.51

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Automatic Cable Tie Mounts
• Multiple sizes work with industry standard panel thickness
and hole diameters for greater application flexibility
• Low profile design keeps bundle close to mounting surface,
saving space and providing greater protection for bundles
in high vibration applications

• Supports Miniature and Intermediate cross section
cable ties

A
C

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

B

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Part Number
ATM-W187-M

Used with
Cable Ties

A
Length
In.

mm

B
Width
In.

mm

C
Height
In.

mm

Maximum
Panel
Thickness
In.

Panel Hole
Diameter Range

mm

C4.
Cable
Management

BT1.5MXMR,
PLT1.5MXMR

0.80 20.5 0.35

9.0

0.12

4.3 –
4.9

Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

3.0

ATM-W250-M20

0.23 –
0.26

0.66 16.6

5.7 –
6.6

Heat
Stabilized
Nylon 6.6

Color

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

Natural

1000

5000

Black

1000

5000

Black

1000

5000

Natural

1000

5000

Black

1000

5000

Black

1000

5000

Auto Tie Mounts work with Reel-fed Cable Ties and Automatic Tooling. See page B1.115.

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Material

Nylon 6.6

ATM-W250-M30
D1.
Terminals

0.17 –
0.20

0.58 14.6

ATM-W187-M30

ATM-W250-M

mm

Nylon 6.6

ATM-W187-M20
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

In.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Harness Board Fixtures
• Automatic alignment orients the tool head with the mount
for reliable feeding of the cable through the mount to
speed installation
• Multiple fixture configurations allow mounting in horizontal,
vertical, or 45° orientation

• Integrated switch* capability enables placement of a switch
to detect the mount’s presence providing an input to a
quality control system
• Activation device on harness board fixture prevents tool from
operating unless it is properly engaged in the fixture for
operator safety

E1.
Labeling
Systems

2.38
(60)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

ATMB

Part Number
ATMB
ATMI-W187-X
ATMI-W250-X
ATMI-XMR-X
ATMC

F.
Index

B2.52

5.04
(128)

2.50
(64)

Description
Base
Insert for ATM-W187 mount
Insert for ATM-W250 mount
Used for cable tie installations where
mounts are NOT required
Clamp used to secure the ATMB (base)
in a vertical or 45° position

Mounting
Screw base to harness
board with 1/4" screws
Snaps into ATMB
Snaps into ATMB
Snaps into ATMB
Screw clamp to harness
board with 1/4" screws

Color
Black
Yellow
Red
Black
Black

Material

Acetal

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
—

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
10

10
10
10

—
—
—

—

10

*The Omron Electronics D2SW-3L1HS switch is compatible with the ATM system. Similar switches from other manufacturers may also be suitable.
See page B1.115 for Panduit Automatic Cable Tie Installation Systems.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Physical Properties and Colors of Cable Accessory Materials‡

Design
Criteria
Color

Glass
Filled
Flame
Flame
General
Weather
General
Retardant Retardant
Purpose
Resistant
Purpose
Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Polypropylene Polypropylene
ABS
Black,
Black
Black
Black
Black
Natural

General Weather
Flame
Purpose Resistant
Retardant
ABS
ABS
Polypropylene Acetal
Natural
Black
Black
Black

B1.
Cable Ties

PVC
Gray,
White

Part Number
Suffix

60, 69

None

None/109

100

None

20

0

None

None

810

UL
Flammability
– UL 94
Gamma
Radiation
Resistance
Water
Absorption

V-0

V-0

HB

HB

HB

HB

HB

V-0

HB

V-0

1x105
Rads

N/A

1x105 Rads

1x105 Rads

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.1%
(24 hrs.)

0.7%
(24 hrs.)

0.1%
(24 hrs.)

0.1%
(24 hrs.)

0.3%
(24 hrs.)

0.3%
(24 hrs.)

0.3%
(24 hrs.)

0.15%
(24 hrs.)

Poor

Poor

Poor

Good

Poor

Fair

Good

Good

Good

Poor

Maximum
Continuous
Use
Temperature

230°F
(110°C)

230°F
(110°C)

221°F
(105°C)

221°F
(105°C)

185°F
(85°C)

185°F
(85°C)

185°F
(85°C)

257°F
(125°C)

194°F
(90°C)

122°F
(50°C)

Minimum
Continuous
Use
Temperature

-40°F
(-40°C)

UV
Resistance

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

0.43%
0.3%
(24 hrs.) (24 hrs.)
C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)

-40°F
(-40°C)
C4.
Cable
Management

■
TEFZEL is a registered trademark of E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company.
‡For more detail and additional materials, see Selection Chart on Pages B1.2 – B1.3.

D1.
Terminals

Application Chart
Since Panduit manufactures
adhesive backed mounts with a variety
of adhesive types, this chart should be
used as a guideline for choosing the
best adhesive for often-encountered
conditions. Each type of adhesive is
rated good, fair or poor for some
specific mounting surfaces and/or
chemical environments.

Mount Spacing
To determine the number of mounts to
use in a given application, the following
formula can be used as a guideline:

Surfaces

Rubber Based
Foam Tape Mounts

Acrylic Based Foam
Tape Mounts

Epoxy Applied
Adhesive Mounts

D2.
Power
Connectors

Plastics
Wood
Glass
Painted Surfaces
Powder Coating
Metal
Paper
Concrete, Stone, Masonry

Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Good1
Good
Not Recommended

Good
Good
Good
Good
Fair
Good1
Good
Not Recommended

Good
Good
Good
Fair
Good
Good
Fair
Good

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Good
Poor
Poor
Poor
Good
Poor
Not Recommended

Good
Fair3
Fair3
Fair3
Fair3
Fair3
Good

Poor
Good
Fair
Fair
Fair
Not Recommended
Good2

E2.
Labels

Chemical Resistance
Water
Oil
Gasoline
Dilute Acids
Dilute Alkalis
Organic Solvents
Outdoor Exposure

1. Not recommended for use on copper or brass.
2. Mounts manufactured from outdoor material only. For specific applications, individual testing
prior to extensive use is suggested.
3. Depends on concentration, exposure time, and chemical composition.

Cable or weight (Lbs./ft.)
Static Load rating of Mount (Lbs./mt.)

=

Spacing

Mounts
Ft.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B2.53

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts
Panduit adhesive mounts provide a quick, economical, and dependable
method of supporting, routing, and protecting wires or cables. Some are
used with Panduit cable ties and others can be used without cable ties.
Adhesive backed mounts adhere to a variety of surfaces. This alternative
to mechanical fasteners offers the advantage of lower installed cost with
safe, easy to use, quality products.

Applications
•
•
•
•
•
•

To route wires in control panels and switchboards
To support bundles of wires away from moving mechanical devices
Routing and harnessing cables, both indoors and out, to prevent safety hazards
To organize flat cables in many locations with low profile construction
Ideal for supporting wire bundles where holes cannot be made in the substrate
To separate groups of wires for identification

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.54

General Mount Guidelines
Panduit pressure sensitive adhesive (foam tape) mounts are intended to secure wire bundles or other light
objects to smooth surfaces. These mounts are not designed to support excessive loads and should not be
used when the maximum expected load exceeds the rated capacity of the mount.

Choosing the Right Adhesive
Panduit offers two standard pressure sensitive foam tapes which are available on most adhesive backed
wiring accessories products. The general purpose tape is produced with a rubber based adhesive and is
identified by an “-A” in the part number. This tape develops its strength extremely fast and can be used in
environments with temperatures ranging from -20°F (-29°C) to 120°F (49°C). It is recommended that rubber
based adhesive mounts dwell 2 hours after installation, prior to loading. Rubber based adhesive tape is the
best choice for most adhesive mount applications, including powder coated surfaces.
Acrylic based adhesive tape is also available and is identified by an “-AT” in the part number. This tape is for
use in environments where continuous exposure to temperatures ranging from -20°F (-29°C) to 180°F (82°C)
is possible. Acrylic based adhesive develops its maximum strength over a longer period of time than rubber
based adhesive. It is recommended that acrylic adhesive mounts dwell 8 hours after installation, prior to
loading. Acrylic based adhesive tape is a good choice for environments with exposure to UV rays or
temperatures above 120°F (49°C).
Panduit adhesive backed cable accessories are also available pre-installed with high bond acrylic-based
adhesive. This adhesive can be used in applications with continuous use temperatures ranging from
-31°F (-35°C) to 200°F (93°C), though higher temperatures may be possible for short-term exposure.
High Bond cable accessories are recommended for use in demanding applications such as where high
temperatures are required, or where fatigue loading is expected.
Panduit also offers a 2-part epoxy for use in applications where excessive loading is required, or where the
surface to which the mount must be applied is porous rather than smooth. Panduit EMA adhesive is a 2-part
epoxy cement which is packaged in convenient mixer cups containing an equal amount of resin and hardener.
Peel the protective covering off and pop the center of the cup in to form a mixing bowl. Each cup is supplied
with a mixer stick and contains enough epoxy to properly apply three EMS mounts. The resin and hardener
should be thoroughly mixed together until the epoxy is a consistent and uniform color. The mixer stick can then
be used to apply the adhesive to the mount. The epoxy should be forced into the grooves on the bottom of the
mount to obtain optimum bond performance. The mount should be applied to the surface with light pressure and
a back-and-forth twisting motion. Hardening of the epoxy begins five minutes after mixing at room temperature.
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Selection and Use of Adhesive Mounts (continued)

B1.
Cable Ties

Surface Preparation
For best results, Panduit adhesive mounts should be applied to clean, dry, grease-free surfaces.
We recommend that the surface be cleaned prior to mount installation. For rubber and acrylic based
foam tape adhesives, a blend of isopropyl alcohol and water 50/50 may be used to clean most surfaces.
For epoxy type adhesives, especially masonry surfaces, be sure to clean all loose particles away before mount
installation. Some surface abrasion is recommended to achieve maximum strength. A light rubbing with medium
grit emery cloth or sandpaper is best. Wash after abrading.

Proper Installation Techniques For Pressure Sensitive Adhesive Mounts
For proper installation of adhesive mounts with foam tape, simply remove the release liner and place the mount
in the desired location. Avoid touching the adhesive prior to positioning the mount. Apply firm pressure to the
mount for 5 seconds to insure proper adhesion.

2) Allow surface to air dry.

3) Remove the release
liner, being careful not
to touch the adhesive.

4) Apply full thumb
pressure for at least
5 seconds.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

3

9
6

1) Clean surface with a
clean cloth and
isopropyl alcohol.

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C2.
Surface
Raceway

12
Alcohol

B2.
Cable
Accessories

5) Allow mount to
properly dwell.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Proper Storage Conditions
All Panduit adhesive products have an expiration date printed on the package label. Use the following
storage guidelines:
1. For rubber and acrylic based foam tape adhesives, store in temperatures of 70°F (21°C) and 45%
Relative Humidity (R.H.).
2. For epoxy type adhesives, store in temperatures of 40°F (4°C) to 75°F (25°C) and relative humidity not in
excess of 45%. Storage in opened containers is not recommended. Using the guidelines above, the shelf life of
foam tape is 3 years. Shelf life of epoxy is 1 year. Deviation from the recommended storage conditions may
reduce the shelf life or adhesive strength. In any case, adhesive products should never be stored near heating
vents or other heat sources, and storage in lower temperatures than those recommended may increase the
shelf life.

Stock Rotation

Best-If-Used-By Date

Quality Control Number

Adhesive mount inventory should be rotated in order to
insure the quality of the adhesive foam tape. Each package
of Panduit adhesive backed mounts has a quality control
number and a best-if-used-by date on the package label.
The best-if-used-by date provides the customer with an
accurate way to control the rotation of inventory, and,
as is the case with all Panduit products, the quality control
number provides complete traceability for all components
that go into a specific production run of product.

Mount Removal
There is no simple or easy method for removing Panduit adhesives. A thin wire or razor blade can be moved
in between the surfaces when removing foam tape mounts; however, the adhesive residue will remain on the
surface. Epoxy adhesives may be removed with a commercial paint stripping solution.
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.55

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

NOTES

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B2.56

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

PAN-STEEL® SYSTEM
The Pan-Steel System provides a strong, durable method of bundling and mechanical fastening, for all
indoor, outdoor, and underground (including direct burial) applications.The ties are designed for use in
critical applications where strength, vibration, radiation, weathering, corrosion and temperature
extremes are a factor.
®

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

• Patented locking head design assures locking in
any position, with a high rated loop tensile
strength for a durable solution that delivers an
extra margin of safety
• 201, 304, or 316 grade stainless steel provides a
strong, long-lasting method of bundling and
mechanical fastening in harsh environments
• Accessories available to protect, speed, and
simplify the mounting of wires, cable, and
tubing with Panduit ® Pan-Steel ® Stainless Steel
Cable Ties
• Complete line of manual and powered installation
tools available with controlled tension and
automatic cut-off for lower installed cost
• Large selection of stainless steel marker plates,
tags, and cable ties to deliver maximum design
flexibility to match your specific application
requirements; for details, refer to Permanent
Identification Section E4

Panduit continues to develop stainless steel solutions for harsh environment applications by solving
customer problems with innovative products and reliable tooling to achieve lowest installed cost.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.1

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Steel® Products Overview
Pan-Steel® Cable Ties

Pages B3.4 – B3.7, B3.11 – B3.13
• Designed for use in indoor, outdoor, and
underground applications

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Self-locking head design speeds installation
• Strong, durable method of cable bundling
• Rounded edges assure cable protection and
worker safety

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Pan-Steel® Coated Cable Ties

Pages B3.8 – B3.9, B3.12 – B3.13
• Designed for use in indoor, outdoor, and
underground applications

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

• Self-locking head design speeds installation
• Provides additional edge protection
• Prevents corrosion between
dissimilar metals

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Pan-Alum ™ Cable Ties

Page B3.10
• Ideal for use in permanent identification and
color-coding applications
• Five color options in addition to
natural aluminum

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

• Lightweight construction for flexibility and
ease of handling

E1.
Labeling
Systems

• Used with aluminum marker plates for fast
and easy installation

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.2

Pan-Steel® Retained Tension Ties

Pages B3.17 – B3.20
• Designed for use in Industrial, OEM, and
Transportation Markets
• Provides tight bundling of armored cables,
pipes, conduit and rigid materials
• Locks into place at any length along the
tie body
• 360° seal design option eliminates gaps for
a completely sealed installation

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Products Overview (continued)
Installation Tools

Pages B3.14 – B3.16, B3.20, B3.26
• Used in production, maintenance, and
construction applications
• Full line of lightweight, ergonomic hand tools

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Highest reliability in the industry
• Flush cut-off of ties limits exposure to
sharp edges

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Pan-Steel® Strapping

Pages B3.21 – B3.26
• Fold over design provides high
retained tension
• Cut end is locked inside low profile
buckle – no sharp edges
• Coil-in-box packaging option for job site
versatility with minimum inventory
• Coated design option for additional
edge protection

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Accessories

Pages B3.26 – B3.29
• Cushion sleeving provides full separation
between ties and bundles
• Multiple mount options for range of
applications and panel thicknesses
• Mounts secure ties to structure quickly
and easily

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Permanent Identification Products

Pages E4.1 – E4.6
• Withstand the test of time and provide
legibility in harsh environments

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

• Factory Custom Marking Service creates
custom embossed or laser etched metal
plates, tags, and ties

E4.
Permanent
Identification

• Portable marking tools for quick and easy
on-site identification
• Large selection delivers maximum
design flexibility

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.3

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Features and Benefits – Pan-Steel® Cable Ties
Panduit® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties are engineered for safety, productivity, and durability by providing round edges and smooth surfaces,
easy threading, high loop tensile strength and tight clamping.

Self-Locking Head Construction

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Unique locking ramp
Assures locking in
any position

*Aggressive locking head
Quicker locking,
tighter installation

*Lead in design
Wider entrance for
easier threading

Strengthening ribs
Stronger head increases
lock strength

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

*Innovative
displacement lock
Assures superior
locking strength

Extended retaining tab
Increases overall tie strength

*Patented

Self-Locking for Fast Installation

Fully Rounded Edges

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Panduit tie body

Other manufacturer’s
tie body

The Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Cable Tie features fully
rounded edges to assure bundle protection and operator
safety. Panduit not only removes the burr, but actually
passes the material through a secondary process which
removes the top and bottom corners of the material.

Self-locking design can be
fastened by hand requiring
no fold over or additional
installation steps.

Pan-Steel® Installation Tools
for adjustable tension control
and automatic cut-off for
quick, consistent, and
secure installation.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Large selection of
installation tools, the
proper tool available to
meet the requirements of
every application. See
pages B3.14 – B3.16.

Pan-Steel® System
Accessories are used
with Pan-Steel® Stainless
Steel Cable Ties to
speed and simplify the
mounting of wires,
cables, and tubing.
Installation methods
include screw mounts
and push mounts. See
pages B3.26 – B3.29.

Pan-Steel® Permanent
Identification Solutions
are designed for use with
Panduit® Pan-Steel®
Stainless Cable Ties and
Pan-Alum ™ Aluminum
Cable Ties for quick and
easy on-demand
identification in harsh
environments. See
pages E4.1 – E4.6.

F.
Index

B3.4

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Part Number System for Pan-Steel® Cable Ties
M LT
Type
MLT = Metal
Locking
Tie

6

S

—

CP

Bundle Diameter Reference Cross Section
(In.)
S
= Standard
LH

Standard Package Size

= Light Heavy

Q

= 25

L*

= 50

316

= Heavy

LP** = 50

EH

= Extra-Heavy

CP = 100

EH15 = Extra-Heavy-15

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Material

(blank) = 304

H

SH

B1.
Cable Ties

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

= 316

C1.
Wiring
Duct

*Standard Cross Section
**Heavy Cross Section

= Super-Heavy

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Pan-Steel ® Self-Locking Cable Ties – MLT Series
C3.

• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Provides a strong, durable method of cable bundling
• Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and underground
(including direct burial) applications

Abrasion
• Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
Protection
worker safety
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel for
general-purpose applications
C4.
Cable
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
Management
corrosive environments

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length*
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

AISI 304 Stainless Steel – For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
1.0
MLT1S-CP
2.0
MLT2S-CP
MLT2S-L
2.0
2.7
MLT2.7S-CP
4.0
MLT4S-CP
MLT4S-L
4.0
6.0
MLT6S-CP
8.0
MLT8S-CP
MLT10S-CP
10.0
MLT12S-Q
12.0
MLT14S-Q
14.0
MLT15S-Q
15.0

25
51
51
69
102
102
152
203
254
304
355
380

5.0
7.9
7.9
10.2
14.3
14.3
20.5
26.8
33.0
39.3
45.5
49.2

127
201
201
259
362
362
521
679
838
998
1156
1250

200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

890
890
890
890
890
890
890
890
890
890
890
890

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18

4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

GS4MT, HTMT, PPTMT,
ST2MT

100
100
50
100
100
50
100
100
100
25
25
25

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
500
125
125
125

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.

Table continued on page B3.6

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

F.
Index

B3.5

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Self-Locking Cable Ties – MLT Series (continued)

B1.
Cable Ties

Part Number
B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length*
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Light-Heavy Cross Section
MLT2LH-LP
2.0
51
MLT4LH-LP
4.0 102
MLT6LH-LP
6.0 152
MLT8LH-LP
8.0 203

7.9
14.3
20.5
26.8

201
362
521
679

250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

Heavy Cross Section
2.0
MLT2H-LP
MLT2.7H-LP
2.7
4.0
MLT4H-LP
6.0
MLT6H-LP
8.0
MLT8H-LP
10.0
MLT10H-LP
MLT12H-Q
12.0
14.0
MLT14H-Q

51
69
102
152
203
254
304
355

7.9
10.2
14.3
20.5
26.8
33.0
39.3
45.5

201
259
362
521
679
838
998
1156

450
450
450
450
450
450
450
450

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4EH-LP
4.0 102
MLT6EH-LP
6.0 152
MLT8EH-LP
8.0 203
MLT10EH-LP
10.0 254
MLT12EH-Q
12.0 305
MLT4EH15-LP
4.0 102
MLT6EH15-LP
6.0 152
MLT8EH15-LP
8.0 203
MLT10EH15-LP
10.0 254
MLT12EH15-Q
12.0 305

17.1
23.4
29.7
35.9
42.2
17.1
23.4
29.7
35.9
42.2

434
594
754
912
1072
434
594
754
912
1072

600
600
600
600
600
700
700
700
700
700

2670
2670
2670
2670
2670
3115
3115
3115
3115
3115

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

Super-Heavy Cross
MLT4SH-LP
MLT6SH-LP
MLT8SH-LP
MLT10SH-LP
MLT12SH-Q

17.1
23.4
29.7
35.9
42.2

434
594
754
912
1072

900
900
900
900
900

4005
4005
4005
4005
4005

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63

15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9

0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

Section
4.0 102
6.0 152
8.0 203
10.0 254
12.0 305

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT

50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250

GS4MT, ST2MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, PBTMT

50
50
50
50
50
50
25
25

250
250
250
250
250
250
125
125

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT

50
50
50
50
25
50
50
50
50
25

250
250
250
250
125
250
250
250
250
125

RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT

50
50
50
50
25

250
250
250
250
125

500
500
500
500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250

AISI 316 Stainless Steel – For Superior Corrosion Resistance
Standard Cross Section
MLT1S-CP316
1.0
MLT2S-CP316
2.0
MLT2.7S-CP316
2.7
MLT4S-CP316
4.0
MLT6S-CP316
6.0
MLT8S-CP316
8.0
MLT10S-CP316
10.0

25
51
69
102
152
203
254

5.0
7.9
10.2
14.3
20.5
26.8
33.0

127
201
259
362
521
679
838

200
200
200
200
200
200
200

890
890
890
890
890
890
890

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18

4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

Light-Heavy Cross Section
MLT2LH-LP316
2.0
51
MLT4LH-LP316
4.0 102
MLT6LH-LP316
6.0 152
MLT8LH-LP316
8.0 203

7.9
14.3
20.5
26.8

201
362
521
679

250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT

50
50
50
50

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.

F.
Index

B3.6

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Self-Locking Cable Ties – MLT Series (continued)

Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Heavy Cross Section
MLT2H-LP316
2.0
MLT2.7H-LP316
2.7
MLT4H-LP316
4.0
MLT6H-LP316
6.0
MLT8H-LP316
8.0
MLT10H-LP316
10.0

Length*
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness
In.
mm

51
69
102
152
203
254

7.9
10.2
14.3
20.5
26.8
33.0

201
259
362
521
679
838

450
450
450
450
450
450

2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4EH-LP316
4.0 102
MLT6EH-LP316
6.0 152
MLT8EH-LP316
8.0 203
MLT4EH15-LP316
4.0 102
MLT6EH15-LP316
6.0 152
MLT8EH15-LP316
8.0 203

17.1
23.4
29.7
17.1
23.4
29.7

434
594
754
434
594
754

600
600
600
700
700
700

2670
2670
2670
3115
3115
3115

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.015
0.015
0.015

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38

Super-Heavy Cross
MLT4SH-LP316
MLT6SH-LP316
MLT8SH-LP316

17.1
23.4
29.7

434
594
754

900
900
900

4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38
4005 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015 0.38

Section
4.0 102
6.0 152
8.0 203

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

GS4MT, ST2MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, PBTMT

50
50
50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250
250

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT

50
50
50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250
250

RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT

50
50
50

250
250
250

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.7

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Steel® Polyester Fully Coated Cable Ties – MLTFC Series
• Polyester coating available in six color options provides visual
indication for easy identification in color-coding applications
(heavy cross section only)
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into
place at any length along the tie body
• Polyester coating provides additional edge protection and
prevents corrosion between dissimilar metals

• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
• Available in standard, heavy, extra-heavy and super-heavy
cross sections
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 302°F (150°C)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length*
In.
mm

Color

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

Width
In.
mm

Thickness^
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT

100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

Standard Cross Section^^
MLTFC2S-CP316
MLTFC4S-CP316
MLTFC6S-CP316
MLTFC8S-CP316

2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0

51
102
152
203

7.9
14.3
20.5
26.8

201
362
521
679

Black
Black
Black
Black

100
100
100
100

445
445
445
445

0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18

4.6
4.6
4.6
4.6

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

51
102
152
51
102
152
51
102
152
51
102
152
51
102
152
51
102
152
203

7.9
14.3
20.5
7.9
14.3
20.5
7.9
14.3
20.5
7.9
14.3
20.5
7.9
14.3
20.5
7.9
14.3
20.5
26.8

201
362
521
201
362
521
201
362
521
201
362
521
201
362
521
201
362
521
679

Red
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Blue
Blue
Blue
White
White
White
Black
Black
Black
Black

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112
1112

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

17.1
23.4
29.7

434
594
754

Black
Black
Black

300
300
300

1335 0.50
1335 0.50
1335 0.50

12.7 0.010
12.7 0.010
12.7 0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT

50
50
50

250
250
250

17.1
23.4
29.7

434
594
754

Black
Black
Black

450
450
450

2000 0.63
2000 0.63
2000 0.63

15.9 0.015
15.9 0.015
15.9 0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38

RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT

50
50
50

250
250
250

Heavy Cross Section^^
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

MLTFC2H-LP316RD
MLTFC4H-LP316RD
MLTFC6H-LP316RD
MLTFC2H-LP316YL
MLTFC4H-LP316YL
MLTFC6H-LP316YL
MLTFC2H-LP316GR
MLTFC4H-LP316GR
MLTFC6H-LP316GR
MLTFC2H-LP316BU
MLTFC4H-LP316BU
MLTFC6H-LP316BU
MLTFC2H-LP316WH
MLTFC4H-LP316WH
MLTFC6H-LP316WH
MLTFC2H-LP316
MLTFC4H-LP316
MLTFC6H-LP316
MLTFC8H-LP316

2.0
4.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Extra-Heavy Cross Section^^^

E4.
Permanent
Identification

MLTFC4EH-LP316
MLTFC6EH-LP316
MLTFC8EH-LP316

4.0
6.0
8.0

102
152
203

Super-Heavy Cross Section^^^
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.8

MLTFC4SH-LP316
MLTFC6SH-LP316
MLTFC8SH-LP316

4.0
6.0
8.0

102
152
203

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating. ^^Minimum bundle diameter is .50"(12.7mm). ^^^Minimum bundle diameter is1.0"(25.4mm).
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Nylon 11 Selectively Coated Cable Ties – MLTC Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Nylon 11 coating provides additional edge protection and prevents
corrosion between dissimilar metals

•
•
•
•

AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments
Available in heavy cross section
UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 285°F (140°C)

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Part Number

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Min. Bundle
Length* Strength**
Diameter
In. mm Lbs.
N
In.
mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness^
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.

AISI 316 Stainless Steel – For Nylon 11 Selectively Coated Cable Ties
Heavy Cross Section
MLTC2H-LP316
MLTC4H-LP316
MLTC6H-LP316
MLTC8H-LP316
MLTC10H-LP316

2.0
4.0
6.0
8.0
10.0

51
102
152
203
254

7.9
14.3
20.5
26.8
33.0

201
362
521
679
838

250
250
250
250
250

1112
1112
1112
1112
1112

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT

50
50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.9

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Pan-Alum ™ Aluminum Cable Ties – MLT Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Lightweight, aluminum construction for flexibility and ease
of handling
• Five color options in addition to natural aluminum finish for
color-coding applications

• Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
worker safety
• For use with Pan-Alum ™ Marker Plates on page E4.5, for fast
installation at the lowest installed cost

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
Length
Part Number
In. mm In. mm
MLT1H-LPALBL
1.0 25 5.5 140
MLT2H-LPALBL
2.0 51 7.9 201
MLT4H-LPALBL
4.0 102 14.3 362
MLT1H-LPALRD 1.0 25 5.5 140
MLT2H-LPALRD 2.0 51 7.9 201
MLT4H-LPALRD 4.0 102 14.3 362
MLT1H-LPALYL
1.0 25 5.5 140
MLT2H-LPALYL
2.0 51 7.9 201
MLT4H-LPALYL
4.0 102 14.3 362
MLT1H-LPALGR 1.0 25 5.5 140
MLT2H-LPALGR 2.0 51 7.9 201
MLT4H-LPALGR 4.0 102 14.3 362
MLT1H-LPALBU 1.0 25 5.5 140
MLT2H-LPALBU 2.0 51 7.9 201
MLT4H-LPALBU 4.0 102 14.3 362
1.0 25 5.5 140
MLT1H-LPAL
2.0 51 7.9 201
MLT2H-LPAL
4.0 102 14.3 362
MLT4H-LPAL

Color
Black
Black
Black
Red
Red
Red
Yellow
Yellow
Yellow
Green
Green
Green
Blue
Blue
Blue
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum

Min. Loop
Tensile
Min. Bundle
Strength*
Diameter
Lbs.
N
In.
mm
50
222 0.50 12.7
50
222 0.50 12.7
50
222 0.50 12.7
50
222 0.50 12.7
50
222 0.50 12.7
50
222 0.50 12.7
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222
222

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

Width
In. mm
0.31 7.9
0.31 7.9
0.31 7.9
0.31 7.9
0.31 7.9
0.31 7.9

Thickness
In.
mm
0.012 0.03
0.012 0.03
0.012 0.03
0.012 0.03
0.012 0.03
0.012 0.03

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012
0.012

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

Recommended Std. Std.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool**
Qty. Qty.
50
250
50
250
50
250
50
250
50
250
50
250

0.03
0.03
0.03
ST2MT, HTMT
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03
0.03

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

*Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
**For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.15.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.10

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Double Wrapped Cable Ties – MLTD Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at
any length along the tie body
• Cable tie body passes through the head two times for
additional strength
• Available in heavy, extra-heavy, and super-heavy cross sections

• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel for
general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
corrosive environments
• Super-heavy double wrapped tested for short circuit applications
up to 71.5 kA

C1.
Wiring
Duct

2

Part Number

Length*
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

1

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

B1.
Cable Ties

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Recommended Std. Std.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool***
Qty. Qty.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

AISI 304 Stainless Steel – MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Heavy Cross Section
MLT2DH-L
MLT4DH-L
MLT5DH-L

2.0
4.0

51
102

18.5
28.0

470
711

600
600

2670 1.00 25.4 0.31
2670 1.00 25.4 0.31

7.9
7.9

0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25

5.0
6.0

127
152

34.0
40.0

863
1016

600
600

2670 1.00 25.4 0.31
2670 1.00 25.4 0.31

7.9
7.9

0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DEH-Q
4.0
6.0
MLT6DEH-Q
8.0
MLT8DEH-Q

102
152
203

29.5
41.5
53.5

749
1054
1359

800
800
800

3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010
3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010
3560 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010

0.25
0.25
0.25

MLT4DEH15-Q
MLT6DEH15-Q
MLT8DEH15-Q

4.0
6.0
8.0

102
152
203

29.5
41.5
53.5

749 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015
1054 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015
1359 1000 4450 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38

Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DSH-Q
4.0
6.0
MLT6DSH-Q
8.0
MLT8DSH-Q

102
152
203

29.5
41.5
53.5

749 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015
1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015
1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.62 15.9 0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38

MLT6DH-Q

50
50

250
250

50
25

250
250

25
25
25

125
125
125

25
25
25

125
125
125

RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT

25
25
25

125
125
125

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT

25
25
25
25
25
25

125
125
125
125
125
125

GS4MT, HTMT,
PPTMT, ST2MT

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

AISI 316 Stainless Steel – For MLTD Double Wrapped Ties
Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DEH-Q316
4.0
6.0
MLT6DEH-Q316
8.0
MLT8DEH-Q316
MLT4DEH15-Q316
4.0
MLT6DEH15-Q316
6.0
MLT8DEH15-Q316
8.0
Super-Heavy Cross Section
MLT4DSH-Q316
4.0
6.0
MLT6DSH-Q316
8.0
MLT8DSH-Q316

102
152
203
102
152
203
102
152
203

29.5
41.5
53.5
29.5
41.5
53.5
29.5
41.5
53.5

749 800 3560 1.00
1054 800 3560 1.00
1359 800 3560 1.00
749 1000 4450 1.00
1054 1000 4450 1.00
1359 1000 4450 1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50

12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7

0.010
0.010
0.010
0.015
0.015
0.015

749 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015
1054 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015
1359 1200 5340 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

RT2HT,
RT2HTN,
PBTMT

25
25
25

125
125
125

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.11

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel ® Custom Length Banding – MBS, MBH, MBEH and MBSH Series
• For applications that require various bundle diameters

B1.
Cable Ties

Polyester coating (optional):
• Polyester coating provides additional edge protection
and prevents corrosion between dissimilar metals
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 302°F (150°C)
• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most
corrosive environments

• Supplied in reels of 82.50 feet (25.0m), 200.00 feet
(60.9m), 250.00 feet (76.2m) or 1000.00 feet (304.8m)
• Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory

B2.
Cable
Accessories

• Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle
diameter cut-off guide

1.0

10.0
KNOCK-OUT
HANDLE LOCATION
(BOTH SIDES)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

TAB
METRIC
CUT-OFF
MEASURE DIAMETER
CUT-OFF GUIDE

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

2"
3"

1D
(25.4)

H
RE AN
KN TR DLE
OC AC &
K- TOR
OU
T

4"

10.0

5"
6"

2D
(50.8)

7"
8"
9"
3D
(76.2)

Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Length*
Ft.
m

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Thickness^
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Recommended Std.
Banding
Pkg.
Head
Qty.‡

AISI 304 Stainless Steel — For General Purpose Banding
Standard Cross Section
Any Any 250
MBS-TLR
MBS-MR
Any Any 1000
Heavy Cross Section
Any Any 250
MBH-TLR
MBH-MR

Any

Any 1000

76
305

100
100

445
445

0.50 12.7 0.18
0.50 12.7 0.18

4.4
4.4

0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT

MTHS-C
MTHS-C

1
1

76

250

1112 0.50 12.7 0.31

7.9

0.010

0.25

MTHH-C

1

305

250

1112 0.50 12.7 0.31

7.9

0.010

0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT

MTHH-C

1

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBEH-TLR
Any Any

250

76

300

1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010

0.25

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT

MTHEH-C

1

Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBSH-TR
Any Any

200

61

450

2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015

0.38

RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT

MTHSH-C

1

AISI 316 Stainless Steel — For Superior Corrosion Resistance
Standard Cross Section
MBS-TLR316
Any Any 250
MBS-MR316
Any Any 1000
Heavy Cross Section
MBH-TLR316
Any Any 250
MBH-MR316

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

1"

ENGLISH MEASURE

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

DIAMETER
MARKERS(MM)

10mm
20mm
30mm
40mm
50mm
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
100mm
110mm
120mm
130mm
140mm
150mm
160mm
170mm
180mm
190mm
200mm
210mm
220mm
230mm
240mm
250mm

&
LE OR
ND CT UT
HA TRA -O
K
E
C
R O
KN

FOLD OVER
RETAINER TAB

Any

Any 1000

76
305

100
100

445
445

0.50 12.7 0.18
0.50 12.7 0.18

4.4
4.4

0.010
0.010

0.25
0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT

MTHS-C316
MTHS-C316

1
1

76

250

1112 0.50 12.7 0.31

7.9

0.010

0.25

MTHH-C316

1

305

250

1112 0.50 12.7 0.31

7.9

0.010

0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT

MTHH-C316

1

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBEH-TLR316 Any Any

250

76

300

1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010

0.25

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT

MTHEH-C316

1

Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBSH-TR316
Any Any

200

61

450

2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015

0.38

RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT

MTHSH-C316

1

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating
‡Order in number of reels required.

F.
Index

B3.12

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel Custom Length Banding – MBS, MBH, MBEH and MBSH Series
®

Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Length*
Ft.
m

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength**
Lbs.
N

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In. mm

Width
In. mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Thickness^
In.
mm

Recommended Std.
Banding
Pkg.
Head
Qty.‡

B1.
Cable Ties

Polyester Coated AISI 316 Stainless Steel
Any

82

25

250

1112 0.50 12.7 0.31

0.010

0.25

GS4MT, ST2MT,
HTMT, PPTMT,
PBTMT

MTHCH-C316

1

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Extra-Heavy Cross Section
MBCEH-QR316 Any Any

82

25

300

1335 1.00 25.4 0.50 12.7 0.010

0.25

ST2MT, RT2HT,
RT2HTN, PBTMT

MTHCEH-C316

1

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Super-Heavy Cross Section
MBCSH-QR316 Any Any

82

25

450

2000 1.00 25.4 0.63 15.9 0.015

0.38

RT2HT, RT2HTN,
PBTMT

MTHCSH-C316

1

Heavy Cross Section
MBCH-QR316
Any

7.9

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
**Per SAE Standard AS23190/3 (formerly MIL). For additional details, refer to page B3.32.
***For information on installation tools, refer to pages B3.14 – B3.16.
^Base material less coating
‡Order in number of reels required.

C2.
Surface
Raceway

To determine the proper amount of banding required, use the following formula:

Calculate S and H Cross Section
Calculate EH and SH Cross Section

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 3 inches (76mm)
Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 4.5 inches (114mm)

C4.
Cable
Management

Pan-Steel ® Custom Length Banding Heads – MTH Series
• Self-locking head design speeds installation and locks into place at any length along the tie body

D1.
Terminals

Part Number

Part Description

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

AISI 304 Stainless Steel
Loose piece banding
Loose piece banding
Loose piece banding
Loose piece banding
section banding.

MTHS-C
MTHH-C
MTHEH-C
MTHSH-C

head
head
head
head

for
for
for
for

standard cross section banding.
heavy cross section banding.
extra-heavy cross section banding.
super-heavy cross

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

head
head
head
head

for
for
for
for

standard cross section banding.
heavy cross section banding.
extra-heavy cross section banding.
super-heavy cross

100
100
100
100

1000
1000
1000
1000

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MTHS-C316
MTHH-C316
MTHEH-C316
MTHSH-C316

Loose piece banding
Loose piece banding
Loose piece banding
Loose piece banding
section banding.

E2.
Labels

AISI 316 Coated Stainless Steel
MTHCH-C316
MTHCEH-C316
MTHCSH-C316

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Loose piece coated banding head for heavy cross
section banding.
Loose piece coated banding head for extra-heavy cross
section banding.
Loose piece coated banding head for super-heavy cross
section banding.

100

1000

100

1000

100

1000

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

1) Take one end of the cut
banding and bend back
1/2" (13mm).

2) Take a self-locking head
and slide it the entire length
of the band until it reaches
the bend.

3) Bend tail flat against bottom
of banding head to
complete assembly.

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

F.
Index

B3.13

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

GS4MT Hand Operated Installation Tool
•
•
•
•

Single handle operation for fast installation
Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool
Controlled tension, fully adjustable
Easy removal of excess tie

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Part Number
Part Description
Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section Pan-Steel ® type
GS4MT
MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH double
wrapped ties.

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

• Qualified product listed per MIL Standard MS90387-3
• Automatically tensions and cuts off tie when predetermined tension
is reached
• Installs standard .18 inch (4.6mm), light-heavy .25 inch (6.4mm)
and heavy .31 inch (7.9mm) cross section ties

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

K4M-BLD

Replacement cutter blade for GS4MT.

1

K4MTG

Replacement tension gripper for GS4MT.

1

CAMT

Cut-off accessory. Use this accessory with GS4MT tool to cut MBH or MBS
continuous banding. Accessory drops in place for use.

1

GS4MT

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Side Entry

CAMT

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Tool Tension Locking Kits
• For applications requiring a locking device on either the selector knob (one cross section size and tension only) or tension level adjustment
(but allow cross section size changes)

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Part Number
Part Description
TTLK3
Tool tension locking kit for GS4MT and PPTMT installation tools.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

To lock selector knob and
tension level.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

To lock fine adjustment.

F.
Index

B3.14

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

ST2MT Installation Tool
• Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool
• One hand operation – lightweight
• Easy removal of excess tie

B1.
Cable Ties

• Tool tension is controlled by installer – twist action cut-off
• Rugged, lightweight, easy-to-operate pliers-type tool provides
mechanical advantage

Part Number
Part Description
ST2MT
Used with standard, light-heavy, heavy and extra-heavy cross section
Pan-Steel ® type MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH
double wrapped ties.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

RT2HT and RT2HTN Installation Tools
• Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool to
speed installation
• Multi-position rear handle provides flexibility for a one or two hand
installation

• Narrow nose tool design option available for applications requiring
installations in tight confined spaces
• Replacement cutter blade and handle available for RT2HT

Part Number
Part Description
RT2HT
Used with extra-heavy, extra-heavy 15, and super-heavy cross section
Pan-Steel ® type MLT and MLTFC ties. Width of tool nose 2.60" (66.0mm).
RT2HTN
RT2HT

Narrow nose installation tool for use with extra-heavy, extra-heavy 15, and
super-heavy cross section Pan-Steel ® type MLT and MLTFC ties. Width of
tool nose 1.06" (27.0mm).

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

1
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

RT2HTN

E2.
Labels

HTMT Installation Tool
• Economical
• Coiled tie end remaining after tensioning assures a safe end

• Manual tension, no cut-off
• Installs ties parallel to the bundle

Part Number
Part Description
HTMT
Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section Pan-Steel® type
MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC coated ties, and type MLTDH double
wrapped ties.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.15

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

PPTMT Pneumatic Installation Tool
•
•
•
•

Power assisted tool for fast and effortless installation
Cable tie side entry for immediate positioning of tie and tool
Controlled tension, fully adjustable
Automatic cut-off

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

Part Number
PPTMT

Part Description
Pneumatic hand tool used with Pan-Steel® type MLT ties, type MLTC/MLTFC
coated ties, and type MLTDH double wrapped ties.
Automatically tensions and cuts off tie when predetermined tension is
reached, providing more reliable and consistent installations.
Ideal for high production applications.
Installs standard .18" (4.6mm), light-heavy .25" (6.4mm), and heavy
.31" (7.9mm) cross section ties.

PPH10

1

KPPTMTG

10.0' (3m) hose assembly (regulator to tool); includes a .13" (3.3mm) NPT
male connector (to regulator) and .13" (3.3mm) female quick disconnect
(to tool).
Filter/regulator .5 micron element, regulated range 3 – 100 psig, features
.13" (3.3mm) NPT female output port (to hose PPH10) and .25" (6.4mm)
male quick disconnect to source air line.
Replacement gripper kit for PPTMT.

KPPTMTB

Replacement blade kit for PPTMT.

1

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

• One hand operation – lightweight
• Easy removal of excess tie
• Operates 85 PSI (586 KPA Bar) non-lubricated air and requires no
special maintenance

PPTMT

PL289N1

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

1

1

Side Entry
D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PBTMT Battery Powered Installation Tool
• Lithium-Ion battery optimizes performance by installing more
cable ties per charge
• Ergonomic tool design provides a compact lightweight body,
reducing operator fatigue
• Automatic flush cut off enhances productivity with easy
one hand installation

Part Number
PBTMT

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

• Controlled tension mechanism provides consistent
installations every time
• Battery indicator improves productivity with quick visual
identification of battery life
• Variable speed trigger provides increased operator control, for
easy installation

• Cable tie side entry allows quick side entry of tie into
tool to speed installation

E2.
Labels

• 360° rotating head allows access to confined spaces

Part Description
Battery powered installation tool, for use with Pan-Steel ® heavy, extra-heavy,
and super-heavy cross section MLT style ties, and MLTD double wrapped
style ties, 2 – 12 volt Lithium-Ion batteries and 115 volt, 60 Hz
charger included.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

PBTMT
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.16

360° Rotating Head

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Features and Benefits – Pan-Steel® Retained Tension Ties – MRT/MRS Series
Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Retained Tension Ties are engineered for safety, productivity, and durability by providing round edges and smooth
surfaces, easy threading, high loop tensile strength and tight clamping.

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Panduit Retained Tension Tie Technology
Features of
Retained Tension Ties
(MRT and MRS Series)
*Displacement Lock
Assures superior
locking strength

Additional Features of
360° Radial Seal
Retained Tension Ties
( MRS Series Only)

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

*Aggressive Locking Head
Quicker locking, tighter installation

Lead In
Wider entrance for
easier threading

**Relief Slots
For improved bundle
conformance

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Unique Locking Ramp
Assures locking in
any position

*Patented
**Patent Pending

B1.
Cable Ties

C2.
Surface
Raceway

**Front Tab
Improves bundle
conformance

Extra Long Body
Improves bundle
conformance

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Retained Tension Performance Comparison**
Panduit Retained
Tension Tie (Heavy)

D1.
Terminals

MRT Tie
D2.
Power
Connectors

Metal Locking Tie
Retained
Tension (Lbs.)

Band Clamp

Split
Mandrel

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Pinch Ear Clamp
Retained Tension

**Representative sample, actual results may vary.

Split mandrel test
fixture measures
retained tension of
installed tie

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.17

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Part Number System for Pan-Steel® Retained Tension Ties – MRT Series
M RT

6

S

Type

Bundle Diameter Reference
(In.)

Cross Section

Package Qty.

Material

S

= Standard

L = 50

4 = 304

LH = Light-Heavy

C = 100

MRT = Metal Retained
Tension Tie

C

4

H = Heavy

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Pan-Steel ® Retained Tension Ties – MRT Series

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

—

• Provide tight bundling of armored cables, pipes, conduit and other
rigid materials in harsh conditions for a reliable, easy to install
fastening solution

• Self-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length along
the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of 0.010"
(0.25mm)

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Part Number

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs.
N

Min. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

MTRTLS

100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500

MTRTLS

50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

AISI 304 Stainless Steel – For General Purpose
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

Standard Cross Section
MRT1S-C4
1.0
25
MRT2S-C4
2.0
51
MRT4S-C4
4.0
102
MRT6S-C4
6.0
152
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRT1.5LH-L4
1.5
38
MRT2LH-L4
2.0
51
MRT4LH-L4
4.0
102
MRT6LH-L4
6.0
152
Heavy Cross Section
MRT1.5H-L4
1.5
38
MRT2H-L4
2.0
51
MRT4H-L4
4.0
102
MRT6H-L4
6.0
152

9.0
12.2
18.5
24.8

229
310
470
630

180
180
180
180

800
800
800
800

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75

19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1

0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18

4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4

10.6
12.2
18.5
24.8

269
310
470
630

225
225
225
225

1000
1000
1000
1000

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

10.6
12.2
18.5
24.8

269
310
470
630

400
400
400
400

1780
1780
1780
1780

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

MTRTH

50
50
50
50

Double Wrapped – For Additional Strength
E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

Standard Cross Section
MRT1.5DS-C4
1.5
38
MRT2.5DS-C4
2.5
63
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRT2.5DLH-L4
2.5
63
Heavy Cross Section
MRT2DH-L4
2.0
51
MRT4DH-L4
4.0
102

14.4
20.7

366
526

250
250

1112
1112

1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4

0.17
0.17

4.4
4.4

MTRTLS

100
100

500
500

20.7

526

350

1556

1.00

25.4

0.25

6.4

MTRTLS

50

250

18.5
31.1

470
790

550
550

2447
2447

1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4

0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9

MTRTH

50
50

250
250

***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.20.

F.
Index

B3.18

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
Part Number System for Pan-Steel® 360° Radial Seal Retained Tension Ties – MRS Series
MRS

6

S

Type

Bundle Diameter Reference
(In.)

Cross Section
S

MRS = Metal Retained
Tension 360°
Radial Seal Tie

—

C

= Standard

L = 50

LH = Light-Heavy

C = 100

B1.
Cable Ties

4

Package Qty.

Material
4 = 304

H = Heavy

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Pan-Steel® 360° Radial Seal Retained Tension Ties – MRS Series
• 360° radial seal eliminates gaps under the head of the tie to
provide a completely sealed installation

A.
System
Overview

C1.
Wiring
Duct

• Self-locking cable tie design locks into place at any length along
the tie body, unlike fixed diameter band clamps
• Available in AISI 304 stainless steel with a thickness of
0.010" (0.25mm)

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number

Max. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length
In.
mm

Min. Loop
Tensile
Strength
Lbs.
N

Min. Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.

100
100
100
100

500
500
500
500

50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250

50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250

AISI 304 Stainless Steel – For General Purpose
Standard Cross Section
MRS1S-C4
1.0
25
MRS2S-C4
2.0
51
MRS4S-C4
4.0
102
MRS6S-C4
6.0
152
Light-Heavy Cross Section
MRS1.5LH-L4
1.5
38
MRS2LH-L4
2.0
51
MRS4LH-L4
4.0
102
MRS6LH-L4
6.0
152
Heavy Cross Section
MRS1.5H-L4
1.5
38
MRS2H-L4
2.0
51
MRS4H-L4
4.0
102
MRS6H-L4
6.0
152

9.0
12.2
18.5
24.8

229
310
470
630

180
180
180
180

800
800
800
800

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75

19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1

0.18
0.18
0.18
0.18

4.4
4.4
4.4
4.4

MTRTLS

10.6
12.2
18.5
24.8

269
310
470
630

225
225
225
225

1000
1000
1000
1000

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.25
0.25
0.25
0.25

6.4
6.4
6.4
6.4

MTRTLS

10.6
12.2
18.5
24.8

269
310
470
630

400
400
400
400

1780
1780
1780
1780

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.31
0.31
0.31
0.31

7.9
7.9
7.9
7.9

MTRTH

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.20.

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index
For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.19

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

MTRT Retained Tension Manual Installation Tools
• Adjustable detent mechanism provides user pre-set controlled
tension for repeatable installations and maximum reliability
• Smooth cable tie cut-off eliminates burrs or sharp edges after
installation to deliver added bundle protection and job site safety

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

Part Number
MTRTH

Part Description
Retained tension installation tool for use with Pan-Steel ® heavy cross
section MRT and MRS style ties and MRT double wrapped style ties.

MTRTLS

Retained tension installation tool for use with Pan-Steel ® light-heavy and
standard cross section MRT and MRS style ties and MRT double
wrapped style ties.

1

KMTRTH

Change over kits allow for installation of heavy cross section MRT and
MRS style ties, and MRT double wrapped style ties in MTRTH tools.

1

KMTRTLS

Change over kits allow for installation of light-heavy and standard cross
section MRT and MRS style ties, and MRT double wrapped style ties in
MTRTLS tools.

1

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

• Tie tensioning mechanism provides improved durability compared
to conventional gripper style tools
• Change over kits available to allow for installation of all tie cross
sections with one tool

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.20

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Features and Benefits – Pan-Steel® Strapping System
The Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Strapping is the ultimate solution for strapping applications. The buckle design
and tension controlled installation tool offer a quick and safe installation for all harsh environments. Available in four widths
3/8" (9.5mm), 1/2" (12.7mm) 5/8" (15.9mm) and 3/4" (19.1mm) in base 201 (3/4" width only), 304, or 316 stainless steel
with a temperature range of -112°F (-80°C) to 1000°F (538°C).

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Unique Locking Methods
Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Strapping
*Hooked Clamping Tab
Bends strap body within retention
area of buckle for increased loop
tensile strength and full coverage
of cut end of strap

*Cross Rib Support
Enhanced rigidity for higher
loop tensile strength

B1.
Cable Ties

Buckle Design
Provides a low
finished profile

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

*Concave Cross Section
Enhanced support to
improve tensile strength

C2.
Surface
Raceway

No Sharp Edges
After tensioning, cut end
is locked inside buckle
*Concave Buckle Recess
Increases body resistance for
increased loop tensile strength

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping
D1.
Terminals

Hooked Clamping Tab
Provides full coverage
of cut end of strap for
enhanced safety

Buckle Screwdriver Slot
Allows use of screwdriver
for buckle closure for a
simple quick installation

No Sharp Edges
After tensioning, cut end
is locked inside buckle

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Buckle Bridge Teeth
Deliver additional body slip
resistance for optimum strength

E2.
Labels

**Buckle Locking Tabs
Improve locking mechanism
for higher strength

Hand operated installation
tools used with Panduit ®
Pan-Steel® Strapping.
Tensions, cuts strapping,
and secures the buckle tab.
Easy to operate.
See page B3.26.

*Patented
**Patents Pending

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Custom length strapping
available for applications
that require various bundle
diameters, to provide job
safety and versatility with
minimum inventory.
See page B3.25.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.21

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

The Panduit Method Reduces Installation Time
Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Strapping

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

1) Place strap
around the
material, insert
tail of strap
through buckle.
Pull strapping
tight and bend up
to hold in place.
Insert tail of
strapping into tool
nose section.
Squeeze handle
to tension.

2) Once proper
tension is
reached,
maintain tension
and raise tool
90° – 120° over
buckle and pull
down on cutter
lever, cutting
strap.

4) Using the
closure lever
on the handle
of the tool,
bend retaining
tab down and
over cut end.

Provides finished,
safe, and
secure closure.

3) Remove tool,
press cut end
down and toward
retaining tab.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel MS75 Strapping

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

1) Place strap
around the
material, insert
tail of strap
through buckle.
Pull strapping
tight and bend
up to hold in
place.

2) Insert tail of
strapping into tool
nose section.
Rotate handle
to tension.

4) Remove tool,
press cut end
down toward
retaining tab.

5) Using flathead
screwdriver, bend
retaining tab down
and over cut end.

3) After tensioning
raise tool 90° –
120° over buckle
and pull down on
cutter lever,
cutting strap.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Provides finished,
safe, and
secure closure.

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.22

Part Number System for Discrete Length Strapping
MS

4

Bundle
Diameter
MS = Metal Strap
(In.)
MSC = Metal Strap
Coated
Type

W

38

T

15

L

4

Width

Inches

Thickness

15 = 0.015"

Standard
Package Size

Material

30 = 0.030"

L = 50 Pcs.

2 = 201 SS

Q = 25 Pcs.

4 = 304 SS

38 = 3/8
50 = 1/2
63 = 5/8

6 = 316 SS

75 = 3/4
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Strapping – MS Series
• Fold over design provides high-retained tension in mechanical
fastening and cable bundling applications
• After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle – no
sharp edges
• Can be used in a wide range of indoor, outdoor, and underground
(including direct burial) applications

• Smooth surfaces and rounded edges assures cable protection and
worker safety
• Available in AISI 201 (3/4" width only) and 304 stainless steel for
general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive
environments

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

Part Number

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Length*
In.
mm

Strap
Breaking
Strength
Lbs.
N

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm

Width
In.
mm

Thickness
In.
mm

Recommended Std. Std.
Installation
Pkg. Ctn.
Tool***
Qty. Qty.

AISI 201 Stainless Steel
MS4W75T30-Q2
4.0
MS6W75T30-Q2
6.0
MS8W75T30-Q2
8.0
MS10W75T30-Q2 10.0

102
152
203
254

20.2
26.5
32.7
39.0

513
673
831
991

2400
2400
2400
2400

10656
10656
10656
10656

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.75
0.75
0.75
0.75

19.1
19.1
19.1
19.1

0.030
0.030
0.030
0.030

0.76
0.76
0.76
0.76

11.8
18.0
24.4
30.7
37.0
18.0
24.4
30.7
37.0
18.0
24.4
30.7
37.0

300
457
620
780
940
457
620
780
940
457
620
780
940

502
502
502
502
502
671
671
671
671
839
839
839
839

2229
2229
2229
2229
2229
2979
2979
2979
2979
3725
3725
3725
3725

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63

9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9

0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

11.8
18.0
24.4
30.7
37.0
18.0
24.4
30.7
37.0
18.0
24.4
30.7
37.0

300
457
620
780
940
457
620
780
940
457
620
780
940

502
502
502
502
502
671
671
671
671
839
839
839
839

2229
2229
2229
2229
2229
2979
2979
2979
2979
3725
3725
3725
3725

1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00
1.00

25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4
25.4

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.63
0.63
0.63
0.63

9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
9.5
12.7
12.7
12.7
12.7
15.9
15.9
15.9
15.9

0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015
0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38
0.38

BT75SDT

25
25
25
25

25
25
25
25

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MS2W38T15-L4
2.0
MS4W38T15-L4
4.0
MS6W38T15-L4
6.0
MS8W38T15-L4
8.0
MS10W38T15-L4 10.0
MS4W50T15-L4
4.0
MS6W50T15-L4
6.0
MS8W50T15-L4
8.0
MS10W50T15-L4 10.0
MS4W63T15-L4
4.0
MS6W63T15-L4
6.0
MS8W63T15-L4
8.0
MS10W63T15-L4 10.0

51
102
152
203
254
102
152
203
254
102
152
203
254

BT2HT

AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MS2W38T15-L6
2.0
MS4W38T15-L6
4.0
MS6W38T15-L6
6.0
MS8W38T15-L6
8.0
MS10W38T15-L6 10.0
MS4W50T15-L6
4.0
MS6W50T15-L6
6.0
MS8W50T15-L6
8.0
MS10W50T15-L6 10.0
MS4W63T15-L6
4.0
MS6W63T15-L6
6.0
MS8W63T15-L6
8.0
MS10W63T15-L6 10.0

51
102
152
203
254
102
152
203
254
102
152
203
254

BT2HT

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
***For information on installation tool, refer to page B3.26.

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.23

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Pan-Steel® Nylon 11 Coated Strapping – MSC Series
• Fold over design provides high-retained tension in mechanical
fastening and cable bundling applications
• After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle –
no sharp edges
• AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive environments

• Available in 0.38 inch (9.5mm), 0.50 inch (12.7mm),
0.63 inch (15.9mm) cross sections
• UV resistant, low smoke, halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance -40°F (-40°C) to 285°F (140°C)

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

Part Number
MSC2W38T15-L6
MSC4W38T15-L6
MSC6W38T15-L6
MSC8W38T15-L6
MSC10W38T15-L6
MSC4W50T15-L6
MSC6W50T15-L6
MSC8W50T15-L6
MSC10W50T15-L6
MSC4W63T15-L6
MSC6W63T15-L6
MSC8W63T15-L6
MSC10W63T15-L6

Max.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
2.0
51
4.0
102
6.0
152
8.0
203
10.0 254
4.0
102
6.0
152
8.0
203
10.0 254
4.0
102
6.0
152
8.0
203
10.0 254

Length*
In.
mm
11.8 300
18.0 457
24.4 620
30.7 780
37.0 940
18.0 457
24.4 620
30.7 780
37.0 940
18.0 457
24.4 620
30.7 780
37.0 940

Strap
Breaking
Strength
Lbs.
N
502 2229
502 2229
502 2229
502 2229
502 2229
671 2979
671 2979
671 2979
671 2979
839 3725
839 3725
839 3725
839 3725

Min.
Bundle
Diameter
In.
mm
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4
1.00 25.4

Width
In.
mm
0.38 9.5
0.38 9.5
0.38 9.5
0.38 9.5
0.38 9.5
0.50 12.7
0.50 12.7
0.50 12.7
0.50 12.7
0.63 15.9
0.63 15.9
0.63 15.9
0.63 15.9

Thickness^
In.
mm
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38
0.015 0.38

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

BT2HT

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50
50

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250
250

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service.
***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.26.
^Base material less coating.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.24

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Pan-Steel® Custom Length Strapping
• Fold over design provides high retained tension in mechanical
fastening and cable bundling applications
• After tensioning, cut end is locked inside low profile buckle – no
sharp edges
• For applications that require various bundle diameters
• Supplied in reels of 82.5 feet (25m) (coated) or 100 feet (30.5m)
(uncoated)

• Provides job site versatility with minimum inventory
• Packaging speeds removal of steel and includes bundle diameter
cut-off guide
• Available in AISI 201(3/4" width only) and 304
stainless steel for general-purpose applications
• Available in AISI 316 stainless steel for the most corrosive
environments

METRIC
TAB
KNOCK-OUT
DIAMETER CUT-OFF
HANDLE LOCATION MEASURE
CUT-OFF GUIDE
(BOTH SIDES)
DIAMETER
MARKERS(MM)

Nylon 11 coating (optional):
• Nylon 11 coating provides
additional edge protection
and prevents corrosion
between dissimilar metals
• UV resistant, low smoke,
halogen-free material
• Temperature tolerance
-40°F (-40°C) to 285°F (140°C)
• AISI 316 stainless steel for
the most corrosive environments

10mm
20mm
30mm
40mm
50mm
60mm
70mm
80mm
90mm
100mm
110mm
120mm
130mm
140mm
150mm
160mm
170mm
180mm
190mm
200mm
210mm
220mm
230mm
240mm
250mm

&
LE OR
ND CT UT
HA TRA -O
K
RE OC
N
K

1D
(25.4)

1.0
FOLD OVER
RETAINER TAB

1"

H
RE AN
KN TR DLE
OC AC &
K- TOR
OU
T

2"
3"
4"

Part Number

Length*
Ft.
m

304 Stainless Steel
MSW75T30-CR2
100
30.5
304 Stainless Steel
MSW38T15-CR4
100
30.5
MSW50T15-CR4
100
30.5
MSW63T15-CR4
100
30.5
316 Stainless Steel
MSW38T15-CR6
100
30.5
MSW50T15-CR6
100
30.5
MSW63T15-CR6
100
30.5
Nylon Coated Custom Length Strapping
MSCNW38T15-QR6
82.5
25.0
MSCNW50T15-QR6
82.5
25.0
MSCNW63T15-QR6
82.5
25.0

Width
In.
mm

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

10.0

6"
7"
8"
9"

3D
(76.2)

C2.
Surface
Raceway

ENGLISH MEASURE

Strap
Breaking
Strength
Lbs.
N

B2.
Cable
Accessories

10.0

5"
2D
(50.8)

B1.
Cable Ties

Thickness^
In.
mm

Used
with
Buckle

Recommended
Installation
Tool***

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.‡

2400

10656

0.75

19.1

0.030

0.80

MSBW75-C2

BT75SDT

1

502
671
839

2229
2979
3725

0.38
0.50
0.63

9.5
12.7
15.9

0.015
0.015
0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38

MSBW38-C4
MSBW50-C4
MSBW63-C4

BT2HT

1
1
1

502
671
839

2229
2979
3725

0.38
0.50
0.63

9.5
12.7
15.9

0.015
0.015
0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38

MSBW38-C6
MSBW50-C6
MSBW63-C6

BT2HT

502
671
839

2229
2979
3725

0.38
0.50
0.63

9.5
12.7
15.9

0.015
0.015
0.015

0.38
0.38
0.38

MSBW38-C6
MSBW50-C6
MSBW63-C6

BT2HT

1
1
1
1
1
1

*Other lengths available, contact Panduit Customer Service. ^Base metal less coating.
‡Order in number of reels required.***For information on installation tools, refer to page B3.26.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

To determine the proper amount of strapping required, use the following formula:

Calculate

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Diameter inches (mm) x 3.14 + 6 inches (152.4 mm)

Pan-Steel® Buckles for Custom Length Strapping
• Buckle design provides a low finished profile

Part Number

Material

• After tensioning cut end is locked inside buckle – no sharp edges

Width
In. mm

Part Description

AISI 201 Stainless Steel
MSBW75-C2
201
0.75 19.1 Individual low profile buckles used with metal strapping.
AISI 304 Stainless Steel
MSBW38-C4
304
MSBW50-C4
304
MSBW63-C4
304
AISI 316 Stainless Steel
MSBW38-C6
316
MSBW50-C6
316
MSBW63-C6
316

Std. Std.
Pkg. Ctn.
Qty. Qty.
100

—

0.38 9.5 Individual low profile buckles used with custom
0.50 12.7 length strapping.
0.63 15.9

100 1000
100 1000
100 1000

0.38 9.5
0.50 12.7 Individual low profile buckles used with custom
length strapping.
0.63 15.9

100 1000
100 1000
100 1000

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.25

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

BT2HT Hand Operated Installation Tool for Strapping
• Strap side entry

• Easy removal of excess strap

• Multi-position rear handle provides flexibility for a one or two
hand installation

• Installs (3) sizes: 0.38 inch (9.5mm), 0.50 inch (12.7mm), and
0.63 inch (15.9mm)

• Adjustable tension control

• Replacement cutter blade and handle available

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Part Number
BT2HT

Part Description
Installation tool for use with 0.38" (9.5mm), 0.50" (12.7mm), and
0.63" (15.9mm) widths of Panduit ® Pan-Steel ® Strapping.
Tensions, cuts strapping, and secures the buckle tab. Lever cut off.

KRT2BLD
KRT2HNDL

Replacement cutter blade for RT2HT and BT2HT.
Replacement cutter handle for RT2HT and BT2HT.

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

1
1

BT75SDT Hand Operated Installation Tool for MS75 Strapping
• Screw drive tension mechanism provides high tension with minimal
effort, reducing operator fatigue

• Strapping side entry allows quick side entry of the strap into tool
to speed installation

• Heavy duty construction offers a longer service life

C4.
Cable
Management

Part Number
BT75SDT

D1.
Terminals

Part Description
Installation tool for use with 0.75" (19.1mm) width strapping only. Tensions
and cuts strapping. Screwdriver required for buckle closure (not included).

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
1

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

PCS Cushion Sleeve
• Black neoprene sleeving used with Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties,
custom length banding, and MS strap
• Used on applications requiring improved gripping on
non-resilient objects
• Can be used indoors or outdoors (excellent ultraviolet resistance,
good resistance to petroleum, and many chemicals)

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification

Part Number
PCSS-B-CR
PCSH-B-CR
PCSSH-B-CR*

• Isolation between dissimilar metals allows the ties and straps
to be used with aluminum cable tray
• Provides full separation between the ties and the bundle
• Operating temperature range -40°F (-40°C) to 200°F (93°C)

Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
MLT/S
MLT/LH/H
MLT/EH/SH
and MS Straps

Width
In.
.33
.47
.91

Length
mm
8.4
11.9
23.1

Ft.
100
100
100

m
30.5
30.5
30.5

Std.
Pkg.
Qty‡
1
1
1

*Meets MIL-R-6855
‡Order in number of reels required.
Pkg. –CR = 100 ft. (30.5m) reel.

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.26

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Stainless Steel Tie Mounts
• Low profile
• One hole mounting

• For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel® Ties as well as .38 inch (9.5mm) wide strapping
• 304 Stainless Steel

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A

W

H

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Z

Part Number
MTM1H-C
MTM1H10-C

Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping

Length
A
In.
mm
.90
22.6

Width
W
In.
mm
.40
10.2

Height
H
In.
mm
.17
4.4

#10 (5mm)
screw

.90

22.6

.40

10.2

.17

4.4

.21

5.4

100

1000

1/4" (6mm)
screw

.90

22.6

.40

10.2

.17

4.4

.28

7.1

100

1000

Mounting
Method*
#8 (4mm)
screw

MLTS/LH/H, MLTC/H,
MLTFC/S/LH/H or
MSW38

MTM1H25-C

Hole Diameter Std. Std.
Z
Pkg. Ctn.
In.
mm
Qty. Qty.
.17
4.4
100 1000

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

*Stainless steel screws are recommended for fastening to avoid corrosion problems associated with dissimilar metals.

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Stainless Steel Push Mount
• No tapping required
• Used where only one side of the panel is accessible
• Nothing to assemble

• For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel® Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

W

A

E1.
Labeling
Systems
H

E2.
Labels

Part Number
MPWM-H56-Q

Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
MLTS/LH/H,
MLTC/H or
MLTFC/S/LH/H

Mounting
Method
Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
5/16" (8mm)

Length
A
In.
mm
.84
21.3

Width
W
In.
mm
.29
7.3

Height
H
In.
mm
.56
14.2

Panel Thickness
In.
mm
.03 – .09
.8 – 2.4

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
25

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
250

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.27

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

Stainless Steel Push Button Mount
• Low profile
• No tapping required
• Designed for use only where both sides of the panel are accessible

• For use with standard cross section Pan-Steel® Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel

B2.
Cable
Accessories

A
A

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

A

C1.
Wiring
Duct

H

W

C2.
Surface
Raceway

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

Part Number
MBM-H25-Q

Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
MLT/S or
MLTFC/S

Mounting
Method
Inserted into
pre-drilled hole
.25" (6.4mm)

Diameter
A
In.
mm
.40
10.0

Width
W
In.
mm
.20
5.0

Height
H
In.
mm
.26
6.5

Panel
Std. Std.
Thickness
Pkg. Ctn.
In.
mm
Qty. Qty.
.03 – .12 .8 – 3.0 25 250

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

Stainless Steel 2-Way Tie Mount
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

• For use with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel® Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel

• Allows stainless steel cable ties to be inserted from either of
two sides
• Low profile
• Single hole center mounting for maximum holding and stability
• Maximum screw head height .09 inches (2.3mm)

A

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Q
A

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions

G

Z

E2.
Labels

Part Number
MTM2H-Q

Used with
Pan-Steel®
Ties/Strapping
MLTS/LH/H,
MLTC/H or
MLTFC/S/LH/H

Mounting
Method*
#8 (4mm)
screw

Length
A
In.
mm
.71
18.0

Height
H
In.
mm
.30
8.0

Screw Head
Height
G
In.
mm
.09
2.3

Slot
Width
Q
In.
mm
.35
9.0

H

Hole
Diameter
Z
In.
mm
.17
4.5

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
25

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
250

*Stainless steel screws are recommended for fastening to avoid corrosion problems associated with dissimilar metals.

F.
Index

B3.28

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Stainless Steel Bulkhead Mount
• Zero profile
• Mounts directly to surface
• Used where only one side of the panel is accessible

• Permanent, secure application
• Used with standard, light-heavy, and heavy cross section
Pan-Steel® Ties
• 304 Stainless Steel

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

H

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

W
A

Part Number
MTMBH-Q

Used with
Pan-Steel®
Mounting
Ties/Strapping
Method
MLTS/LH/H/EH/
Pre-drill hole size standard
SH, MLTC/H, or and light-heavy cross section
MLTFC/S/LH/H/
MLT-S/LH .38" (9.5mm) –
EH/SH
.50" (12.7mm).
Heavy cross section
MLT-H .50" (12.7mm) –
.63" (15.9mm).

Length
A
In. mm
1.92 48.5

Width
W
In.
mm
.21
5.3

Height
H
In.
mm
.54
13.7

Max. Panel
Thickness
In.
mm
.50
12.7

Std.
Pkg.
Qty.
25

Std.
Ctn.
Qty.
250

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

To Install Bulkhead Mount:
D2.
Power
Connectors

1) Insert cable tie through mount
slot and fold cable tie.

2) Insert cable tie and mount
through panel/framework hole.

3) Pull cable tie back to secure the
mount in the panel/framework.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

4) Mount shown in correct position
for installation.

5) Separate cable tie to allow for
bundling of cables/wires, etc.

6) Install cable tie around bundle
and fasten.

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.29

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

Stainless Steel Technical Information
Physical Characteristics of Stainless Steel and Aluminum

Material:

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel
Marker Plates, Tags, and Cable Ties

Pan-Alum™ Aluminum
Marker Plates and Cable Ties

201 Grade Stainless Steel

304 and 316 Grade Stainless Steel

Aluminum – Natural and Anodized

Maximum temperature rating:

538°C

538°C

100°C

Minimum temperature rating:

-80°C

-80°C

-80°C

Compliant

Compliant

Compliant

Non-Flammable

Non-Flammable

Non-Flammable

Excellent

Excellent

Good

RoHS:
Flammability:

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel MS
Strapping and Buckles

Ultraviolet light resistance:

Panduit Stainless Steel Cable Tie and Strapping Approvals
Logo (Symbol)

Agency

Spec /Approval

Requirement

Applicable Products
MLT-S, MLT-LH, MLT-H, MLTEH15, MLTSH,
MLTDEH and MLTDSH in 304, and 316.
MSW38T15, MSW50T15, MSW63T15, MSBW38,
MSBW50, MSBW63 in both 304 and 316 material.
MSCW38T15, MSCW50T15, MSCW63T15,
MSCNW38T15, MLTFCS, SH, MLTCH,
MSCNW50T15, and MSW63T15 in 316 material.

Underwriters
Laboratories, Inc.

Listing E56854

Conformite European

Low Voltage Directive
73/23/EEC (amended
93/68/EEC) MLT cable ties
and MS straps also meet
the requirements
from EN50146

CE Marking is required for
products sold within the European
Union. CE Marking Directives
specify the minimum performance
All MLT, MRT, MRS ties and MS straps.
of these products. Applying the
CE mark signifies compliance
with essential requirements of
specific directives.

D1.
Terminals

Amer. Bureau of
Shipping

Cert. #03-HS373867-PDA,
04-HS476898-PDA,
05-HS118592C/1-PDA,
06-HS152579-PDA,
05-HS118592A/2-PDA

Mechanical

All MLT ties and MS straps.

D2.
Power
Connectors

Bureau Veritas

Cert.
#04048/D2 BV

Material specification,
dimensional, visual

All uncoated MLT ties in 304 and 316 material.

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

Det Norske Veritas

Cert. #
E-6540
E-6539

Salt mist test, tensile test,
accelerated aging, vibration tests

All uncoated MLTS, MLTH, MLTE15, MLTDEH15,
MLTSH, and MS strap coated and uncoated
316 material.

E1.
Labeling
Systems

Germanischer Lloyd

Cert. #
32666-83HH
51796-89HH

Mechanical

All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
MS straps.

E2.
Labels

Lloyd’s Register of
Shipping

Cert. #
89/60123

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

RINA

Cert. #
ELE71502CS

E4.
Permanent
Identification

SAE Int’l formerly
US MIL

E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

B3.30

Dimensional, tensile, temp.,
cycling, humidity

Material specification, tensile test, All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
vibration tests
MS straps.

Material specification

All uncoated stainless steel MLT ties and all
MS straps.

AS23190 formerly
MS23109E

Dimensional, visual, vibration,
temp. cycling, immersion

MLT-S and MLT-H ties in 304 and 306 material.

US Coast Guard

File No.16703/46

Mechanical

MLT-H series cable ties.

US Military

MIL-T-81306A/
MS90387-3

Mechanical

GS4MT installation tools.

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Chemical Resistance at 70°F (21°C) Temperature

%

304
and
316
Stainless
Steel*

Arsenic Acid

%

304
and
316
Stainless
Steel*

%

304
and
316
Stainless
Steel*

40

E

Cider

E

Methyl Alcohol

100

E

Sodium Bisulfate

10

Acetone

100

E

Dichloroethane

E

100

E

Methyl Chloride

100

E

Sodium Borate

All

E

Aluminum Hydroxide AQ
C.S.

E

Diethyl Ether

100

E

Methyl Ethyl Ketone

100

E

Sodium Carbonate

5

E

Ammonium
Carbonate

5

E

Ethyl Alcohol

100

E

Naphtha

100

E

Sodium Chlorate

25

E

Ammonium
Hydroxide

10

E

Ethyl Chloride

100

E

Nitric Acid

30 –
70

E

Sodium Chloride

2

E

E

Ethyl Glycol

100

E

Nitrous Acid

5

E

Sodium Fluoride

5

F

Ammonium Sulfate

10

S

Ferric Hydroxide

All

E

Oleic Acid

100

E

Sodium Hydroxide

10

E

Barium Carbonate

All

E

Ferric Nitrate

10

E

Oxalic Acid

10

E

Sodium Hyposulfite

AQ
C.S.

E

Barium Chloride

5

E

Ferrous Sulfate

10

E

Paraffin

100

E

Sodium Nitrate

5

E

Barium Sulfate

10

E

Fuel Oil

100

E

Petroleum Ether

100

E

Sodium Nitrite

AQ
C.S.

E

Chemical

Ammonium Nitrate

Chemical

%

304
and
316
Stainless
Steel*

Chemical

Chemical

Barium Sulfide

10

E

Furfural

100

E

Phenol

90

E

Sodium Percolate

10

E

Benzene

100

E

Gallic Acid

AQ
C.S.

E

Phosphoric Acid

10

E

Sodium Phosphate

5

E

Benzoic Acid

100

E

Gasoline

100

E

Picric Acid

Butyric Acid

50

E

Glycerine

100

E

Potassium Bromide

AQ
C.S.

E

Hydrocyanic Acid

All

E

Potassium
Carbonate 1%

Calcium Chlorate

10

E

Hydrogen Peroxide

30

E

Potassium Chlorate

Calcium Hydroxide

20

E

Hydrogen Sulfide

Dry

E

Calcium
Hydrochlorite

2

F

Idoform

100

Calcium Sulfate

Calcium Carbonate

1

S

Sodium Sulfate

5

E

AQ
C.S.

S

Sodium Thiosulfate

5

S

—

E

Stearic Acid

100

E

AQ
C.S.

E

Sulfur

100

E

Potassium
Dichromate

40

E

Sulfur Dioxide

All

E

E

Potassium
Ferrocyanide

25

E

Sulfuric Acid

100

E

2

E

Isopropyl Alcohol

100

E

Potassium hydroxide

5

E

Sulfuric Acid

5

F

Carbon Tetrachloride —

—

Jet Fuel

100

E

Potassium Iodide

All

E

Tannic Acid

10

E

Chlorine (Wet)

—

F

Lactic Acid

100

E

Potassium Nitrate

50

E

Tartaric Acid

50

E

Chlorine (Dry)

—

F

Lanolin

10

E

Potassium
Permanganate

5

E

Tetrahydrofuran

100

E

Chloroacetic Acid

30

F

Lead Acetate

5

E

Potassium Sulfate

5

E

Toluene

100

F

Chloroform

100

E

Magnesium
Carbonate

All

E

Potassium Sulfide

AQ
C.S.

E

Xylene

100

E

Chromic Acid

5

E

Magnesium Chloride 10

F

Propyl Alcohol

100

E

Zinc Chloride

70

E

Citric Acid

50

E

Magnesium Nitrate

All

E

Silver Nitrate

10

E

Zinc Nitrate

AQ
C.S.

E

Copper Cyanide

10

E

Malic Acid

AQ
C.S.

E

Sodium Acetate

60

E

Zinc Sulfate

AQ
C.S.

E

Copper Nitrate

50

E

Mercury

100

E

Sodium Bicarbonate

All

E

* E = Excellent, S = Satisfactory, F = Fair, AQ C.S. = Aqueous Cold Saturated, All = All % Concentrations.

B1.
Cable Ties

B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway
C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

D1.
Terminals

D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers
E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

For technical assistance in the U.S., call 866-405-6654 (outside the U.S., see inside back cover for directory)

B3.31

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A.
System
Overview

Rigorous Tests and Physical Properties of Stainless Steel
STRENGTH: Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties and Straps are tested per the SAE Standard AS23190

B1.
Cable Ties

formerly U.S. Military Specification MIL-S-23190, minimum loop tensile test. This test consists of applying a tie to a
split mandrel and then measuring the force required to separate the (two) halves until the tie fails. These minimum
loop tensile strengths are given for the various products on pages B3.5 through B3.25.

TEMPERATURE EXTREMES: Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties and Straps are 100% stainless steel in the
B2.
Cable
Accessories

B3.
Stainless
Steel Ties

C1.
Wiring
Duct

C2.
Surface
Raceway

alloy provided (locking head, locking ball, and body all provided from the same grade of material ordered).
Various temperature tests have been successfully completed. One such test is the U.S. Military Temperature
Cycling Test per Thermal Shock Method 107, Test Condition B of MIL-STD-202. This test exposes the parts from
low temperature -85°F (-65°C) to high temperature 275°F (135°C) to low temperature -85°F (-65°C). After exposure,
the parts must be free of cracks, distortions, breaks, release of locking device; and meet the minimum loop
tensile requirements.

SHOCK AND VIBRATION: Panduit ® Pan-Steel ® Standard and Heavy Cross Section ties have passed the U.S. Military random vibration
Test Method 214. Test Condition II, Letter J of MIL-STD-202. This test consists of applying parts to a bundle and then vibrating them with
random vibration for 8 hours in each of two mutually perpendicular directions. The parts are then subjected to further temperature testing
and finally have to pass the minimum loop tensile strength test.
Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Extra Heavy, Super Heavy, MSW50 Strapping and MSW63 Strapping have passed the U.S. Military Shock and
Vibration Testing per MIL-STD-167 and MIL-S-901D. The ties were subjected to vibrations in all three planes from 4 – 50 Hz and Shock
testing in all three planes utilizing a hammer shock machine.

SALT SPRAY: Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been subjected to salt spray tests without signs of corrosion
or reduction in performance.

C3.
Abrasion
Protection

C4.
Cable
Management

OUTDOOR EXPOSURE: Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties and Straps have been exposed outdoors at New Lenox, Illinois USA
since 1985. At the printing of this catalog, there has been no sign of corrosion or loss of performance.

FLUID IMMERSION: Panduit ® Pan-Steel® Stainless Steel Ties were immersed in: 1-Hydraulic Fluid, 2-Turbine Fuel, 3-Lubricating Oil,
and 4-Isopropyl Alcohol for four hours at temperatures of 122°F (50°C). Per SAE Standard AS23190, the parts were then subjected to
and passed the minimum loop tensile test.

RADIATION: Installed cable ties of various materials have been exposed to different amounts of radiation to determine the maximum
acceptable limit. These tests were conducted by Panduit to determine the acceptability for use in various areas of nuclear power plants
(accumulated over 40 year life). Radiation resistance is 2x10 8 rads.

D1.
Terminals

Military Cross Reference (AS23190)
D2.
Power
Connectors

D3.
Grounding
Connectors

E1.
Labeling
Systems

E2.
Labels

E3.
Pre-Printed
& Write-On
Markers

Military Standard
Part Number
AS23190/3-1
AS23190/3-1
AS23190/3-2
AS23190/3-2
AS23190/3-3
AS23190/3-3
AS23190/3-4
AS23190/3-4
AS23190/3-5
AS23190/3-5
AS23190/3-6
AS23190/3-6
AS23190/3-7
AS23190/3-7
AS23190/3-8
AS23190/3-8
AS23190/3-9
AS23190/3-9

Panduit
Part Number
MLT2S-CP
MLT2S-CP316
MLT4S-CP
MLT4S-CP316
MLT6S-CP
MLT6S-CP316
MLT8S-CP
MLT8S-CP316
MLT2H-LP
MLT2H-LP316
MLT4H-LP
MLT4H-LP316
MLT6H-LP
MLT6H-LP316
MLT8H-LP
MLT8H-LP316
MLT10H-LP
MLT10H-LP316

E4.
Permanent
Identification
E5.
Lockout/
Tagout
& Safety
Solutions
F.
Index

B3.32

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.



---

Source Exif Data:

File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.5
Linearized                      : No
Page Count                      : 210
Creator                         : pdfsam-console (Ver. 2.4.0e)
Producer                        : iText 2.1.7 by 1T3XT
Modify Date                     : 2013:01:15 13:10:26+01:00
Create Date                     : 2013:01:15 13:10:26+01:00

EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools